currently gpio hog function is not tested with "ut dm gpio"
so add some basic tests for gpio hog functionality.
For this enable GPIO_HOG in sandbox_defconfig, add
in DTS some gpio hog entries, and add testcase in
"ut dm gpio" command.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- sbi: Add newline to error message
- fu540: dts: Correct reg size of otp and dmc nodes
- Enhance reserved memory fixup about PMP information passed from OpenSBI
- sifive: fu540: Add gpio-restart support
- qemu-riscv: Update QEMU run command
- Assorted fixes related to reserved memory
- fu540: enable all cache ways from U-Boot proper
- use log functions in fdt_fixup
Replace printf() and debug() by log_err() and log_debug().
"No reserved memory region found in source FDT\n" is not an error but a
debug information.
%s/can not/cannot/ - use the more common spelling.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
fdtdec_get_addr_size_no_parent is not an optimized version if parent
node is already available with the caller.
Use fdtdec_get_addr_size_auto_parent to read the "reg" property
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Not all errors are fatal. If a reserved memory node already exists in the
destination device tree, we can continue to boot without failing.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Explicitly pass the "-bios" option to QEMU to run U-Boot, instead
of the "-kernel" option, as we know that "-bios" behavior will be
changed since QEMU 5.1.0.
This also updates validated QEMU version to 5.0.0.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Starting from OpenSBI v0.7, the SBI firmware inserts/fixes up the
reserved memory node for PMP protected memory regions. All RISC-V
boards need to copy the reserved memory node from the device tree
provided by the firmware to the device tree used by U-Boot.
Turn on CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP by default for OF_SEPARATE.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The copy of reserved memory node from source dtb to destination dtb
can be avoided if they point to the same place. This is useful when
OF_PRIOR_STAGE is used.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc6 (2)
Fix an incorrect update of the GD register in efi_get_variable_common().
Fix an incorrect check for an FDT reg property.
Fix a device tree used for Python testing.
test_efi_fit tests fail on RISC-V currently. This is due to the
RISC-V arch_fixup_fdt() checks the #size-cells of the root node
in order to correctly fix up the reserved memory node.
Per the DT binding, the /reserved-memory node requires both
<#address-cells> and <#size-cells> and they should use the same
values as the root node. For the root node, it's not very useful
if <#size-cells> is zero.
Update #size-cells to 1 so tests can pass.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
With commit 0d7c2913fd ("cmd: bootefi: Honor the address & size cells
properties correctly") addr was replaced by fdt_addr. But not in the check
against FDT_ADDR_T_NONE.
Fixes: 0d7c2913fd ("cmd: bootefi: Honor the address & size cells properties
correctly")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_get_variable_common() does not use EFI_ENTRY(). So we should not use
EFI_EXIT() either.
Fixes: 767f6eeb01 ("efi_loader: variable: support variable authentication")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- fix logo on mx6ul_14x14_evk with DM_VIDEO enabled
- fix banner string overwriting the logo on small displays
- fix splash warning when building for ARM64
- fix STM32 DSI driver to probe only on supported hardware
- fix memory corruption with DSI panel drivers
The EDP_LCDC_SEL bit has to be set correctly to select vop0 or
vop1, but so far we have set it in both conditions, which is not
correct.
Can someone verify this is the correct way round? vop1 -> set,
vop0 -> clear?
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Fill characteristics of DSI data link to platform data instead of
mipi device to avoid memory corruption.
Signed-off-by: Yannick Fertre <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Fill characteristics of DSI data link to platform data instead of
mipi device to avoid memory corruption.
Signed-off-by: Yannick Fertre <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Copy the DSI data link characteristics from panel
platform data to mipi DSI device.
Signed-off-by: Yannick Fertre <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add new fields "lanes, format & mode_flags" to structure
mipi_dsi_panel_plat.
Signed-off-by: Yannick Fertre <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Get below warning on ARM64 platform, because the bmp_load_addr
is defined to u32.
common/splash.c: In function ‘splash_video_logo_load’:
common/splash.c:74:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer
of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
74 | memcpy((void *)bmp_load_addr, bmp_logo_bitmap,
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com> # bpi-m1+, bpi-m64
The commit 84a6a27ae3 ("rockchip: rk3188: init CPU freq in clock
driver") changed ARM clock from 600MHz to 1600MHz. It made boot
unstable due to the fact that PMIC at the start generates insufficient
voltage for operation. See also: commit f4f57c58b5 ("rockchip:
rk3188: Setup the armclk in spl").
Fixes commit 84a6a27ae3 ("rockchip: rk3188: init CPU freq in clock
driver").
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move the setting for noc remap out of SPL code. Changing
noc remap inside SPL results in breaking back to BROM
boot.
Fixes commit c14fe2a8e1 ("rockchip: rk3188: Move SoC
one time setting into arch_cpu_init()").
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Fix EMAC register address calculation, address need to multiply
with sizeof(u32) or 4.
This fixes write to invalid address.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc6
Corrections for variable definitions are provided:
* Correct size of secure boot related UEFI variables.
* Do not use int for storing an enum.
* Replace fdt_addr by fdt_size where needed.
Since commit:
commit 6333cbb381
Author: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Date: Thu May 7 00:11:58 2020 +0200
phy: atheros: ar8035: remove static clock config
We can configure the clock output in the device tree. Disable the
hardcoded one in here. This is highly board-specific and should have
never been enabled in the PHY driver.
If bisecting shows that this commit breaks your board it probably
depends on the clock output of your Atheros AR8035 PHY. Please have a
look at doc/device-tree-bindings/net/phy/atheros.txt. You need to set
"clk-out-frequency = <125000000>" because that value was the hardcoded
value until this commit.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
, the clock output setting for the AR803x driver is removed from being
hardcoded in the PHY driver and should be passed via device tree instead.
Update the device tree with the "qca,clk-out-frequency" property so that
Ethernet can work again.
Reported-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
The variables SetupMode, AuditMode, DeployedMode are explicitly defined as
UINT8 in the UEFI specification. The type of SecureBoot is UINT8 in EDK2.
Use variable name secure_boot instead of sec_boot for the value of the
UEFI variable SecureBoot.
Avoid abbreviations in function descriptions.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Variable efi_secure_mode is meant to hold a value of enum efi_secure_mode.
So it should not be defined as int but as enum efi_secure_mode.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Variable fdt_size should be of type 'fdt_size_t', not 'fdt_addr_t'.
Fixes 0d7c2913fd: ("cmd: bootefi: Honor the address & size cells properties correctly")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
SDHCI HISPD bits need to be configured based on desired mmc
timings mode and some HISPD quirks.
So, handle the HISPD bit based on the mmc computed selected
mode(timing parameter) rather than fixed mmc card clock
frequency.
Linux handle the HISPD similar like this in below commit but no
SDHCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_HISPD_MODE,
commit <501639bf2173> ("mmc: sdhci: fix SDHCI_QUIRK_NO_HISPD_BIT handling")
This eventually fixed the mmc write issue observed in
rk3399 sdhci controller.
Bug log for refernece,
=> gpt write mmc 0 $partitions
Writing GPT: mmc write failed
** Can't write to device 0 **
** Can't write to device 0 **
error!
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Peng Fan: added back "ctrl &= ~SDHCI_CTRL_HISPD;" per Jaehoon's suggestion
Tested-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com> # roc-rk3399-pc
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
According to eMMC specification v5.1 section 6.4.3, we should issue
CMD1 repeatedly in the idle state until the eMMC is ready even if
mmc_send_op_cond() send CMD1 with argument = 0. Otherwise some eMMC
devices seems to enter the inactive mode after mmc_complete_op_cond()
issued CMD0 when the eMMC device is busy.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In current code, we add 1ms dealy after each tuning command for standard
tuning method. Adding this 1ms dealy is because USDHC default check the
CMD CRC and DATA line. If detect the CMD CRC, USDHC standard tuning
IC logic do not wait for the tuning data sending out by the card, trigger
the buffer read ready interrupt immediately, and step to next cycle. So
when next time the new tuning command send out by USDHC, card may still
not send out the tuning data of the upper command，then some eMMC cards
may stuck, can't response to any command, block the whole tuning procedure.
If do not check the CMD CRC for tuning, then do not has this issue. USDHC
will wait for the tuning data of each tuning command and check them. If the
tuning data pass the check, it also means the CMD line also okay for tuning.
So this patch disable the CMD CRC check for tuning, save some time for the
whole tuning procedure.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
According the RM, the bit[6~0] of register ESDHC_TUNING_CTRL is
TUNING_START_TAP, bit[7] of this register is to disable the command
CRC check for standard tuning. So fix it here.
Fixes: fa33d20749 ("mmc: split fsl_esdhc driver for i.MX")
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
The extcsd read target must be cache aligned in case the controller
uses DMA to read the extcsd register, make it so.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
This patch try to avoids eviction of dirty lines during DMA
transfer. The code right now execute the following step:
- allocate the buffer
- start a dma operation using the non-coherent dma buffer
- invalidate cache lines associated with the buffer
- read the buffer
This can lead to reading back not valid information, because the cache
controller could evict dirty cache lines belonging to the buffer *after*
the DMA operation has started to fill the DRAM.
In order to avoid this, a new invalidation is required *before* starting
the DMA operation. The patch just adds an invalidation before submitting
the DMA command.
Example below shows the nvme disk scan result without the following
patch
=> nvme scan
nvme_get_info_from_identify: nn = 544502629, vwc = 100,
sn = dev_0T, mn = `�\�, fr = t_part, mdts = 105
So, invalidating the cache before submitting the admin command,
fix the cpu read.
Cc: André Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The correct name for the property is "qca,clk-out-frequency", so fix
it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Commit 0528979fa7 ("part: Drop disk_partition_t typedef") changed to
a struct. As a result it uncovered an apparent missing include in
zfs_common.h for part.h which actually contains the definition. The ZFS
handles the struct exclusively as pointers so it was only a warning.
warning: ‘struct disk_partition’ declared inside parameter list
will not be visible outside of this definition or declaration
void zfs_set_blk_dev(struct blk_desc *rbdd, struct disk_partition *info);
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Series-CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After enabling SPL_OF_CONTROL, SPL_DM and SPL_DM_MMC the MMC
initialization code is not longer needed.
This patch removes the unused code.
Signed-off-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
In order to take the beneficts of DT and DM in SPL, like reusing the code
and avoid redundancy, enable SPL_OF_CONTROL, SPL_DM and SPL_DM_MMC.
With this new configuration SPL image is 50 KB, higher than the
38 KB from the previous version, but it still under the 68 KB limit.
Signed-off-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
In SPL legacy code only one MMC device is created, based on BOOT_CFG
register, which can be either SD or eMMC. In this context
board_boot_order return always MMC1 when configure to boot from
SD/eMMC. After switching to DM both SD and eMMC devices are created
based on the information available on DT, but as board_boot_order
only returns MMC1 is not possible to boot from eMMC.
This patch customizes board_boot_order taking into account BOOT_CFG
register to point to correct MMC1 / MMC2 device. Additionally, handle
IO mux for the desired boot device.
Signed-off-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Current aliases missed gpio0 node, and this node shoud be
aliased to gpio index 0 to align with i.MX8QXP. Otherwise, we
will get below message when running "gpio status" command, and
see the reason by "dm uclass".
=> gpio status
Device 'gpio@5d090000': seq 0 is in use by 'gpio@5d080000'
Device 'gpio@5d0a0000': seq 1 is in use by 'gpio@5d090000'
Device 'gpio@5d0b0000': seq 2 is in use by 'gpio@5d0a0000'
=> dm uclass
uclass 36: gpio
0 * gpio@5d080000 @ fbaefb90, seq 0, (req -1)
1 * gpio@5d090000 @ fbaefc70, seq 1, (req 0)
2 * gpio@5d0a0000 @ fbaefd50, seq 2, (req 1)
3 * gpio@5d0b0000 @ fbaefe30, seq 5, (req 2)
4 * gpio@5d0c0000 @ fbaeff10, seq 3, (req 3)
5 * gpio@5d0d0000 @ fbaefff0, seq 4, (req 4)
6 * gpio@5d0e0000 @ fbaf00d0, seq 6, (req 5)
7 * gpio@5d0f0000 @ fbaf01b0, seq 7, (req 6)
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Since the i.MX8 GPIO banks are indexed from 0 not 1 on other i.MX
platforms, so we have to adjust the index accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Alonso <adrian.alonso@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
We need to change the environment offset to avoid corrupting the U-Boot
binary when saving it.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
This fixes the boot from USB loader, which is critical to easy the
manufacture process.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Select default U-Boot and SPL text base for the MX7 SoC. The U-Boot
text base is picked as the one used by various MX7 boards. The SPL
text base however is different.
The SPL text base is set to 0x912000 instead of the usual 0x911000,
that is because the 0x911000 value cannot work. Using 0x911000 as a
SPL text base will result in the DCD header being placed below the
0x911000 address, which is a reserved SRAM area which must not be
used. This will actually trigger eMMC boot failure on MX7D at least.
Hence the increment.
Update all boards affected by this SPL problem to the new SPL_TEXT_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There are systems where board_early_init_f() is plain empty. Switch
the config option from "select" to "imply", to permit user to unset
the BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F if it were to be empty.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The iMX7 defines further DDRC ZQCTLx registers, however those were
thus far missing from the list of registers and not programmed. On
systems with LPDDR2 or DDR3, those registers must be programmed with
correct values, otherwise the DRAM may not work. However, existing
systems which worked without programming these registers before are
now setting those registers to 0, which is the default value, so no
functional change there.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This is needed to obtain the MAC from EEPROM/OTP only after the final
env is populated, otherwise the ethaddr might be overriden.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
Cc: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Cc: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
For using a debug UART on the Wandboard CONFIG_MXC_UART=y must be set in
the .config file.
To avoid duplicate definitions move the setting from
include/configs/wandboard.h to configs/wandboard_defconfig.
Document the debug UART settings in the README.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
It appears that MMC access on the Sabrelite has been broken since
cdcaee9518:
Loading Environment from MMC... Card did not respond to voltage select!
*** Warning - No block device, using default environment
Remove the board_mmc_init() and related entries now that we should be
using DM_MMC, add PINCTRL so that things work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
1. Drop legacy emmcboot wrapper from env.
2. Change the "boot try" order. Default one is: SD -> eMMC -> USB -> DHCP
3. Drop DFU defines
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
1. Drop legacy emmcboot wrapper from env.
2. Change the "boot try" order. Default one is: SD -> eMMC -> USB -> DHCP
3. Drop DFU defines
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
1. Drop legacy emmcboot wrapper from env.
2. Change the "boot try" order. Default one is: SD -> eMMC -> USB -> DHCP
3. Drop DFU defines
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
This introduces automatic boot counter that increases after every
reset.After a power-on reset, it will be initialized with 1,
and each reboot will increment the value by 1. By default it's
disabled if bootlimit isn't set.
To enable this feature you have set bootcount limit ("bootlimit"),
alternate boot action ("altbootcmd") that will be performed if
the new value of bootcount exceeds the value of bootlimit, and
"upgrade_available" to let U-Boot automatically increase and save
the counter value after every reset:
> setenv bootlimit 5
> setenv upgrade_available 1
> setenv altbootcmd "bootm ..."
In case the bootlimit exceeds, the message will be shown and
albootcmd executed:
Warning: Bootlimit (5) exceeded. Using altbootcmd.
To reset bootcount run:
> bootcount reset
Print current value:
> bootcount print
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
s/fdt-module/fdt_module/g, as we don't use dash in fdt_file anymore.
Fixes: 4c63a601("apalis-tk1: support v1.2 hardware revision")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
1. Use distro_bootcmd as default boot command instead of
legacy emmcboot wrapper.
2. Drop emmcboot and sdboot wrappers.
3. Provide proper boot order for Distro Boot.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
The distro bootscript uses kernel_image to get the file name of
the kernel, so change that variable name.
UBI boot has precedence in the default boot command. If one wants
to boot from SD with a working NAND installation stop in U-Boot
and enter:
setenv fdtfile ${soc}-colibri-${fdt_board}.dtb && run distro_bootcmd
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
When using distro boot to boot from UBI volumes the boot partition
has been hardcoded to "UBI" (capital letters). However, our default
MTD layout uses "ubi" (lower case letter). Define "ubi" as the
default UBI partition for distro boot for Toradex. This allows to
use distro boot without having to redefine the MTD partition layout
which is useful for TorizonCore.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
This got dropped by a global 'make savedefconfig' resync as
required patches are still in flight.
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
As per kernel commit 0672d22a1924 ("ARM: dts: imx: Fix the AR803X phy-mode)
the correct phy-mode should be "rgmii-id", so fix it accordingly
to fix the Ethernet regression.
This problem has been exposed by commit:
commit 13114f38e2
Author: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Date: Thu May 7 00:11:51 2020 +0200
phy: atheros: Explicitly disable RGMII delays
To eliminate any doubts about the out-of-reset value of the PHY, that
the driver previously relied on.
If bisecting shows that this commit breaks your board you probably have
a wrong PHY interface mode. You probably want the
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_RXID or PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID mode.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
As per kernel commit 0672d22a1924 ("ARM: dts: imx: Fix the AR803X phy-mode)
the correct phy-mode should be "rgmii-id", so fix it accordingly
to fix the Ethernet regression.
This problem has been exposed by commit:
commit 13114f38e2
Author: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Date: Thu May 7 00:11:51 2020 +0200
phy: atheros: Explicitly disable RGMII delays
To eliminate any doubts about the out-of-reset value of the PHY, that
the driver previously relied on.
If bisecting shows that this commit breaks your board you probably have
a wrong PHY interface mode. You probably want the
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_RXID or PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID mode.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Fix the phy-mode accordingly to fix the regression.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Migration to DM_ETH is mandatory, so convert mx6cuboxi to Ethernet
Driver Model.
This also brings the benefit of restoring Ethernet functionality.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Sync the device tree with 5.8-rc1.
It basically contains the following extra kernel commit:
commit 86b08bd5b99480b79a25343f24c1b8c4ddcb5c09
Author: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Date: Wed Apr 15 16:44:17 2020 +0100
ARM: dts: imx6-sr-som: add ethernet PHY configuration
Add ethernet PHY configuration ahead of removing the quirk that
configures the clocking mode for the PHY. The RGMII delay is
already set correctly.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawnguo@kernel.org>
, which passes the 'qca,clk-out-frequency' property and it is important
to specify the correct frequency generated by the AR8035.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As we move towards driver model, it is required to let the FEC driver
know how to properly deal with an Ethernet PHY subnode in the device tree.
For example:
&fec {
pinctrl-names = "default";
pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_microsom_enet_ar8035>;
phy-handle = <&phy>;
phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
phy-reset-duration = <2>;
phy-reset-gpios = <&gpio4 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
status = "okay";
mdio {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
phy: ethernet-phy@0 {
reg = <0>;
qca,clk-out-frequency = <125000000>;
};
};
};
Currently the PHY node pointer is incorrectly associated with the
Ethernel controller instead of the PHY node itself.
This causes the PHY properties, such as "qca,clk-out-frequency" in
the example above to not get parsed.
Fix this problem by populating the phy_of_node node.
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The clock ouput frequency is calculated incorrectly for AR8035 due to
wrong masking of priv->clk_25m_reg and priv->clk_25m_mask.
This same issue has been already fixed in the kernel by:
commit b1f4c209d84057b6d40b939b6e4404854271d797
Author: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Date: Wed Apr 1 11:57:32 2020 +0200
net: phy: at803x: fix clock sink configuration on ATH8030 and ATH8035
The masks in priv->clk_25m_reg and priv->clk_25m_mask are one-bits-set
for the values that comprise the fields, not zero-bits-set.
This patch fixes the clock frequency configuration for ATH8030 and
ATH8035 Atheros PHYs by removing the erroneous "~".
To reproduce this bug, configure the PHY with the device tree binding
"qca,clk-out-frequency" and remove the machine specific PHY fixups.
Fixes: 2f664823a47021 ("net: phy: at803x: add device tree binding")
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apply the same fix in the U-Boot driver.
Tested on a i.MX6 Hummingboard.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The cd-gpios with (GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW | GPIO_PULL_UP) gpio is thus far
unsupported, reinstate the old cd-gpios behavior until this handling
is fully implemented. This avoid potential issue for SDCard boot:
the card detect fails with floating gpio.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The cd-gpios with (GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW | GPIO_PULL_UP) gpio is thus far
unsupported, reinstate the old cd-gpios behavior until this handling
is fully implemented. This permits the DHSOM to boot from SD again,
without this patch the card detect fails.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
fdtdec_get_addr_size reads the uses a fixed value for address & size
cell properties which may not be correct always.
Use the auto variant of the function which automatically reads
#address-cells & #size-cells from parent and uses to read the "reg"
property.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
On 32 bit systems fdt_addr_t may be 4 bytes long but size is defined as
u64. Avoid filling the upper 4 bytes of the sizep parameter of
fdtdec_get_addr_size_auto_parent() with random bytes from the stack by
defining a separate variable fdt_size.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This allows Nano to use the key M.2 on the CVB to connect and use a M.2
NVMe SSD stick. Works on my Nano B00, WD SN750 NVMe SSD shows up
w/'nvme' commands. Will add booting from NVMe via distro cmds in a future
patch.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The PSCI nodes are currently not populated for the Tegra210 and Tegra186
devices. This prevents the PSCI driver from being able to identify the
PSCI method used by these devices and causes the probe of the PSCI
driver to fail.
Since commit 81ea00838c ("efi_loader: PSCI reset and shutdown") was
added, which moves the PSCI EFI system reset handler into the PSCI
driver, this has prevented the EFI system reset from working for
Tegra210 and Tegra186. Therefore, populating these nodes is necessary
to fix the EFI system reset for Tegra210 and Tegra186.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
When CONFIG_OF_LIVE is enabled, dev_of_offset() cannot be used and
if used returns an invalid offset. This causes the call to
fdt_stringlist_get() in the psci_probe() to fail to read the 'method'
property from the PSCI node for the device and hence prevents PSCI
from working. Fix this by using the ofnode_read_string() API instead
of the fdt_stringlist_get() because this will handle reading the
property both when CONFIG_OF_LIVE is enabled or disabled.
Due to the above problem and since commit 81ea00838c ("efi_loader:
PSCI reset and shutdown") was added, the EFI system reset has been
broken for Tegra210 and Tegra196 platforms. This also fixes the EFI
system reset for these Tegra platforms.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The ethernet PHY on all known Gen3 boards takes a while to come out
of reset, increase the auto-negotiation timeout to prevent it from
timing out in case the ethernet is used right after the board was
reset.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
After migration to DM 'vga' name is not longer supported,
change it to 'vidconsole' in the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
After migration to DM 'vga' name is not longer supported,
change it to 'vidconsole' in the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
After migration to DM 'vga' name is not longer supported,
change it to 'vidconsole' in the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add the recently added reStructuredText board documentation in the
appropriate MAINTAINERS files.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Move the natural text Amlogic board README files to doc/board/amlogic
into reStructuredText and :
- add reStructuredText markup for bash code
- fix secondary titles markup
- move board support into global support matrix
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add OP-TEE firmware node in stm32mp15 U-Boot DTSI. This node is
needed since commit [1] that changed U-Boot/stm32mp15 to detect
OP-TEE availability by probing the resource instead of relying on
U-Boot configuration. The software sequence implemented by [1] is
fine but U-Boot DTS/DTSI files were not updated accordingly since,
hence OP-TEE presence is never detected by U-Boot, preventing Linux
kernel from using OP-TEE resources.
For consistency and to synchronize stm32mp15 DTSI files (excluding
U-Boot specific DTSI files) with the Linux kernel ones, this change
also moves the OP-TEE reserved memory nodes from board generic DTSI
files to U-Boot specific board DTSI files.
Link: [1] commit 43df0a159d ("stm32mp1: dynamically detect op-tee presence")
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Fix the sequence in stm32mp1 fdt.c that disables OP-TEE resources
defined in FDT when U-boot detects OP-TEE firmware is not present.
Before this change, helper function stm32_fdt_disable_optee()
set property status to "disabled" for the OP-TEE reserved memory
nodes but this has no impact since Linux kernel does not consider
the status property for reserved-memory subnodes. This change
make U-Boot to attempt to delete the node instead.
Fixes: 4a1b975dac ("board: stm32mp1: reserve memory for OP-TEE in device tree")
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The fix in commit b7adcdd073 has the side-effect that the regulator
will be disabled when requesting the relevant gpio in
regulator_common_ofdata_to_platdata() and enabled in
regulator_pre_probe() when the regulator was already enabled.
This leads to a short interruption in the 3.3V power to the PCIe
slot on the firefly-rk3399 which makes an ADATA SX8000NP NVMe SSD
unhappy.
Fix this by setting the GPIOD_IS_OUT_ACTIVE flag again when the
'regulator-boot-on' property is set, but check for this property
explicitly instead of relying on the "boot_on" member of
the uclass platdata.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update the comment for SYS_RELOC_GD_ENV_ADDR as gd->env_addr is updated
in board_r.c::initr_reloc_global_data() under the compilation flags
CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_GD_ENV_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Several configutation options require additional memory before relocation:
* CONSOLE_RECORD
* LOG
* RSA
The current default of 0x400 is too small to encompass them all. Increase
the value of SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x2000 for ARCH_QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This reverts commit 0486497e2b.
The strtoul has well-defined semantics. It is defined by the C standard and
POSIX. To quote the relevant section of the man pages,
> If base is zero or 16, the string may then include a "0x" prefix, and the
> number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero base is taken as 10
> (decimal) unless the next character is '0', in which case it is taken as
> 8 (octal).
Keeping these semantics is important for several reasons. First, it is very
surprising for standard library functions to behave differently than usual.
Every other implementation of strtoul has different semantics than the
implementation in U-Boot at the moment. Second, it can result in very
surprising results from small changes. For example, changing the string
"1f" to "20" causes the parsed value to *decrease*. Forcing use of the "0x"
prefix to specify hexidecimal numbers is a feature, not a bug. Lastly, this
is slightly less performant, since the entire number is parsed twice.
This fixes the str_simple_strtoul test failing with
test/str_ut.c:29, run_strtoul(): expect_val == val: Expected 0x44b (1099), got 0x1099ab (1087915)
test/str_ut.c:46, str_simple_strtoul(): 0 == run_strtoul(uts, str2, 0, 1099, 4): Expected 0x0 (0), got 0x1 (1)
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
CC: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
CC: Shiril Tichkule <shirilt@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
s/booot/boot/g
The first ase is booot instead of boot and second u-booot instead of
u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Fix the loop that parses FDT for a reserved memory node named "optee".
Before this change, if at least one subnode was found in the
reserved-memory node, the function endlessly looped since instruction
continue returned back in the loop without updating variable subnode.
This change fixes the issue by using a for loop.
Fixes: 6ccb05eae0 ("image: fdt: copy possible optee nodes to a loaded devicetree")
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Unsupported voltage on voltage switch is not an error, do not
print error message in such a case. This happens e.g. if the
eMMC is already in 1V8 mode or when testing 1V2 mode operation
on systems which only do 3V3/1V8 switching.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The 3V3/1V8 switching could never have worked on any of the iMXes
ever since 51313b49f2 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc: support SDR104 and HS200"),
because that commit uses priv->vqmmc_dev when switching voltages on
mode switch, while local vqmmc_dev in probe to store the regulator
pointer. Those are two different variables with the same name. So
the priv->vqmmc_dev was always NULL and thus voltage switch between
modes never really suceeded.
Fix this by assigning priv->vqmmc_dev with value of the vqmmc_dev
in probe.
Fixes: 51313b49f2 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc: support SDR104 and HS200")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
When eSDHC operates at 3.3v, damage can accumulate in an internal
level shifter at a higher than expected rate. The faster the interface
runs, the more damage accumulates. This issue now is found on LX2160A
eSDHC1 for only SD card.
The hardware workaround is recommended to use an on-board level shifter
that is 1.8v on SoC side and 3.3v on SD card side.
For boards without hardware workaround, this option could be enabled,
ensuring 1.8v IO voltage and disabling eSDHC if no card.
This option assumes no hotplug, and u-boot has to make all the way to
to linux to use 1.8v UHS-I speed mode if has card.
If you do not want the workaround for better user experience, of course
you can choose to not select it running eSDHC in unsafe mode.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For size_t we have to use %zu for printing not %lu.
Fixes: 4540dabdca ("efi_loader: image_loader: support image
authentication")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Commit e71b6f6622 ("i2c: designware_i2c: Rewrite timing calculation")
change the hcnt and lcnt timing calculation. New timing calculation is
based on calculation from Designware i2c databook.
After this new timing calculation, hcnt will have negative value
with i2c-scl-falling-time-ns 5000 that set in socfpga_cyclone5_socdk.dts.
This patch overwrite i2c-scl-falling-time-ns to 300ns (default SCL fall
time used in Designware i2c driver) for Uboot.
Before the fix:
=> i2c dev 0
Setting bus to 0
Failure changing bus number (-22)
After the fix:
=> i2c dev 0
Setting bus to 0
=> i2c probe
Valid chip addresses: 17 51 55 5B 5C 5E 66 68 70
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Update the firmware to improve compatibility for none-intel USB
host controller. The more information is as following.
The device has auto-installed driver feature - via switch CD-ROM/NIC
mode. But in some corner cases, it would switch to CD-ROM unexpected.
This issue results in Lan Function Disabled.
While USB PHY transits to P3 from P0 due to the absent of transmitter
control, it would issues undefined signal to its link partner.
Some Down Stream Port misidentify the undefined signal as wakeup
signal. So the link state will not keep in suspend even the system
is idle.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
OF_CONTROL, DM_SPI and other driver model migration deadlines
are expired for this board.
Remove it.
Acked-by: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
OF_CONTROL, DM_SPI and other driver model migration deadlines
are expired for this board.
Remove it.
Acked-by: Grazvydas Ignotas <notasas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This would make SPL build to DM_SPL, SPL_OF_CONTROL.
Build fine with but not tested.
Cc: Vitaly Andrianov <vitalya@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
atmel_spi.h has register offsets, and atmel_spi_slave
structure, move it into .c file for better readability
and drop atmel_spi.h
Cc: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Deadline for DM migration already passed by months.
- Sent couple of zap patches and
- No response on dm conversation
hence removed the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Order the macros, private structures and simple functions
in a proper way to have more code readability.
No functionality changed.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Deadline for DM migration already passed by months
and no response on full dm conversation hence removed
the nondm code.
Note: Look like there is no user for nondm code
for this driver.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This reverts commit 1f63ee6566.
As reported by Ye Li on ML:
1. Removing the image_offset will break secondary (redundant) boot support for sd and emmc.
2. When booting from emmc boot partition, the image_offset is 0. But the flash.bin
generated by mkimage with imximage-8mp-lpddr4.cfg is for sd. It expects to be burn at 32KB offset.
The fit offset 0x60000 has already included the 32KB offset. So when you burn this flash.bin
to emmc boot partition at offset 0, the fit offset should subtract the 32KB (0x60000 - 0x8000).
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This displays incorrect data at present due to a missing header file
in display_options. Fix it.
Fixes: 0914011310 ("command: Remove the cmd_tbl_t typedef")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to DM_ETH instead of legacy networking. This requires
a minor addition to the DT to satisfy the requirement for specifying a
PHY node. No functional change from board user perspective.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
None of these splash screen loading errors are so critical as to
justify complete failure to boot, so just print error message as
needed and return 0, the boot can very likely continue without
the splash.
Fix a couple of missing free(dst) instances as well.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The iMX7D RM 9.2.4.9.3 Power removal flow Table 9-11. Re-enabling power
explicitly says both the DDR controller and the PHY must be reset in the
correct sequence. Currently the code only resets the controller. This
leads to a misbehavior where the system brings the DRAM up after reboot,
but the DRAM is unstable. Add the missing reset.
The easiest way to trigger this is by triggering WDT without having the
WDT assert WDOG_B signal, i.e. mw.w 0x30280000 0x25 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The u-boot-spl.bin pad with ddr firmware conflicts with the
CONFIG_MALLOC_F_ADDR area, the ddr firmware will be overwritten
by malloc in SPL stage and cause ddr initialization not able
to finish. So update the related addresses to fix the issue.
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
We no need invoke the code, since spl framework could help
us do that.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Use spl_early_init to replace spl_init, spl_init will be invoked
in board_init_r, we only need use spl_early_init to setup malloc
and scan early dt.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
timer_init has been invoked in arch_cpu_init, no need to invoke
it again in board code.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Drop useless getting ccm device, there is no need to explicted do this
in board code, and we not enable SPL CLK currently.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
When not booting from FlexSPI, the offset computation is:
offset = image_offset + CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR * 512 - 0x8000;
When booting from SD card or eMMC user partition, image_offset is
0x8000. It is useless to add and remove 0x8000.
When booting from other device, image_offset is 0 so this computation is wrong.
Simplfy this computation to work on all booting devices.
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Currently watchdog driver is not selected, which causes system to reboot
after staying 60s in the U-Boot prompt.
Fix this problem by enabling CONFIG_WATCHDOG so that watchdog can be
properly serviced.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Currently watchdog driver is not selected, which causes system to reboot
after staying 60s in the U-Boot prompt.
Fix this problem by enabling CONFIG_WATCHDOG so that watchdog can be
properly serviced.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Currently watchdog driver is not selected, which causes system to reboot
after staying 60s in the U-Boot prompt.
Fix this problem by enabling CONFIG_WATCHDOG so that watchdog can be
properly serviced.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Currently watchdog driver is not selected, which causes system to reboot
after staying 60s in the U-Boot prompt.
Fix this problem by enabling CONFIG_WATCHDOG so that watchdog can be
properly serviced.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Currently the watchdog driver is not selected, which causes the following
warnings in both SPL and U-Boot proper:
U-Boot SPL 2020.07-rc1-00387-g67887903af (May 07 2020 - 23:49:27 -0300)
Normal Boot
WDT: Started without servicing (60s timeout)
Trying to boot from MMC1
U-Boot 2020.07-rc1-00387-g67887903af (May 07 2020 - 23:49:27 -0300)
CPU: Freescale i.MX8MMQ rev1.0 at 1200 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Model: FSL i.MX8MM EVK board
DRAM: 2 GiB
WDT: Started without servicing (60s timeout)
....
System reboots after staying 60s in the U-Boot prompt.
Fix this problem by enabling CONFIG_WATCHDOG so that watchdog can be
properly serviced.
Suggested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
With yModem the FIT Image is only supplied once, so we can only
seek forward in the yModem supplied image and never backwards.
With the recent changes to the SPL mechanism, including loading
U-Boot first, FDT after, then the loadables, we must also reorder
the FIT image script to make sure that the loadables are last in
the FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Tested-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Enable CONFIG_PCI and CONFIG_NVME and related configs for the
Pinebook Pro.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
With the current usb stack in u-boot, all host ports on puma work
flawlessly without any additional special handling, so drop that
usb hub hacking from the puma board.
Tested with mass-storage and usb-ethernet on both usb3 and usb2 ports.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The introduction of the puma-specific generator was mainly a way
to split the pmu firmware from the ATF binary and not having to
distribute that 4GB (sparse) image that was created before moving
to the bl31.elf as base.
Looking at the publically available repository for that separate
pmu firmware
https://git.theobroma-systems.com/rk3399-cortex-m0.git/
there is also no activity for 3 years and apart from some build
customizations no other changes were done.
And even then, if changes need to be made, this can very well also
happen in the atf context itself, so there is no real need to
diverge from the established build procedure and we can just go
back to using the main make_fit_atf.py script.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
So far the puma dts files only just included the main puma dtsi without
handling the actual baseboard and rk3399-puma.dtsi was very much
detached from the variant in the mainline Linux kernel.
Recent changes resulted in a strange situation with nonworking puma boards.
Commit ab800e5a6f ("arm: dts: rockchip: puma: move U-Boot specific bits to u-boot.dtsi")
moved the sdram include from rk3399-puma-ddrX.dts to new files
rk3399-puma-ddrx-u-boot.dtsi which were never included anywhere though.
Commit 167efc2c7a ("arm64: dts: rk3399: Sync v5.7-rc1 from Linux")
replaced the rk3399-puma.dtsi nearly completely, but in the kernel
it definitly depends on a baseboard dts to actually enable peripherals
like sd-slot, uarts, etc.
So to untagle this and bring the whole thing more in line with mainline
Linux, bring the rk3399-puma-haikou.dts over as well, drop the separate
DDR-option devicetrees and instead replace them with a puma Kconfig option
to select and include the needed DDR variant.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Mark the default U-Boot environment as SPI flash since
this is an on board flash device.
Updated env offset, size in contrast with default since
the U-Boot proper has to start from 384K.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
On rockchip platforms, SPI boot image creation is not
straightforward like MMC boot image creation where former
requires to specify tpl, spl in multimage format in mkimage,
and later simply do a concatenate mkimaged-tpl with spl.
On this note, let drop rkspi image type creation via kbuild
and let inform via rockchip.rst
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The 'stdout-path' is missing after dts sync.
Fixes: 167efc2c7a ("arm64: dts: rk3399: Sync v5.7-rc1 from Linux")
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The ROCK-PI-E is a credit card size SBC based on Rockchip RK3328
Quad-Core ARM Cortex A53.
Net - Dual ethernet port, 1 X Gbe, 1 X 100M
USB - USB 3.0
DC - USB-Type C, 5V 2A
Storage - TF card, eMMC
Just build idbloader.img and u-boot.itb for Rockpi E board and
follow the blow steps to replace the relevant partition.
dd if=idbloader.img of=/dev/sdcard seek=64 conv=notrunc
dd if=u-boot.itb of=/dev/sdcard seek=16384 conv=notrunc
Signed-off-by: Banglang Huang <banglang.huang@foxmail.com>
Enable CONFIG_PCI and CONFIG_NVME and related configs for the
ROCKPro64 board.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc4 (2)
The following problems are resolved:
* When booting via UEFI an SMBIOS table is presented to the operating
system. If U-Boot tries to add an empty string, this results in corrupted
SMBIOS information. We will now use "Unknown" as property value.
* The EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL uses the DM_RNG drivers. For the virtio RNG driver
the missing DM_RNG Kconfig dependency is added.
* Missing function descriptions for the EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL are
added.
Add the missing Kconfig dependency and let VIRTIO_RNG default to yes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
smbios_add_string() cannot deal with empty strings. This leads to incorrect
property values and invalid tables. E.g. for the pine64-lts_defconfig
CONFIG_SMBIOS_MANUFACTURER="". Linux command dmidecode shows:
Table 1:
Manufacturer: sunxi
Product Name: sunxi
Table 3:
Invalid entry length (2). DMI table is broken! Stop.
Replace empty strings by "Unknown".
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Resync checkpatch.pl (largely) with v5.7 and introduce U-Boot specific
checks in a localized area, so they aren't lost in the future.
- Complete / re-migrate some options from config headers to defconfigs
- Add dependencies to the various debug uart drivers
All of our cmds have a Kconfig entry. Making enabling a CMD via the
config file an error to checkpatch.pl.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is a lot of use of #ifdefs in U-Boot. In an effort reduce this,
suggest using the compile-time construct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A common problem when submitting a new uclass is to forget to add sandbox
tests. Add a warning for this.
Of course tests should always be added for new code, but this one seems to
be missed by nearly every new contributor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an option to indicate that U-Boot-specific checks should be enabled.
Add a function to house the code that will be added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Keep the U-Boot changes to $logFunctions
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Resync with v5.7 release which changed the default max line
length, update commit to reflect]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BZIP2
CONFIG_GZIP
CONFIG_LZO
CONFIG_ZLIB
CONFIG_LZMA
CONFIG_LZO
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Per the boards config header file, there is no useful GPIO on these
boards. Remove CONFIG_CMD_GPIO from the defconfigs.
Cc: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The config header for this platform disables both CMD_SF and CMD_SPI and
the defconfig leaves them enabled. Disable them from the defconfig and
enable them in the header.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masakazu Mochizuki <masakazu.mochizuki.wd@hitachi.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The common config header for bcm7260 and bcm7445 enable
CONFIG_CMD_EXT2/EXT4 but the defconfigs do not. This results in the
commands being disabled. Enable them via the defconfig.
Cc: Thomas Fitzsimmons <fitzsim@fitzsim.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The config header for this platform uses '#undef' in a number of cases.
All of the MMC related ones were already handled correctly in the
defconfig file. In the case of CONFIG_CMD_FUSE, the command was being
built and enabled via defconfig. Disable it in the defconfig, cleanup
the header.
Reviewed-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rather than only enable CONFIG_CMD_NAND for non-SPL builds, move the CMD
options to defconfig and rework the guards to not try and call the
function in SPL builds.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Debug console is the part of serial driver in the same file. It means to be
able to enable debug console you also need to enable driver itself.
That's why add all dependecies and list only debug consoles which are
enabled based on driver selection to avoid compilation error when user
asks for certain debug console but driver is not enable for it.
Error:
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: common/built-in.o: in function `putc':
/home/monstr/data/disk/u-boot/common/console.c:513: undefined reference to `printch'
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: common/built-in.o: in function `puts':
/home/monstr/data/disk/u-boot/common/console.c:563: undefined reference to `printch'
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Fix ns16550 dependency, add ZYNQ_SERIAL, change S5P]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When an eTSEC is configured to use TBI, configuration of the
TBI is done through the MIIM registers for that eTSEC.
For example, if a TBI interface is required on eTSEC2, then
the MIIM registers starting at offset 0x2_5520 are used to
configure it.
Fixes: 9a1d6af55e ("net: tsec: Add driver model ethernet support")
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The current code accesses eTSEC registers using physical
address directly, it's not correct, though no problem on
current platforms. It won't work on platforms, which does
not support 1:1 virtual-physical address map.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Change the compatible string to "fsl,etsec2" for the Ethernet ports,
which is used in the current driver's match table.
Fixes: 69a00875e3 ("doc: dt-bindings: Describe Freescale TSEC ethernet controller")
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Introduce the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager nodes in the T1024RDB
device tree. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager v3 device tree nodes for the
T102x SoCs. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Introduce the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager nodes in the P5040DS
device tree. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Introduce the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager nodes in the P3041DS
device tree. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Introduce the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager nodes in the P2041RDB
device tree. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA Frame Manager version 3 device tree nodes
description. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA Frame Manager device tree nodes description.
The device tree fragments are copied over with little modification
from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ GPIO device tree nodes description. The device tree
fragments are copied over with little modification from the Linux
kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
sbi_probe_extension() is an API defined in SBI v0.2, not v0.1.
Fixes 7e249bc13a: ("riscv: Move all SMP related SBI calls to SBI_v01")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
U-Boot defaults to use SBI v0.2. Howerver there is a global variable
sbi_spec_version that stills refers to v0.1. Since it is not used
anywhere, let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
OpenSBI generic platform support provides platform specific
functionality based on the FDT passed by previous booting stage.
Depends on OpenSBI commit:
platform: Add generic FDT based platform support
(sha1: f1aa9e54e00006ae70aeac638d5b75093520f65d)
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
With sifive_fu540_defconfig:
User can use FSBL or u-boot-spl.bin anyone at a time.
For FSBL,
fsbl->fw_payload.bin (opensbi + U-Boot)
For u-boot-spl.bin,
u-boot-spl.bin->FIT image (opensbi + U-Boot proper + dtb)
U-Boot SPL will be loaded by ZSBL from SD card (replace fsbl.bin with
u-boot-spl.bin) and runs in L2 LIM in machine mode and then load FIT
image u-boot.itb from SD card into RAM.
U-Boot SPL expects u-boot.itb FIT image at the starting of SD card sector
number (0x822) of GUID type "2E54B353-1271-4842-806F-E436D6AF6985"
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add U-Boot proper sector start offset for SiFive FU540.
This value is based on the partition layout supported
by SiFive FU540.
u-boot.itb need to write on this specific offset so-that
the SPL will retrieve it from here and load.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
This is a sample GPT partition layout for SD card,
right now three important partitions are added to
make the system bootable.
partition layout:
Part Start LBA End LBA Name
Attributes
Type GUID
Partition GUID
1 0x00000022 0x00000821 "loader1"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: 5b193300-fc78-40cd-8002-e86c45580b47
guid: cbcbef44-e627-42bc-b134-93b6f3784b8c
2 0x00000822 0x00002821 "loader2"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: 2e54b353-1271-4842-806f-e436d6af6985
guid: f54eba28-d8de-4852-978d-1a673777e2ae
3 0x00002822 0x00020821 "rootfs"
attrs: 0x0000000000000004
type: 0fc63daf-8483-4772-8e79-3d69d8477de4
type: linux
guid: 9561df46-8d55-4799-a83b-cfee9ef6ff93
Note:
- loader1 would be fsbl or spl
- loader2 would be U-Boot or U-Boot proper
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
This sync has changes required to use GPIO in U-Boot and
U-Boot SPL.
Sync dts from linux v5.7-rc2 commit:
"riscv: dts: Add GPIO reboot method to HiFive Unleashed DTS file"
(sha1: 0a91330b2af9f71ceeeed483f92774182b58f6d9)
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Set ethernet clock rate to 125 Mhz so that it will work with 1000Mbps,
Earlier this is done by FSBL. With this change We can remove the
ethernet clock rate code from FSBL.
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
U-Boot ethernet works with FSBL flow where releasing ethernet clock
reset is part of FSBL itself but with the SPL, We need to release
ethernet clock reset explicitly for U-Boot proper. With this change
Release ethernet clock reset code in FSBL might not be needed or
unaffected.
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Devicetree files in FU540 platform is synced from Linux, like other
platforms does. Apart from these U-Boot in FU540 would also require
some U-Boot specific node like clint.
So, create board specific -u-boot.dtsi files. This would help of
maintain U-Boot specific changes separately without touching Linux
dts(i) files which indeed easy for syncing from Linux between
releases.
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When build U-Boot SPL, meet an issue of undefined reference to
'crc7' for drivers/mmc/mmc_spi.c, so let's compile crc7.c when
CONFIG_MMC_SPI selected.
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc4
This patch series addresses the following issues:
* allow compiling with clang
* add missing function descriptions to the HTML documentation
* simplify the validation of UEFI images
* validate load options in the UEFI boot manager
In a preparatory patch a structure definition is moved.
- Update various docs to not have 'ARCH=' in them as that's not part of
how U-Boot builds.
- Add macOS tools-only build to Azure to help catch problems on BSD
hosts with tools.
- Bugfixes from the latest header cleanup around ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN
- Assorted small Kconfig logic/typo corrections
- Add a default hash to FIT images that have their its auto generated.
- Other assorted fixes
The global variable, efi_guid_cert_type_pkcs7, will also be used in
efi_image_loader.c in a succeeding patch so as to correctly handle
a signature type of authenticode in signed image.
Meanwhile, it is currently defined in efi_variable.c. Once some secure
storage solution for UEFI variables is introduced, efi_variable.c may
not always be compiled in.
So move the definition to efi_signature.c as a common place.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Knowing that at least one section header follows the optional header we
only need to check for the length of the 64bit header which is longer than
the 32bit header.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We want to follow the Linux kernel style for function descriptions.
Add missing parentheses after function names.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
On ARM systems gd is stored in register r9 or x18. When compiling with
clang gd is defined as a macro calling function gd_ptr(). So we can not
make assignments to gd.
In the UEFI sub-system we need to save gd when leaving to UEFI binaries and
have to restore gd when reentering U-Boot.
Define a new function set_gd() for setting gd and use it in the UEFI
sub-system.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For passing the optional data of the load option to the loaded imaged
protocol we need its size.
efi_deserialize_load_option() is changed to return the size of the optional
data.
As a by-product we get a partial validation of the load option.
Checking the length of the device path remains to be implemented.
Some Coverity defects identified the load options as user input because
get_unaligned_le32() and get_unaligned_le16() is called. But non of these
Coverity defects can be resolved without marking functions with Coverity
specific tags.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 303760)
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 303768)
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 303776)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add the required changes for compiling with DM_ETH on the PPC
DPAA platforms.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
A compilation error appears when QE is compiled with DM_ETH
enabled:
drivers/qe/uec.c: In function 'init_phy':
drivers/qe/uec.c:425:28: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type 'struct eth_device'
uec = (uec_private_t *)dev->priv;
^~
drivers/qe/uec.c: In function 'uec_initialize':
drivers/qe/uec.c:1357:43: error: invalid application of 'sizeof' to incomplete type 'struct eth_device'
dev = (struct eth_device *)malloc(sizeof(struct eth_device));
^~~~~~
The patch disables CONFIG_QE when CONFIG_DM_ETH is set.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
P4080DS compilation fails with DM_GPIO enabled:
drivers/gpio/gpio-uclass.c:355:5: error: redefinition of 'gpio_request'
int gpio_request(unsigned gpio, const char *label)
^~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/arch/gpio.h:17:0,
from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/gpio.h:1,
from drivers/gpio/gpio-uclass.c:16:
./arch/powerpc/include/asm/mpc85xx_gpio.h:68:19: note: previous definition of 'gpio_request' was here
static inline int gpio_request(unsigned gpio, const char *label)
^~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
arch/arm/include/asm/system.h declares psci_arch_init(), but it is
surrounded by #ifdef CONFIG_ARMV8_PSCI.
psci_arch_init() is called for CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI too. Add the missing
function declaration.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This config option depends on EXT4 support.
If Ext4 write capability is not selected, it generate write error messages
and is unable to maintain boot counter.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Danis <frederic.danis@collabora.com>
Configuration checks should not be in the C files but in the Kconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building U-Boot we select the architecture via Kconfig and not ARCH
being passed in via the environment or make cmdline.
While in here, add the doc file to the MAINTAINERS entry.
Cc: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
Cc: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
When building U-Boot we select the architecture via Kconfig and not ARCH
being passed in via the environment or make cmdline.
While in here, add the doc file to the MAINTAINERS entry.
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Cc: Palmer Dabbelt <palmer@sifive.com>
Cc: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Cc: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building U-Boot we select the architecture via Kconfig and not ARCH
being passed in via the environment or make cmdline.
While in here, add the doc file to the MAINTAINERS entry for coldfire.
Cc: Huan Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building U-Boot we select the architecture via Kconfig and not ARCH
being passed in via the environment or make cmdline.
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: Vitaly Andrianov <vitalya@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building U-Boot we select the architecture via Kconfig and not ARCH
being passed in via the environment or make cmdline.
Cc: Po Liu <po.liu@nxp.com>
Cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add building the 'tools-only' target on macOS X 'Catalina'. Hopefully
this will catch changes to host tools that are incompatible on BSD style
environments.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option currently does not add any sort of hash to the images in the
FIT.
Add a hash node requesting a crc32 checksum, which at least provides some
protection.
The crc32 value is easily ignored (e.g. in SPL) if not needed. and takes
up only about 48 bytes per image, including overhead.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
When using CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT and the config-file specifies a size
larger than what U-Boot wrote into the env-file, a confusing error
message is shown:
$ fw_printenv
Read error on /boot/uboot.env: Success
Fix this by showing a different error message when read returns too
little data.
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
This is defined in the asm/cache.h header file. Update this header file to
include it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #da850-evm
This is defined in the asm/cache.h header file. Update this header file to
include it so it gets the same value consistently across U-Boot.
This fixes 'usb host' on omapl138_lcdk.
Fixes: 90526e9fba ("common: Drop net.h from common header")
Reported-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building U-Boot we should not blindly use make -j8 but consider the
actual core count given by os.cpu_count().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
- Corrected some FSP-M/FSP-S settings for Chromebook Coral
- ICH SPI driver and mrccache fixes for obtaining the SPI memory map
- Fixed various warnings generated by latest version IASL when compiling
ACPI tables
PCI Firmware specification requires _UID() and doesn't require _ADR()
to be set. Replace latter by former. This fixes the following warning
reported by ACPICA 20200430:
Warning 3073 - Multiple types (Device object requires either a _HID
or _ADR, but not both)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
PCI Firmware specification requires _UID() and doesn't require _ADR()
to be set. Replace latter by former. This fixes the following warning
reported by ACPICA 20200430:
Warning 3073 - Multiple types (Device object requires either a _HID
or _ADR, but not both)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Create buffers outside of the methods as ACPICA 20200430 complains
about this:
Remark 2173 - Creation of named objects within a method is highly
inefficient, use globals or method local variables instead
(\_SB.PCI0.LPCB.IURT._CRS)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
ACPICA complains that either _HID() or _ADR() should be used.
For General Purpose DMA we may not drop the _ADR() because
the device is enumerated by PCI. Thus, simple drop _HID().
Reported-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Create buffers outside of the methods as ACPICA 20200214 complains about this:
Remark 2173 - Creation of named objects within a method is
highly inefficient, use globals or method local variables
instead
Reported-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This allows the use of the Dediprog em100pro so I can test SPI flash on
this board in my lab.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When comparing hex dumps it is useful to see the offsets of the registers.
Add them in where they correspond to a multiple of 16.
Possibly it would be useful to have a a command to output the FSP values
in human-readable form, making use of the fsp_bindings implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some settings were modified slightly in the device-tree conversion. Return
these to their original values. This includes some audio settings and a
few others that have changed.
Note that we still rely on the FSP defaults for most values, so there is
no need to specify a value if the FSP default is suitable.
This makes WiFi work again.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When comparing hex dumps it is useful to see the offsets of the registers.
Add them in where they correspond to a multiple of 16.
Possibly it would be useful to have a a command to output the FSP values
in human-readable form, making use of the fsp_bindings implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some settings were modified slightly in the device-tree conversion. Return
these to their original values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The change to avoid searching the device tree does not work on boards
wich don't have driver model set up this early, for example minnowmax.
Put back the old code (converted to livetree) as a fallback for these
devices. Also update the documentation.
This is tested on minnowmax, link, samus and coral.
Fixes: 87f1084a63 (x86: Adjust mrccache_get_region() to use livetree)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com> (on Intel minnowmax)
The error code is often useful to figure out what is going on. Printing it
does not increase code size much, so print out the error and then hang.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this logic does not work on link and samus, since their SPI
controller is not a PCI device, but a child of the PCH.
Unfortunately, fixing this involves a lot of extra logic. Still, this was
requested in the review of the fix-up patch, so here it is.
Fixes: 92842147c3 ("spi: ich: Add support for get_mmap() method")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com> (on Intel minnowmax)
At present the PCI BDF (bus/device/function) is needed to access the SPI
mapping, since the registers are at BAR0. This doesn't work when PCI
auto-config has not been done yet, since BARs are unassigned.
Add another way to find the mapping, using the MMIO base, if the caller
knows this.
Also add a missing function comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Now that the EMAC driver supports the H6 SoC, we can enable the Ethernet
hardware on the Pine H64 board.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The H6 EMAC is very similar to the H3 variant, except that it uses the
same pinmux as R40. Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
While the R40 uses a different register for EMAC clock configuration
than other chips, the register has a very similar layout. Reuse the
existing bitfield definitions in this file, since they match.
This allows the driver to compile on the H6 platform, where the
CCM_GMAC_CTRL definitions are not present.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When compiling with CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL=n, gcc warns about
mbus_configure_port not being marked as static:
In file included from include/common.h:34,
from arch/arm/mach-sunxi/dram_sunxi_dw.c:11:
include/log.h:185:4: warning: 'printf' is static but used in inline function 'mbus_configure_port' which is not static
185 | printf(pr_fmt(fmt), ##args); \
| ^~~~~~
include/log.h:192:2: note: in expansion of macro 'debug_cond'
192 | debug_cond(_DEBUG, fmt, ##args)
| ^~~~~~~~~~
arch/arm/mach-sunxi/dram_sunxi_dw.c:100:2: note: in expansion of macro 'debug'
100 | debug("MBUS port %d cfg0 %08x cfg1 %08x\n", port, cfg0, cfg1);
| ^~~~~
Fix this by updating the function accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
dm_spi_slave_platdata used in sf_probe for printing
plat->cs value and there is no relevant usage apart
from this.
We have enough debug messages available in SPI and SF
areas so drop this plat get and associated bug statement.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
env_flash is a global flash pointer, and the probe would
happen only if env_flash is NULL, but there is no checking
and free the pointer if is not NULL.
So, this patch frees the old env_flash, and get the probed
flash in to env_flash pointer and finally check if is not NULL.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The new pointer points to flash found and that would
assign it to global 'flash' pointer for further flash
operations and also keep track of old flash pointer.
This would happen if the probe is successful or even
failed, but current code assigning new into flash before
and after checking the new.
So, drop the assignment after new checks so flash always
latest new pointer even if probe failed or succeed.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Currently spi-nor code is assigning _write ops for SST
and other flashes separately.
Just call the sst_write from generic write ops and return
if SST flash found, this way it avoids the confusion of
multiple write ops assignment during the scan and makes
it more feasible for code readability.
No functionality changes.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The get_sw_write_prot API is used to get the write-protected
bits of flash by reading the status register and other wards
it's API for reading register bits.
1) This kind of requirement can be achieved using existing
flash operations and flash locking API calls instead of
making a separate flash API.
2) Technically there is no real hardware user for this API to
use in the source tree.
3) Having a flash operations API for simple register read bits
also make difficult to extend the flash operations.
4) Instead of touching generic code, it is possible to have
this functionality inside spinor operations in the form of
flash hooks or fixups for associated flash chips.
Considering all these points, this patch drops the get_sw_write_prot
and associated code bases.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
CF_SPI kconfig option defined twice with DM_SPI
and non DM_SPI.
Drop the non DM_SPI side kconfig definition.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Fix mmc of path after syncfrom kernel dts;
- Add dwc3 host support with DM for rk3399;
- Add usb2phy and typec phy for rockchip platform;
- Migrate board list doc to rockchip.rst;
- Add rk3399 Pinebook Pro board support;
- Update dram_init in board_init and add memory node in SPL;
In a loading chain SPL -> ATF (->OP-TEE) -> U-Boot, ATF and a subsequent
OP-TEE will re-use the same fdt as the U-Boot target and may need the
information about usable memory ranges.
Especially OP-TEE needs this to initialize dynamic shared memory
(the only type U-Boot implements when talking to OP-TEE).
So allow spl_fixup_fdt() to take a fdt_blob argument, falling back to
the existing CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR if needed and call it from the
ATF path as well.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Parts of later SPL may need RAM information as well, so do full
dram_init() call, which includes the existing dram probing but also
initializes the ram information in gd.
dram_init() from sdram.c does the following steps:
- uclass_get_device(UCLASS_RAM, ...) like the current code
- ret = ram_get_info(dev, &ram);
- gd->ram_size = ram.size;
CONFIG_SPL_RAM already makes sure that sdram.c gets compiled
and thus no other variant of dram_init() can exist.
So it's the same functionality as before and only adds that the
SPL now aquires knowledge about the amount of available ram,
which it didn't know about before.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
With the new RPi4 which has 8 GB of RAM, we can have up to four DRAM
banks. Bump up the configuration files to detect all the memory in
U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
i2c changes for v2020.07-rc4
- fix eeprom issue with AT24MAC402 (address != 0)
- fix in i2c-uclass.c when compiling compiling with -Wtype-limits
- designware_i2c: small fixes:
- check if the device is powered
- tidy up use of NULL priv
This patch adds or modifies functional tests for the Cover-changes,
Commit-changes, and Series-process-log tags in order to account for new
behavior added in the previous few patches. The '(no changes since v1)'
case is not tested for, since that would need an additional commit to test
in addition to testing the existing code paths.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds support to multi-line changes. That is, if one has a line
in a changelog like
- Do a thing but
it spans multiple lines
Using Series-process-log sort would sort as if those lines were unrelated.
With this patch, any change line starting with whitespace will be
considered part of the change before it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By default patman generates a combined changelog for the cover letter. This
may not always be desirable.
Many patches may have the same changes. These can be coalesced with
"Series-process-log: uniq", but this is imperfect. Similar changes like
"Move foo to patch 7" will not be merged with the similar "Move foo to this
patch from patch 6".
Changes may not make sense outside of the patch they are written for. For
example, a change line of "Add check for bar" does not make sense outside
of the context in which bar might be checked for. Some changes like "New"
or "Lint" may be repeated many times throughout different change logs, but
carry no useful information in a summary.
Lastly, I like to summarize the broad strokes of the changes I have made in
the cover letter, while documenting all the details in the appropriate
patches. I think this makes it easier to get a good feel for what has
changed, without making it difficult to wade through every change in the
whole series.
This patch adds two new tags to add changelog entries which only appear in
the cover letter, or only appear in the commit. Changes documented with
"Commit-changes" will only appear in the commit, and will not appear in the
cover letter. Changes documented with "Cover-changes" will not appear in
any commit, and will only appear in the cover letter.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Patman outputs a line for every edition of the series in every patch,
regardless of whether any changes were made. This can result in many
redundant lines in patch changelogs, especially when a patch did not exist
before a certain revision. For example, the existing behaviour could result
in a changelog of
Changes in v7: None
Changes in v6: None
Changes in v5:
- Make a change
Changes in v4: None
Changes in v3:
- New
Changes in v2: None
With this patch applied and with --no-empty-changes, the same patch would
look like
(no changes since v5)
Changes in v5:
- Make a change
Changes in v3:
- New
This is entirely aesthetic, but I think it reduces clutter, especially for
patches added later on in a series.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some mailing lists have size limits and when we add binary contents
to our patches it's easy to exceed the size limits.
Git supports a command line option "--no-binary" to generate patches
without any binary contents. Add an option in patman to handle this.
Note with this option patches cannot be applied properly, but they
are still useful for code review.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sort the existing command line options by:
- help comes first
- option starts with '-'
- option starts with '--'
Lower case followed by upper case letters, in alphabetical order.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Including the assembler headers before including common.h etc leads to
compilation errors upon MIPS64 based platforms using OF_LIVE. This
patch reorders the include files to the "correct" oder.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the commit 1289e96797 ("sandbox: spi: Drop command-line SPI
option"), "--spi_sf" command line option is no longer supported.
So update the following documents to sync them up with the change.
doc/arch/sandbox.rst
doc/SPI/README.sandbox-spi
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable USB3.0 Host support for ROC-RK3399-PC boards.
Tested USB3.0 SSD on Type C1 port on board.
=> usb start
starting USB...
Bus usb@fe380000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus usb@fe3c0000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus dwc3: usb maximum-speed not found
Register 2000140 NbrPorts 2
Starting the controller
USB XHCI 1.10
scanning bus usb@fe380000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe3c0000 for devices... 2 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus dwc3 for devices... 6 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 1 Storage Device(s) found
=> usb tree
USB device tree:
1 Hub (480 Mb/s, 0mA)
u-boot EHCI Host Controller
1 Hub (480 Mb/s, 0mA)
| u-boot EHCI Host Controller
|
+-2 Hub (480 Mb/s, 100mA)
USB 2.0 Hub [MTT]
1 Hub (5 Gb/s, 0mA)
| U-Boot XHCI Host Controller
|
+-2 Hub (480 Mb/s, 0mA)
| | VIA Labs, Inc. USB2.0 Hub
| |
| +-4 Hub (480 Mb/s, 100mA)
| | USB 2.0 Hub
| |
| +-5 (480 Mb/s, 100mA)
| VIA Technologies Inc. USB 2.0 BILLBOARD 0000000000000001
|
+-3 Hub (5 Gb/s, 0mA)
| VIA Labs, Inc. USB3.0 Hub
|
+-6 Mass Storage (5 Gb/s, 224mA)
JMicron External Disk 3.0 DB12345678A2
=> usb reset
resetting USB...
Bus usb@fe380000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus usb@fe3c0000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus dwc3: usb maximum-speed not found
Register 2000140 NbrPorts 2
Starting the controller
USB XHCI 1.10
scanning bus usb@fe380000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe3c0000 for devices... 2 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus dwc3 for devices... 6 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 1 Storage Device(s) found
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3399 Type-C PHY is required that must hold whole USB3.0 OTG controller
in resetting to hold pipe power state in P2 before initializing the PHY.
This commit fixed it and added device compatible for rockchip platform.
Signed-off-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Print the error code if the regulator enable fails, otherwise the error
message is rather useless and confusing.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The board_eth_init() is not used for DM case, enable it only for
the non-DM case. This function should eventually be removed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The regulator-fixed would return -ENOSYS when enabled/disabled,
because this operation is not supported, but this is not an error
e.g. on systems where the VBUS cannot be controlled, so if this
is the error code reported by the regulator core, consider it a
success and continue.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Although I think it never occurs, the code doesn't make sense, because
it may allow to assign an IN endpoint to ss->ep_out.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
By default when core sees any transaction error (CRC or overflow) it
replies with terminating retry ACK (Retry=1 and Nump == 0).
Enabling this Auto Retry feature in controller will make the core send
a non-terminanting ACK upon such transaction errors. That is, ACK TP
with Retry=1 and Nump != 0.
Doing so will give controller a chance to recover from transient error
conditions.
Reference from below Linux commit,
commit <b138e23d3dff> ("usb: dwc3: core: Enable AutoRetry feature
in the controller")
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch adds a quirk to disable USB 2.0 MAC linestate check
during HS transmit. Refer the dwc3 databook, we can use it for
some special platforms if the linestate not reflect the expected
line state(J) during transmission.
When use this quirk, the controller implements a fixed 40-bit
TxEndDelay after the packet is given on UTMI and ignores the
linestate during the transmit of a token (during token-to-token
and token-to-data IPGAP).
On some rockchip platforms (e.g. rk3399), it requires to disable
the u2mac linestate check to decrease the SSPLIT token to SETUP
token inter-packet delay from 566ns to 466ns, and fix the issue
that FS/LS devices not recognized if inserted through USB 3.0 HUB.
Reference from below Linux commit,
commit <65db7a0c9816> ("usb: dwc3: add disable u2mac linestate
check quirk")
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add a quirk to clear the GUSB2PHYCFG.U2_FREECLK_EXISTS bit,
which specifies whether the USB2.0 PHY provides a free-running
PHY clock, which is active when the clock control input is active.
Refer to commit 27f83eeb6b42("usb: dwc3: add dis_u2_freeclk_exists_quirk")
in Linux Rockchip Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add a quirk to clear the GUSB2PHYCFG.ENBLSLPM bit, which controls
whether the PHY receives the suspend signal from the controller.
Refer to commit ec791d149bca("usb: dwc3: Add dis_enblslpm_quirk")
in Linux Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add USB TYPEC PHY driver for rockchip platform.
Referenced from Linux TypeC PHY driver, currently
supporting usb3-port and dp-port need to add it
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add Rockchip USB2PHY driver with initial support.
This will help to use it for EHCI controller in host
mode, and USB 3.0 controller in otg mode.
More functionality like charge, vbus detection will
add it in future changes.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Due to v5.7-rc1 sync the SD controller nodes in rk3399.dtsi
have SCLK_UPHY0_TCPDCORE, SCLK_UPHY1_TCPDCORE assigned-clocks
which are usually required for Linux and don't require to
handle them in U-Boot.
assigned-clocks = <&cru SCLK_UPHY0_TCPDCORE>;
assigned-clocks = <&cru SCLK_UPHY1_TCPDCORE>;
So, mark them as empty in clock otherwise device probe on
those typec phy driver would fail.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable/Disable the USB2PHY clk for rk3399.
CLK is clear in enable and set in disable functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
As documentation is being moved to doc/boards/rockchip create a warning
message and remove the redundant list of supported boards.
Signed-off-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
As an additional step to move documentation to doc/boards/rockchip
improve format of the supported board list to make it more readable.
Additionally, add the configuration files used to build them based on
doc/README.rockchip.
Signed-off-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
U-Boot has video output enabled so time to get keyboard working.
=> usb reset;usb tree
resetting USB...
Bus usb@fe380000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus usb@fe3a0000: USB OHCI 1.0
Bus usb@fe3c0000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus usb@fe3e0000: USB OHCI 1.0
Bus dwc3: usb maximum-speed not found
Register 2000140 NbrPorts 2
Starting the controller
USB XHCI 1.10
scanning bus usb@fe380000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe3a0000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe3c0000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe3e0000 for devices... 3 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus dwc3 for devices... cannot reset port 1!?
2 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 2 Storage Device(s) found
USB device tree:
1 Hub (480 Mb/s, 0mA)
u-boot EHCI Host Controller
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 0mA)
U-Boot Root Hub
1 Hub (480 Mb/s, 0mA)
u-boot EHCI Host Controller
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 0mA)
| U-Boot Root Hub
|
+-2 Hub (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| ALCOR Generic USB Hub
|
+-3 Mass Storage (12 Mb/s, 200mA)
Kingston DT 101 G2 001478544887BB3157380157
1 Hub (5 Gb/s, 0mA)
| U-Boot XHCI Host Controller
|
+-2 Mass Storage (5 Gb/s, 76mA)
ADATA ADATA USB Flash Drive 1520405012240002
Signed-off-by: Marcin Juszkiewicz <marcin@juszkiewicz.com.pl>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The vpcie*-supply properties are optional and these are absent on
boards like the ROCKPro64 and Firefly RK3399 where the voltage is
supplied by always-on regulators that are already enabled upon
boot. Make these regulators optional and properly check their
presence before attempting to enable them.
Makes PCIe work on un U-Boot on the boards mentioned above.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Juszkiewicz <marcin@juszkiewicz.com.pl>
Linux v5.7-rc1 dts(i) sync has changed the sdmmc node from
dwmmc@fe320000 to mmc@fe320000 and this ofpath is being
used in rockchip spl bootdevice code.
So, update the ofpath with a new node name and prefix "same-as-spl"
to missing u-boot,spl-boot-order.
Bug log:
U-Boot SPL 2020.07-rc2-00256-g9c5fef5774 (May 24 2020 - 20:20:43 +0530)
Trying to boot from MMC2
mmc_load_image_raw_sector: mmc block read error
Trying to boot from MMC1
mmc_load_image_raw_sector: mmc block read error
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
Fixes: 167efc2c7a ("arm64: dts: rk3399: Sync v5.7-rc1 from Linux"
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The khadas-vim, khadas-vim2, libretech-ac & libretech-*-pc boards were missing
DT tweak to enable USB gadget.
Add them to their -u-boot.dtsi files and include the right gxl-u-boot.dtsi.
Fixes: a19e8a0f03 ("arm: dts: meson-gxl: Add USB Gadget nodes for U-Boot")
Reported-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Include the common g12 u-boot tweaks to permit enabling video output tweaks
on Khadas VIM3 boards.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The I2C2 uses different pinmux on AV96, use correct pinmux and
also add comments about the I2C being present on the "low-speed"
expansion connector X6.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Because of this commit :
5ae84860b0 ("misc: i2c_eeprom: verify that the chip is functional at probe()")
at probe time, each eeprom is tested for read at offset 0.
The Atmel AT24MAC402 eeprom has different mapping. One i2c slave address is
used for the lower 0x80 bytes and another i2c slave address is used for the
upper 0x80 bytes. Because of this basically the i2c master sees 2 different
slaves. We need the upper bytes because we read the unique MAC address from
this EEPROM area.
However this implies that our slave address will return error on reads
from address 0x0 to 0x80.
To solve this, implemented an offset field inside platform data that is by
default 0 (as it is used now), but can be changed in the compatible table.
The probe function will now read at this offset and use it, instead of blindly
checking offset 0.
This will fix the regression noticed on these EEPROMs since the commit
abovementioned that introduces the probe failed issue.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
When compiling with -Wtype-limits we see this error:
drivers/i2c/i2c-uclass.c: In function ‘i2c_deblock_gpio_loop’:
drivers/i2c/i2c-uclass.c:517:21: error: comparison of
unsigned expression >= 0 is always true [-Werror=type-limits]
517 | while (scl_count-- >= 0) {
|
Don't loop forever.
Fixes: 1f746a2c82 ("i2c: Make deblock delay and SCL clock configurable")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If the device doesn't return a version that means the device is
non-functional.
The dw_i2c_regs had invalid offsets for the version field. I got the
correct value from the DesignWare databook. It also matches what the
Picasso PPR says.
Signed-off-by: Raul E Rangel <rrangel@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Furquan Shaikh <furquan@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we still have pre-driver-model code in this driver and it makes
things a bit confusing. In particular calc_bus_speed() is called with priv
as NULL if not using driver model.
This results in spk_cnt and comp_param1 being read from an invalid address
if not using driver model. For comp_param1 this may not cause problems if
reading from addresses close to 0 happens to be allowed, as high speed is
only supported by DM code. But spk_cnt is subsequently used to calculate
the bus periods and so this may cause problems (e.g. on spear600 board
which has not been migrated yet).
Add a new parameter regs parameter to calc_bus_speed() and add more
comments to this function and to _dw_i2c_set_bus_speed(), which calls it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Use device tree for FSP-M and FSP-S configuration on Intel Apollo Lake
- Add SMBIOS cbmem entry parsing for coreboot
- Various clean-ups to CBFS implementation
The size is not actually used since it is present in the header. Drop this
parameter. Also tidy up error handling while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently we support reading a file from CBFS given the address of the end
of the ROM. Sometimes we only know the start of the CBFS. Add a function
to find a file given that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function currently returns a node pointer so there is no way to know
the error code. Also it uses data in BSS which seems unnecessary since the
caller might prefer to use a local variable.
Update the function and split its body out into a separate function so we
can use it later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We may as well return the error code and use it directly in the command
code. CBFS still uses its own error enum which we may be able to remove,
but leave it for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The start address of the CBFS is used when scanning for files. It makes
sense to put this in our cbfs_priv struct and calculate it when we read
the header.
Update the code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It doesn't make sense to use u8 * as the pointer type for accessing the
CBFS since we do not access it as bytes, but via structures. Change it to
void *, which allows us to avoid a cast.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These two functions have mostly the same code. Pull this out into a common
function.
Also make this function zero the private data so that callers don't have
to do it. Finally, update cbfs_load_header_ptr() to take the base of the
ROM as its parameter, which makes more sense than passing the address of
the header within the ROM.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function is strange at the moment in that it takes a header pointer
but then accesses the cbfs_s global. Currently clients have their own priv
pointer, so update the function to take that as a parameter instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function is strange at the moment in that it takes a header pointer
but then accesses the cbfs_s global. Currently clients have their own priv
pointer, so update the function to take that as a parameter instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this uses a true return to indicate it found a file. Adjust it
to use 0 for this, so it is consistent with other functions.
Update its callers accordingly and add a check for malloc() failure in
file_cbfs_fill_cache().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this uses an int type. U-Boot now supports bool so use this
instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
U-Boot uses ulong for addresses but there are a few places in this driver
that don't use it. Convert this driver over to follow this convention
fully.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the result variable in the cbfs_priv is called 'result' as is
the local variable in a few functions. Change the latter to 'ret' which is
more common in U-Boot and avoids confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A the moment the FSP-M configuration is a mix of hard coded values and
devicetree properties.
This patch makes FSP-M full configurable from devicetree by adding
binding properties for all FSP-M parameters.
Co-developed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> (Tested on coral)
[sjg: Fix a build error for coral]
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[bmeng: Add __maybe_unused to fsp_update_config_from_dtb()]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We don't need to print this information since it is shown when the MTRRs
are displayed. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert the CRS305-1G-4S board to CRS3xx-98DX3236 to enable easier
implementation of new CRS3xx series boards, based on Marvell Prestera
98DX3236.
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <luka.kovacic@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Cc: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
Commit f49ac7e1c4 switched the default PHY speed to 3.125Gbit to resolve
issues with SFP modules. However, U-Boot does not have a "2500base-x"
phy-mode.
Resolve this by using "sgmii-2500" instead.
Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Without CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS set to CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS, U-Boot
will be located at address 0x16000. But, SPL will try to load the
payload from 0x24000 causing the boot to hang.
Signed-off-by: Ezra Buehler <ezra@easyb.ch>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Without this U-Boot-specific property, booting on the Synology DS414
(or DS214+) fails in SPL. The spi0 DT node is not scanned, as a result
the SPI flash cannot be found.
Signed-off-by: Ezra Buehler <ezra@easyb.ch>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SMP support for S-mode U-Boot is enabled only if SBI_V01 is enabled.
There is no point in supporting SMP related (IPI and fences) SBI calls
when SBI_V02 is enabled.
Modify all the SMP related SBI calls to be defined only for SBI_V01.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Enable DM_ETH on omap3_logic board
- Enable Caches in SPL for K3 platforms
- Enable backup boot mode support for J721E
- Update the DDR timings for AM654 EVM
- Add automated tests for RX-51
- A few minor Kconfig migrations / corrections
- DFU doc fixes/improvements
- Bugfix for ARMv8, env userspace building, more NULL checks in generic
PHY code
CONFIG_BZIP2 and CONFIG_GZIP_COMPRESSED are Kconfig options. Select them
by CONFIG_SANDBOX instead of setting them in configs/sandbox.h.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix the following warning:
cmd/zip.c: In function ‘do_zip’:
cmd/zip.c:30:6: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘gzip’; did you mean ‘do_zip’? [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
if (gzip((void *) dst, &dst_len, (void *) src, src_len) != 0)
^~~~
do_zip
Include gzip.h header which declares the gzip() function.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the CONFIG_GZIP_COMPRESSED from a config.h macro to a Kconfig menu
item. It is not selectable by a user because there is no reason to do
so. Instead it will be automatically selected by the stuff which uses
gzip(), like the zip command.
Remove it from the config_whitelist.txt. Also remove
CONFIG_GZIP_COMPRESS_DEF_SZ as this was never used on any board. The
default seems to be sane, otherwise it should be added as a Kconfig
option.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
unzip calls gzwrite() which is provided in lib/gunzip.c. Make sure it is
automatically pulled in if the user selects CMD_UNZIP.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glkp@gmx.de>
As reported by Nicolas Carrier on the Buildroot mailing list [1],
there is a new build issue while building a program which interacts with
the u-boot environment. This program uses the headers of the ubootenv
library provided by uboot-tools.
This is a recent change from uboot [2] adding "#include <env.h>" to
fw_env.h. Adding env.h require a board configuration to build since
it also include compiler.h (and others uboot internal includes).
env.h include seems not needed since env_set() is not used in fw_env tool.
Nicolas removed env.h from fw_env tool and fixed it's build issue.
This problem is present since uboot v2019.10.
[1] http://lists.busybox.net/pipermail/buildroot/2020-April/280307.html
[2] 9fb625ce05
Reported-by: Nicolas Carrier <nicolas.carrier@orolia.com>
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@gmail.com>
It is possible that users of generic_phy_*() APIs may pass a valid
struct phy pointer but phy->dev can be NULL, leading to NULL pointer
deference in phy_dev_ops().
So call generic_phy_valid() to verify that phy and phy->dev are both
valid.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
include/dfu.h and doc/api/dfu.rst belong to the device firmware update
sub-system. So let's add them to DFU in MAINTAINERS.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add the device firmware update functions to the generated HTML
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
In dfu_alt_info for eMMC the eMMC partition number can be specified.
The separator in dfu_alt_info is a semicolon not a comma.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The documentation should rest with the same maintainer as the code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The enum dcache_optoion contains a shift left 2 bits in the armv8 case
already. The PMD_ATTRINDX(option) macro will perform a left shift of 2
bits. Perform a right shift so that in the end we get the correct
value.
[trini: Reword the commit message]
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Instead of reading out the entire FIFO and possibly overwriting U-Boot
memory, read out one packet per recv call, pass it to U-Boot network
stack, and repeat. It is however necessary to cache RXFC value, because
reading that one out clears it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Split network handling functions into non-DM specific parts and
common code in preparation for conversion to DM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Introduce a private data structure for this driver with embedded
struct eth_device and pass it around. This prepares the driver to
work with both DM and non-DM systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
There is only one chip ID in the table of chip IDs for this chip.
Read out the chip ID instead and mask off the last "revision" bit
to check the chip ID, this works for all chips in the family. Then
drop the chip ID passing around.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The packet status and length information should be extracted from the
FIFO per-packet. Adjust the code such that it reads the packet meta
data and then the packet afterward, if applicable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Per KS8851-16MLL, the RXQCR is a 16bit register. Use 16bit accessors
to it consistently and drop the ks_wrreg8() function altogether, as
it is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The cached RXQCR value is never updated, remove the cache and just use
the bits in the cache directly in the code.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Replace combination of malloc()+memset() with calloc() as the behavior
is exactly the same and the amount of code is reduced. Moreover, remove
printf() in the fail path, as it is useless, and return proper -ENOMEM
return code.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc3 (2)
Problems fixed with these patches are:
* UEFI sub-system not working with virtio block devices
* Missing SATA support in UEFI sub-system
* A superfluous debug statement
UniPhier SoC updates for v2020.07
- De-assert write protect for Denali NAND driver
- Clean up include directives
- Migrate to DM_ETH, and remove legacy board_eth_init()
The phy_bulk pointer *usb_phys is used before allocated,
fix it by using a phy_bulk variable instead in
xhci_dwc3_platdata struct
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
The omap3.dtsi file shows the usbhshost node with two sub-nodes
for ohci and ehci. This patch file creates the usbhshost, and
pulls the portX-mode information. It then locates the EHCI
sub-node, and initializes the EHCI controller with the info
pulled from the usbhshost node.
There is still more to do since there isn't an actual link
between the 'phys' reference and the corresponding phy driver,
and there is no nop-xceiv driver yet.
In the meantime, the older style reference to
CONFIG_OMAP_EHCI_PHYx_RESET_GPIO is still needed to pull
the phy out of reset until the phy driver is completed and the
phandle reference is made.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Use the same approach as ROC-RK3328-CC which enables SPL GPIO,
pinctl and regulator support. This allows the gen3 board to
boot through SPL and does not break gen2 in the process.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Miller <kurt@intricatesoftware.com>
Acked-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Veyrons do not need full pinctrl support for SPL.
The full pinctrl support does nothing when enabled with OF_PLATDATA,
thus was already unused.
This frees about 4kB of SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
gd->fdt_blob is null if using OF_PLATDATA in SPL, which causes a hang
after f0921f5098 ("fdt: Sync up to the latest libfdt").
We use the same test that is used in spl_common_init on whether to call
fdtdec_setup to unconditionally avoid linking in the fdt-using code
when not necessary and thus reduce SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Previously veyron_init() was called in board_init() context, which is
called after relocation. Moving it to veyron.c used board_early_init_f
which is called way earlier, and causes veyron_init to hang.
Using board_early_init_r instead fixes this.
Fixes: b678f2790c ("rockchip: rk3288: Move veyron_init() back to veyron.c")
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Apparently speedy was forgotten from this list of veyron devices.
Fixes: 49105fb7ed ("rockchip: add common spl board file")
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Building with -Wtype-limits yields
tools/rkcommon.c: In function ‘rkcommon_check_params’:
tools/rkcommon.c:158:27: warning: comparison of
unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
158 | if (spl_params.init_size < 0)
| ^
tools/rkcommon.c:165:28: warning: comparison of
unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
165 | if (spl_params.boot_size < 0)
|
Fix the value checks.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Yes, it is possible to have a dedicated UCLASS PHY driver
for this Rockchip PCIe PHY but there are some issues on
Generic PHY framework to support the same.
The Generic PHY framework is unable to get the PHY if
the PHY parent is of a different uclass.
Say if we try to get the PCIe PHY then the phy-uclass
will look for PHY in the first instance if it is not
in the root node it will try to probe the parent by
assuming that the actual PHY is inside the parent PHY
of UCLASS_PHY. But, in rk3399 hardware representation
PHY like emmc, usb and pcie are part of syscon which
is completely a different of UCLASS_SYSCON.
Example:
grf: syscon@ff770000 {
compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-grf", "syscon", "simple-mfd";
reg = <0x0 0xff770000 0x0 0x10000>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
pcie_phy: pcie-phy {
compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-pcie-phy";
clocks = <&cru SCLK_PCIEPHY_REF>;
clock-names = "refclk";
#phy-cells = <1>;
resets = <&cru SRST_PCIEPHY>;
drive-impedance-ohm = <50>;
reset-names = "phy";
status = "disabled";
};
};
Due to this limitation, this patch adds a separate PHY
driver for Rockchip PCIe. This might be removed in future
once Generic PHY supports this limitation.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com> #roc-rk3399-pc
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Yes, most of the high speed peripheral clocks
in rk3399 enabled by default.
But it would be better to handle them via clk
enable/disable API for handling proper reset
conditions like 'usb reset' over command line.
So, enable USB, GMAC clock via enable/disable ops.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@amarulasolutions.com> # roc-rk3399-pc
Tested-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com> #roc-rk3399-pc
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Should initialization of pdata values have failed for some reason,
we end up in endless loop when getting the CPU temperature value
and can not boot. Check alert value in pdata and only retry reading
temperature if alert value is not zero. Also shorten the temperature
info string.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This fixes getting DT alert and critical pdata values in imx_scu_thermal
driver. On i.MX8QXP using not initialized alert pdata value resulted in
boot hang and endless loop outputting:
CPU Temperature (47200C) has beyond alert (0C), close to critical (0C) waiting...
While at it, preset CPU type values once to avoid multiple calls
of device_is_compatible() for same property.
Fixes: 3ee6ea443e ("cpu: imx_cpu: Print the CPU temperature for iMX8QM A72")
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CPU type and rate detection is broken, for A35 cpu we get A53:
...
sc_pm_get_clock_rate: resource:0 clk:2: res:3
Could not read CPU frequency: -22
CPU: NXP i.MX8QXP RevB A53 at 0 MHz at 47C
Fixes: 55bc96f3b6 ("cpu: imx8: fix get core name and rate")
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
adapting commit fa2047c473 ("rockchip: rk3328: enable spl-fifo-mode
for emmc and sdmmc") for rk3399.
Since mmc to sram can't do dma, add patch to prevent aborts transferring
TF-A parts.
Signed-off-by: Deepak Das <deepakdas.linux@gmail.com>
The make_fit_spl scripts get the dtb to use as commandline option,
so use it for puma as well.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
This platform completely migrated to CONFIG_DM_ETH.
board_eth_init() is only called from net/eth_legacy.c
Remove the legacy hook.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
<common.h> pulls in a lot of bloat. <common.h> is unneeded in most of
places.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
I do not understand the changes made to these files by
commit f7ae49fc4f ("common: Drop log.h from common header").
git show f7ae49fc4f -- arch/arm/mach-uniphier/
None of them uses the log function feature.
Simply revert the changes made to these files.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
I do not understand the change made to this file by
commit 691d719db7 ("common: Drop init.h from common header").
git show 691d719db7 -- arch/arm/mach-uniphier/dram/umc-pxs2.c
This file does not call or define any functions declared in <init.h>
Simply revert the change made to this file.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
I do not understand the changes made to this file by
commit 90526e9fba ("common: Drop net.h from common header").
git show 90526e9fba -- arch/arm/mach-uniphier/micro-support-card.c
The necessary declaration is already included by <netdev.h> at line 112.
It also moved the <dm/of.h> inclusion, but I do not understand the
motivation of doing so, either.
Simply revert the changes made to this file.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
I do not understand the change made to this file by
commit 90526e9fba ("common: Drop net.h from common header").
git show 90526e9fba -- arch/arm/mach-uniphier/arm32/psci.c
It added <asm/cache.h> while this file does not call the standard cache
functions at all.
All the uniphier-specific cache functions, uniphier_cache_*() are
declared in cache-uniphier.h, which is already included from this file.
Including <asm/system.h> is sensible to fix the -Wmissing-prototypes
warnings because this file defines psci_cpu_on and psci_system_reset().
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[ Linux commit 9afbe7c0140f663586edb6e823b616bd7076c00a ]
If the write protect signal from this IP is connected to the NAND
device, this IP can handle the WP# pin via the WRITE_PROTECT
register.
The Denali NAND Flash Memory Controller User's Guide describes
this register like follows:
When the controller is in reset, the WP# pin is always asserted
to the device. Once the reset is removed, the WP# is de-asserted.
The software will then have to come and program this bit to
assert/de-assert the same.
1 - Write protect de-assert
0 - Write protect assert
The default value is 1, so the write protect is de-asserted after
the reset is removed. The driver can write to the device unless
someone has explicitly cleared register before booting the kernel.
The boot ROM of some UniPhier SoCs (LD4, Pro4, sLD8, Pro5) is the
case; the boot ROM clears the WRITE_PROTECT register when the system
is booting from the NAND device, so the NAND device becomes read-only.
Set it to 1 in the driver in order to allow the write access to the
device.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
drivers/net/smc911x.c has been converted to DM.
select DM_ETH to enable it for all the UniPhier platform boards.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This CONFIG option is only used in denali_spl.c
Move it close to SPL_NAND_DENALI, and make it depend on SPL_NAND_DENALI.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Prior to corrective patches for virtio and SATA devices the same device
path was installed on two different handles. This is not allowable.
With this patch we will throw an error if this condition occurs for
block devices.
Update a comment for the installation of the simple file system
protocol.
Reported-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide device path nodes for SATA devices.
This avoids creation of two handles with the same device path indicating
our root node.
This is what the device paths for a SATA drive with four partitions could
like:
/VenHw(..)/Sata(0x0,0xffff,0x0)
/VenHw(..)/Sata(0x0,0xffff,0x0)/HD(1,MBR,0x81ea591f,0x800,0x63ff830)
/VenHw(..)/Sata(0x0,0xffff,0x0)/HD(2,MBR,0x81ea591f,0x6400800,0x9ff830)
/VenHw(..)/Sata(0x0,0xffff,0x0)/HD(3,MBR,0x81ea591f,0x6e00800,0x16ef2ab0)
/VenHw(..)/Sata(0x0,0xffff,0x0)/HD(4,MBR,0x81ea591f,0x1dcf3800,0x1dcedab0)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI specification does not define a device sub-type for virtio.
Let's use a vendor hardware node here.
This avoids creation of two handles with the same device path indicating
our root node.
Reported-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With commit 16ad946f41 ("efi_loader: change setup sequence") the
detection of block device was moved to the start of the initialization
sequence. In the case of virtio devices two handles with the same device
path being created.
The root node handle should be created before anything else.
Reported-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Fixes: 16ad946f41 ("efi_loader: change setup sequence")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI 2.8 specification has introduced the EFI_MEMORY_SP memory
attribute. Add it to the 'efidebug memmap' and 'efi mem' commands.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Remove unnecessary debug() from efi_set_variable_common().
native_name is NULL, so there is no meaning to print it.
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Add DM_ETH support for lx2160aqds, ls2080aqds, ls1088aqds
- QSI related fixes on ls1012a, ls2080a, ls1046a, ls1088a, ls1043a based
platforms
- Bug-fixes/updtaes related to ls1046afrwy, fsl-mc, msi-map property
Enable these two options to let compiler eliminate unused code.
On R2Dplus, this results in considerable amount of saved space:
text data bss dec hex filename
- 266580 13196 39076 318852 4dd84 u-boot
+ 220214 12797 38745 271756 4258c u-boot
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable DDR52 modes, since the SD core supports correct switching now.
For completeness, list HS200 modes, however those were already enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The prior-stage firmware generates DT fragment containing the /firmware
node, /reserved-memory node and /memory@ nodes. Merge these nodes into
the U-Boot DT, so U-Boot can use this information.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reserve 4 kiB of space in R-Car Gen3 DTs when those DTs are compiled
to permit patching in OpTee-OS /firmware node, /reserved-memory node
and possibly also additional /memory@ nodes.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add weak function which is called right after fdtdec_setup() configured
the U-Boot DT. This permits board-specific adjustments to the U-Boot DT
before U-Boot starts parsing the DT. This could be used e.g. to patch in
various custom nodes or merge in DT fragments from prior-stage firmware.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is useful to merge a subset of DT into another DT, for
example if some prior-stage firmware passes a DT fragment to U-Boot
and U-Boot needs to merge it into its own DT. Export this function
to permit implementing such functionality.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver is safe to use in SPL without relocation. Denying
DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC prevents its usability for verifying the main U-Boot
or other artifacts from the SPL unless needless enabling the full driver
set (SPL_OF_PLATDATA).
Fixes: 17e1174085 ("drivers: crypto: rsa_mod_exp: avoid DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC")
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
This macro is only used (tested for existence) in mpc83xx.c, which
unconditionally includes mpc83xx.h where it is unconditionally
defined. Removing it makes the remaining code easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Add support for enabling dcache already in SPL. It accelerates the boot
and resolves the risk to run into unaligned 64-bit accesses.
Based on original patch by Lokesh Vulta.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Acked-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This patch contains test/nokia_rx51_test.sh script which automatically
download and compile all needed tools in local temporary directory to
generate a simple MTD images for booting Maemo kernel image by U-Boot from
RAM, eMMC and OneNAND. MTD images are then run in virtual n900 machine
provided by qemu-linaro project.
This script does not need any special privileges, so it can be run as
non-root nobody user.
It can be used to check that U-Boot for Nokia N900 is not broken and can be
successfully booted in emulator.
Script is registered to .azure-pipelines.yml, .gitlab-ci.yml and
.travis.yml so it would be automatically run on those CI services.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When the boot of J721E devices using the primary bootmode (configured
via device pins) fails a boot using the configured backup bootmode is
attempted. To take advantage of the backup boot mode feature go ahead
and add support to the J721E init code to determine whether the ROM code
performed the boot using the primary or backup boot mode, and if booted
from the backup boot mode, decode the bootmode settings into the
appropriate U-Boot mode accordingly so that the boot can proceed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
With the converstion of SMC911x to DM, this can facilitate the omap3
boards from LogicPD (now called Beacon EmbeddedWorks) to be converted.
There isn't a clean solution to doing this in phases, so the boards are
all being done together to avoid breaking functionality.
Because the GPMC bus hasn't been converted, the -u-boot.dtsi node needs
to show the address of the ethernet controller for each board.
The board file, which is common betwen the OMAP35 and DM37 SOM LV and
Torpedo boards, can remove the manual ethernet initialization, but it
still needs to register the address and GPMC configuration for the Ethernet
controller which is now being moved around to board_late_init().
Lastly, this patch updates the various config files to add the reference
for DM_ETH and remove the SMC address, which is now fetched from the
newly created device tree nodes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
EMIF tool for AM65x [1] is now updated from rev 1.98 to 2.02
This update includes
* Optimizations in IO configuration.
* Fix for byte enablement in GCR registers.
* Fixes for PG2.0 including ZQ control.
[1]: http://www.ti.com/lit/zip/sprcah7
Acked-by: James Doublesin <doublesin@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_ETH and CONFIG_DM_MDIO and related configs for the
LS2080AQDS board.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add support for selecting the appropriate DTS file depending on the
SERDES protocol used.
The fsl-ls2080a-qds DTS will be used by default if there isn't a DTS
file specifically made for the current SERDES protocol.
This patch adds the necessary DPMAC nodes (DPMAC 1-8) for
protocol 42 (0x2A) on SD#1.
Also, in case CONFIG_DM_ETH and CONFIG_MULTI_DTB_FIT are enabled
implement the board_fit_config_name_match() function in order to choose
the appropriate DTS.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In case CONFIG_DM_ETH is enabled, no hardcoding is necessary for DPAA2
Ethernet devices. Compile out any unnecessary setup when CONFIG_DM_ETH
is activated. Also, force the PCI devices to be enumerated at probe
time.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_ETH and CONFIG_DM_MDIO and related configs for the
LS1088AQDS board.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In case CONFIG_DM_ETH is enabled, no hardcoding is necessary for DPAA2
Ethernet devices. Compile out any unnecessary setup when CONFIG_DM_ETH
is activated. Also, force the PCI devices to be enumerated at probe
time.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add support for selecting the appropriate DTS file depending on the
SERDES protocol used. The fsl-ls2088a-qds DTS will be used by default if
there isn't a DTS file specifically made for the current SERDES
protocol.
This patch adds support for the on-board ports (DPMAC 1,2 and 4,5) found
on the SERDES protocols 21(0x15) and 29(0x1d) for SD#1.
On the LS1088AQDS board EMDIO1 is used with two onboard RGMII PHYs
(Realtek RTL8211FD-CG), as well as 2 input/output connectors for
mezzanine cards. Configuration signals from the Qixis FPGA control the
routing of the external MDIOs.
Register 0x54 of the Qixis FPGA controls the routing of the EMDIO1 one
of the 2 IO slots. As a consequence, a new node is added to
describe register 0x54 as a MDIO mux controlled with child nodes
describing all the IO slots as MDIO buses.
Also, in case CONFIG_DM_ETH and CONFIG_MULTI_DTB_FIT are enabled
implement the board_fit_config_name_match() function in order to choose
the appropriate DTS.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
ls1046afrwy does not support sata boot.
So Override default BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES
and support only mmc, usb and dhcp as boot targets.
Signed-off-by: Pramod Kumar <pramod.kumar_1@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The DPC fixup for MAC address and enet_if is not made if
/board/ports node is missing in DPC file.
Add /board/ports or /ports nodes if them are missing.
Signed-off-by: Razvan Ionut Cirjan <razvanionut.cirjan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <Ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CONFIG_MTD_NOR_FLASH flag needs to be enable for all
boot sources,as all flash drivers need to compile in
TFA Boot.Probe ifc nor flash only when there is nor
flash available on board.So needs to detect ifc-nor
flash at run-time for probing.
Signed-off-by: Pankit Garg <pankit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In case CONFIG_DM_ETH and CONFIG_MULTI_DTB_FIT are enabled implement the
board_fit_config_name_match() function in order to choose the
appropriate DTS for the current SERDES protocol configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Razvan Ionut Cirjan <razvanionut.cirjan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In case CONFIG_DM_ETH is enabled, no hardcoding is necessary for DPAA2
Ethernet devices. Compile out any unnecessary setup when CONFIG_DM_ETH
is activated. Also, force the PCI devices to be enumerated at probe
time.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Razvan Ionut Cirjan <razvanionut.cirjan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add device trees describing possible uses of mezzanine cards depending
on the SERDES protocol employed.
This patch adds DPAA2 networking support for the following protocols on
each SERDES block:
* SD #1: 3, 7, 19, 20
* SD #2: 11
Each SERDES block has a different device tree file per protocol
supported, where the IO SLOTs used are enabled and PHYs located on the
mezzanine cards are described. Also, dpmac nodes are edited and their
associated phy-connection-type and phy-handle are added.
Top DTS files are also added for each combination of protocol on the 3
SERDES blocks.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Razvan Ionut Cirjan <razvanionut.cirjan@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The LX2160A processor has two external MDIO interfaces, described in the
DTS as emdio1 and emdio2.
On the LX2160AQDS board EMDIO1 is used with two onboard RGMII PHYs
(Realtek RTL8211FD-CG), as well as eight input/output connectors for
mezzanine cards. Configuration signals from the Qixis FPGA control the
routing of the external MDIOs.
Register 0x54 of the Qixis FPGA controls the routing of the EMDIO1 one
of the 8 IO slots. As a consequence, a new node is added to
describe register 0x54 as a MDIO mux controlled with child nodes
describing all the IO slots as MDIO buses.
Also, DPMAC 17 and 18 are updated to reference the on-board PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Razvan Ionut Cirjan <razvanionut.cirjan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add nodes for DPMACs 1, 2 and 5-6 which were missing from the
description. These will be later used on the LX2160AQDS specific DTS.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Razvan Ionut Cirjan <razvanionut.cirjan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Similarly to iommu-map, the msi-map property must also be fixed up
in the device tree, in order for the icid -> streamid translation
be possible in the MSI case as well.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Diana Craciun <diana.craciun@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Bus callback functions for read/write/reset need to be set only for
DM_ETH, moving endif a bit lower.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Commit 323d3af59f ("configs: ls1012ardb: Enable
CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_GD_ENV_ADDR") enables the config only for LS1012ARDB.
Apart from LS1012A-RDB, other platforms such as LS1012A-FRWY, LS2088A
and LS1046A-RDB/FRWY also require this config to be enabled. This also
helps in resolving booting crash observed in flash environment.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
All LS1012A board variants have same CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE and
CONFIG_ENV_SIZE values. If both config values are same, flash
environment cannot be saved. Since, CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE needs to be
same as that of flash sector size, this entry cannot be changed.
Reduce CONFIG_ENV_SIZE value to 0x2000. This also helps in making config
value aligned with other boards environemt size.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN is currently set to low value and leaves very less
space to do malloc in flash environmet. Increase the value to get more
memory and also make it align with other boards(ls1046a, ls1043a etc.)
config values.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
BOOT command currently access spi-nor flash memory directly. As per spi-mem
framework, flash memory access via absolute addresses is no more possible.
Use flash APIs to access memory instead of directly using it.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
MC_INIT command currently access spi-nor flash memory directly. As per
spi-mem framework, flash memory access via absolute addresses is no more
possible. Use flash APIs to access memory instead of directly using it.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CONFIG_ENV_ADDR helps in picking environment from flash before DDR init.
The macro value is already defined in ls1046ardb_tfa_defconfig, also
define the value as 0x40300000 in qspi_defconfig.
ls1046aqds has one spansion flash "S25FL128S_64K" of size 16M with
sector size 64K. Correct ENV_ADDR and ENV_SECT_SIZE value for QSPI and
TFA defconfigs of the board.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CONFIG_ENV_ADDR helps in picking environment from flash before DDR init.
QSPI region in LS2088ARDB and LS2088AQDS starts from 0x20000000 offset.
Correct the config value i.e 0x80500000 -> 0x20500000.
Also, define config value as 0x20300000 in qspi defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CONFIG_ENV_ADDR helps in picking environment from flash before DDR init.
QSPI region starts from 0x20000000 offset.
Correct the config value i.e 0x80500000 -> 0x20500000.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
According to new qspi driver, some properties like "bus-num, num-cs,
big-endian" are no longer used. Device endiannes can be determined from
device-type data in driver.
Now use board specific compatibles, generic node names and specific
labels to align with linux device-tree properties.
Also consolidate spi-max-frequency to 50Mhz treewide.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION in defconfigs of LS1046ARDB and
LS1046AQDS which have two spansion flases i.e s25fs512s each of size
64M.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Since CONFIG_FSL_QSPI is already enabled for LS1012A in defconfigs. Also
enable CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION for LS1012A boards having spansion
flashes.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Move CONFIG_FSL_QSPI to the board defconfigs and while at it also move
CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION for LS1043AQDS.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Some of these options are not used by the driver anymore and some of
them are obsolete as the information is gathered from the dt. Also
consolidating defines in common headers.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Some places use __ASSEMBLER__ instead which does not work since the
Makefile does not define it. Fix them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should not use typedefs in U-Boot. They cannot be used as forward
declarations which means that header files must include the full header to
access them.
Drop the typedef and rename the struct to remove the _s suffix which is
now not useful.
This requires quite a few header-file additions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should not be using typedefs and these make it harder to use
forward declarations (to reduce header file inclusions). Drop the typedef.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this header out of the common header. Network support is used in
quite a few places but it still does not warrant blanket inclusion.
Note that this net.h header itself has quite a lot in it. It could be
split into the driver-mode support, functions, structures, checksumming,
etc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is bad practice to include common.h in other header files since it can
bring in any number of superfluous definitions. It implies that some C
files don't include it and thus may be missing CONFIG options that are set
up by that file. The C files should include these themselves.
Update some header files in arch/arm to drop this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this uncommon header out of the common header.
Fix up some style problems in flash.h while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc3
A series of patches introduces the possibility to manage UEFI variables
via an OP-TEE module. CONFIG_EFI_MM_COMM_TEE enables this. If this
option is not specified the U-Boot behavior remains unchanged. A defconfig
is provided for compile testing (lx2160ardb_tfa_stmm_defconfig).
An incorrect UEFI memory allocation for fsl-layerscape is fixed
A defconfig is added on lx2160ardb which allows UEFI variable management
via OP-TEE. Enable the the node in the relevant DTS file.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Previous patches allow UEFI secure variables to be stored in an RPMB
device using OPTEE. Add a config for the lx2160a hardware so the feature
gets at least compiled.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Remove superfluous differences to lx2160ardb_tfa_defconfig.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If OP-TEE is compiled with an EDK2 application running in secure world
it can process and store UEFI variables in an RPMB.
Add documentation for the config options enabling this.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add myself as maintainer for the OP-TEE related UEFI variable storage.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With the previous patches that use OP-TEE and StandAloneMM for UEFI
variable storage we've added functionality for efi_query_variable_info.
So let's add the relevant command to efidebug and retrieve information
about the container used to store UEFI variables
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
In OP-TEE we can run EDK2's StandAloneMM on a secure partition.
StandAloneMM is responsible for the UEFI variable support. In
combination with OP-TEE and it's U-Boot supplicant, variables are
authenticated/validated in secure world and stored on an RPMB partition.
So let's add a new config option in U-Boot implementing the necessary
calls to OP-TEE for the variable management.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Pipat Methavanitpong <pipat1010@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In Arm devices OP-TEE has the ability to run StandAloneMM (from EDK2)
in a separate partition and handle UEFI variables.
A following patch introduces this functionality.
Add the headers needed for OP-TEE <--> StandAloneMM communication
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Virtually all callers of this function do the rounding on their own.
Some do it right, some don't. Instead of doing this in each caller,
do the rounding in efi_add_memory_map(). Change the size parameter
to bytes instead of pages and remove aligning and size calculation in
all callers.
There is no more need to make the original efi_add_memory_map() (which
takes pages as size) available outside the module. Thus rename it to
efi_add_memory_map_pg() and make it static to prevent further misuse
outside the module.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Add missing comma in sunxi_display.c.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable CONFIG_PCI_INIT_R for qemux86 and qemux86-64 pci enumeration during
boot in order to eliminate the custom preboot commands in
include/configs/qemu-x86.h.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
With CONFIG_DM_PCI enabled, PCI buses are not enumerated at boot, as they
are without that config option enabled. However, there are cases such as DM
PCI-based Ethernet devices that need the PCI bus enumerated so that they
can be discovered by their drivers.
Currently, to solve this, some boards enumerate the pci bus using
"pci enum" preboot command, while others do it manually in board files
(in board_init/board_late_init/etc. functions).
In order to possibly make the pci enumeration process uniform across all
boards, introduce CONFIG_PCI_INIT_R Kconfig option.
This change also preserves the current behavior in the !DM_PCI case
(pci_init is run unconditionally at boot).
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Use IS_ENABLED() instead of #ifdef in should_load_env and initr_env
functions.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
- A number of symbol name consistency updates
- JFFS2 bugfix
- Use /* fallthrough */ for now to help at least gcc know when we're
intentionally not 'break;'ing in a switch statement, we'll adopt
fallthrough; later on.
- Assorted other fixes
If "object=" is specified in "keydir" when using the pkcs11 engine do
not append another "object=<key-name-hint>". This makes it possible to
use object names other than the key name hint. These two string
identifiers are not necessarily equal.
Signed-off-by: Jan Luebbe <jlu@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Bastian Krause <bst@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
GCC recognizes /* fallthrough */ if -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3 is enabled.
Let's use it consistently.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
GCC recognizes /* fallthrough */ if -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3 is enabled.
Let's use it consistently.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE maybe zero. Avoid a build warning when compiling with
-Wtype-limits.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A large number of boards call preloader_console_init unconditionally.
Currently, they fail to build with CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL=n, because the
function is undefined in that case. To fix the build, always define
preloader_console_init, but make it no-op when CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL=n.
For the few boards that did check for CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL before calling
preloader_console_init, remove the checks, since the function can now
be called unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
File 'defconfig' is a build artifact of 'make savedefconfig'.
Remove it when cleaning.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The inode list uses version and ino, the dirent list uses version and pino.
This information is collected during scanning, reducing accesses to flash
and significantly speeding up ls and read.
Signed-off-by: Petr Borsodi <petr.borsodi@i.cz>
Obsolete nodes (ie. without the JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE flag) were ignored
because they had seemingly invalid crc. This could lead to finding
the phantom node header in obsolete node data.
Signed-off-by: Petr Borsodi <petr.borsodi@i.cz>
Have this symbol follow the pattern of all other such symbols.
This patch also removes a TODO from the code.
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
The SPL linker script had been left in arch/$(ARCH)/cpu/$(CPU)/$(SOC);
therefore move it to the already-established arch/$(ARCH)/mach-$(SOC)
location.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Have this symbol follow the pattern of all other such symbols.
This patch removes a TODO from the code.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
The comment immediately above the block of machine directory names implored
users to keep the macro names sorted, but, alas, this is no longer the case.
Put the list of machine directory names back in alphanumerical order by
CONFIG_* macro name, as the comment asks. Sort all the symbols as though they
all followed the convention of having the string "ARCH_" in the middle of
their definitions.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Following the example of most other SoCs in arch/$(ARCH)/cpu/$(CPU)/$(SOC)
move the lpc32xx code from arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/lpc32xx to
arch/arm/mach-lpc32xx.
Following the checklist from
commit 01f1445630 ("ARM: prepare for moving SoC sources into mach-*"):
[1] move files from arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/lpc32xx to arch/arm/mach-lpx32xx
[2] add machine entry to arch/arm/Makefile
[3] remove "obj-y += ..." from arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/Makefile
[4] fix the Kconfig file path in arch/arm/Kconfig
[5] (no MAINTAINERS update)
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
stdlib.h is the header for malloc since at least c89/c90.
There is no system malloc.h on OpenBSD and trying to use malloc.h here
falls back to the U-Boot malloc.h breaking the build of qemu_arm64.
Fixes: 336d4615f8 ("dm: core: Create a new header file for 'compat' features")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
This code dates back to 2006, commit 483a0cf804 ("Fixes for gcc 3.4
based m68k toolchain,").
GCC 3.4 is so old. We do not support it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
At present the MD5 option cannot be enabled by board configs since it has
no Kconfig name. It is generally enabled, so long as FIT support is
present. But not all boards use FIT, particularly in SPL
Fix this and add an option for SPL as well. This allows board code to call
md5() even if FIT support is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The speed member actually uses an enum, so add this to the comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This avoids needless rebuilding.
Fixes: 2f57c95100 ("spl: dm: Make it possible for the SPL to pick its own DTB from a FIT")
CC: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
The dts dir must exists when running this rule.
That missing dependency broke e.g. "make -j" for the am65x targets.
Fixes: 2f57c95100 ("spl: dm: Make it possible for the SPL to pick its own DTB from a FIT")
CC: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
- stm32mp1: migrate MTD and DFU configuration in Kconfig
- stm32mp1: add command stm32prog
- stm32mp1: several board and arch updates
- stm32mp1: activate data cache in SPL and before relocation
- Many improvment for AV96 board and DHCOR SoM
(add new defconfig, DDR3 coding on DHCOR SoM, split between board and SOM
Synchronize DDR setttings on DH SoMs, setting for I2C EEPROM)
- clk: stm32mp1: fix CK_MPU calculation
- DT alignment of stm32mp1 device tree with Linux 5.7-rc2
- fix phy configuration for RPi4's bcmgenet
- sync RPi4's env size with other RPi configs
- add kconfig option to reserver more pages in the EFI mem map
- add support for SDMA which is used by RPi4
- fix corner case boot bug for RPi3 32-bit
DT alignment with Linux 5.7-rc2, including the kernel commits
431c89e6f323 ARM: dts: stm32: use correct vqmmc regu for eMMC on stm32mp1 ED1/EV1 boards
79e965053872 ARM: dts: stm32: add disable-wp property for SD-card on STM32MP1 boards
877db62ea516 ARM: dts: stm32: add cd-gpios properties for SD-cards on STM32MP1 boards
7519e95ba5f8 ARM: dts: stm32: Do clean up in stmpic nodes on stm32mp15 boards
f68e2dbc591a ARM: dts: stm32: Rename stmfx joystick pins on stm32mp157c-ev1
d6210da4f8bf ARM: dts: stm32: add cpu clock-frequency property on stm32mp15x
b65b6fc56925 ARM: dts: stm32: add wakeup-source in all I2C nodes of stm32mp157c
1c1cf5996cfb ARM: dts: stm32: add i2c4 sleep pinctrl on stm32mp157c-ed1
bef15fc0fad9 ARM: dts: stm32: add i2c2/i2c5 sleep pinctrl on stm32mp157c-ev1
b7fc0a87b9ac ARM: dts: stm32: add i2c4 sleep pinctrl on stm32mp15xx-dkx
a5e557655285 ARM: dts: stm32: set i2c4 bus freq to 400KHz on stm32mp15 DK boards
8bc631b650a6 ARM: dts: stm32: set i2c4 bus freq to 400KHz on stm32mp157c-ed1
fccd6a577bb3 ARM: dts: stm32: Correct stmfx node name on stm32mp157c-ev1 board
cc775a83db65 ARM: dts: stm32: add resets property on all DMA nodes on stm32mp151
c5fae093511b ARM: dts: stm32: enable USB OTG Dual Role on stm32mp157c-ev1
9879e2165758 ARM: dts: stm32: add USB OTG pinctrl to stm32mp15
82ac8a81f985 ARM: dts: stm32: add USB OTG full support on stm32mp151
8714b26e2863 ARM: dts: stm32: remove useless properties in stm32mp157a-avenger96 stmpic node
a7959919709e ARM: dts: stm32: Add UART8 pins A pinmux entry on stm32mp1
4d7c53a684da ARM: dts: stm32: Add USART3 pins A pinmux entry on stm32mp1
80ab128332ee ARM: dts: stm32: Add SAI2A pins B pinmux entry on stm32mp1
ab7f98c0c546 ARM: dts: stm32: Add Ethernet0 RMII pins A pinmux entry on stm32mp1
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
When the CK_MPU used PLL1_MPUDIV, the current rate is
wrong. The clock must use stm32mp1_mpu_div as a shift
value. Fix the check value used to enter PLL_MPUDIV.
Signed-off-by: Lionel Debieve <lionel.debieve@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Change the mmc displayed name in U-Boot for stm32_sdmmc2 driver to
“STM32 SD/MMC”.
This stm32_sdmmc2 driver is for version 2 of the ST HW IP SDMMC but the
displayed name "STM32 SDMMC2" is confusing for user, between the
instance of SDMMC and the device identifier of MMC.
For example on EV1 board, we have:
STM32MP1> mmc list
STM32 SDMMC2: 0 (SD)
STM32 SDMMC2: 1 (eMMC)
Changed to more clear:
STM32MP1> mmc list
STM32 SD/MMC: 0 (SD)
STM32 SD/MMC: 1 (eMMC)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Activate cache on DDR to improve the accesses to DDR used by SPL:
- CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
- CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
Cache is configured only when DDR is fully initialized,
to avoid speculative access and issue in get_ram_size().
Data cache is deactivated at the end of SPL, to flush the data cache
and the TLB.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Activate the data cache in SPL and in U-Boot before relocation.
In arch_cpu_init(), the function early_enable_caches() sets the early
TLB, early_tlb[] located .init section, and set cacheable:
- for SPL, all the SYSRAM
- for U-Boot, all the DDR
After relocation, the function enable_caches() (called by board_r)
reconfigures the MMU with new TLB location (reserved in
board_f.c::reserve_mmu) and re-enable the data cache.
This patch allows to reduce the execution time, particularly
- for the device tree parsing in U-Boot pre-reloc stage
(dm_extended_scan_fd =>dm_scan_fdt)
- in I2C timing computation in SPL (stm32_i2c_choose_solution())
For example, the result on STM32MP157C-DK2 board is:
1,6s gain for trusted boot chain with TF-A
2,2s gain for basic boot chain with SPL
For information, as TLB is added in .data section, the binary size
increased and the SPL load time by ROM code increased (30ms on DK2).
But early malloc can't be used for TLB because arch_cpu_init()
is executed before the early poll initialization done in spl_common_init()
called by spl_early_init() So it too late for this use case.
And if I initialize the MMU and the cache after this function it is
too late, as dm_init_and_scan and fdt parsing is also called in
spl_common_init().
And .BSS can be used in board_init_f(): only stack and global can use
before BSS init done in board_init_r().
So .data is the better solution without hardcoded location but if you
have size issue for SPL you can deactivate cache for SPL only
(with CONFIG_SPL_SYS_DCACHE_OFF).
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Define I2C EEPROM bus and address, so that the 'eeprom' command uses
the correct ones and does not generate the following error:
eeprom_rw_block: Cannot find udev for a bus 0
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add custom DDR DRAM settings for the DHCOR and DHCOM SoMs and put them
into use by the board file instead of the default ones. These new DRAM
settings are a better fit for the SoMs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The commit 132e5b6898 ("ARM: dts: stm32: Split AV96 into DHCOR SoM
and AV96 board") was not applied correctly and in full, and omitted
an important split of the SoM into 3V3 and 1V8 options. The Avenger96
board is based on the 1V8 IO option of the DHCOR SoM, however this is
an optional modification of the 3V3 IO DHCOR SoM with extra on-SoM
regulator to cater for the 96boards 1V8 IO requirements.
Reinstate the split between the 1V8 and 3V3 IO variants.
Fixes: 132e5b6898 ("ARM: dts: stm32: Split AV96 into DHCOR SoM and AV96 board")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
On DK1/2 board, when a 1.5A power supply is detected, a warning
message is displayed. In this message, "1.5mA" is displayed instead
of "1.5A".
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Need Realtek driver to manage in RTL8211F the configuration of the LED.
Initialize LCR (LED Control Register) to configure green LED for Link,
yellow LED for Active
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Roullier <christophe.roullier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Use the DDR3 dtsi files generated by STM32CubeMX 5.6.0
Speed Bin Grade = using DDR3-1066G / 8-8-8 and all others
parameters at default value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The GPIO support is needed in SPL to managed the SD cart detect
used on stm32mp157c-ev1 and dk2 board.
So this patch activates the associated code in stm32_gpio.c.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch avoids infinite loop when I/O compensation failed,
it adds a 1s timeout to detect error.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
It is not allowed to change the user setting of bootdelay, so
remove the check of the boot-source to disable it dynamically
in board_late_init()
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
For booting Linux in the generic distro mechanism and support of
FDTDIR in extlinux.conf , cmd/pxe.c retrieves the FDT file name
from "fdtfile" environment variable.
Dynamically build this variable with compatible of STMicroelectronics
boards.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Software workaround for I2C issue on EV1 board,
configure the IRQ line for touchscreen before LCD reset
to fix the used I2C address.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Force boot-led ON and no more rely on default-state.
This patch avoid device-tree modification for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Since commit commit dd2810851e ("stm32mp1: board: support of
error led on ed1/ev1 board") the attended behavior was no more
respected in case of low power source detection on DK2.
The expected behavior is either the error LED keeps blinking for ever,
or blinks 2 or 3 times and must stay ON.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Call hang when an error is detected for probe of any driver
needed for console or DDR init: clk, reset and pincontrol
NB: previous behavior with a return in board_init_f() was not correct;
DDR is not initialized and SPL execution can't continue
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This command is not more depending on fuse command, but have
direct access to BSEC misc driver, so the dependency with
can be removed CMD_FUSE
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add support of RAM target in flashlayout to load kernel image
("system") and device tree ("filesystem") in DDR with DFU and
start these images.
The flashlayout.tsv is:
- 0x01 fsbl Binary none 0x00000000 tf-a.stm32
- 0x03 ssbl Binary none 0x00000000 u-boot.stm32
P 0x10 kernel System ram0 0xC2000000 uImage.bin
P 0x11 dtb FileSystem ram0 0xC4000000 dtb.bin
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Support an U-Boot script included in uimage instead of flashlayout file
(text file in tsv format).
This feature is used to execute this script directly when U-Boot is
loaded in DDR (for update without STM32CubeProgrammer for example).
A simple example with dfu-util only is:
$> echo "dfu 0" > script.cmd
$> mkimage -C none -A arm -T script -d script.cmd script.uimg
$> mkimage -T stm32image -a 0xC0000000 -e 0xC0000000 -d script.uimg \
script.stm32
$> dfu-util -d 0483:df11 -a 1 -D tf-a.stm32
$> dfu-util -d 0483:df11 -a 0 -D script.stm32
$> dfu-util -d 0483:df11 -a 0 -D u-boot.stm32
$> dfu-util -d 0483:df11 -a 0 -e
Then you can used dfu-utils to update your device
To increase speed, you can also switch to fastboot protocol with:
echo "fastboot 0" > script.cmd
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Enable the videoconsole during the stm32prog command execution
to have information without UART.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a support of UART, using the same protocol than MCU STM32.
See "AN5275: USB DFU/USART protocols used in STM32MP1 Series
bootloaders" for details.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a virtual partition to update the pmic non volatile memory.
(on ST board, STPMIC1).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a virtual partition to update the STM32MP15x OTP based
on SMC service provided by TF-A.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add support for delete option 'D' in flashlayout for
full device or for partitions
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
For reliability of boot from NAND/SPI-NAND (with read-disturb issue)
the SSBL can be present several time, when it is indicated in the
flashlayout with "Binary(X)".
The received binary is copied X times by U-Boot on the target.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Dynamically adapt the MTD partitions in NOR/NAND/SPI-NAND when stm32prog
command detects in the parsed flash layout files:
- a fsbl partition in NOR.
- a tee partition in NOR/NAND/SPI-NAND
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add support of MTD device (DFU_MTD backend) for
NOR, NAND or SPI-NAND target.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add support of partial update, update only some partitions,
and check the coherence of the layout with the existing GPT
partitions (offset and size).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add support of eMMC device boot partition with
part_id = -1 for offset="boot1"
or = -2 for offset="boot2"
The stm32prog command configures the MMC DFU backend with "mmcpart"
and configure the eMMC (command "mmc bootbus" and "mmc partconf")
when the update is done.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add support of MMC device (based on DFU_MMC backend)
for SD card and eMMC update.
Create a GPT partitioning on the device.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a specific command stm32prog for STM32MP soc family
witch allows to program the boot devices with the tool
STM32CubeProgrammer (http://www.st.com/STM32CubeProg).
This command uses the same UART STM32 protocol than MCU
STM32 with or USB with DFU protocol v1.1 (ithe MCU ST
extension are no supported).
The executed actions are based on a tab separated value file
with a stm32 header, the FlashLayout file
(https://wiki.st.com/stm32mpu/wiki/STM32CubeProgrammer_flashlayout).
This file is parsed by the U-Boot command to:
- initialize the devices
- create the partition table on each device
- initialize the DFU backend to access to not volatile memory
(NOR/NAND/SD/eMMC) or to virtual device (OTP/PMIC)
Up to STM32PROG_MAX_DEV (5) devices can be updated with a FlashLayout.
The communication between U-Boot and STM32CubeProgrammer is done with
the specific alternate configuration (see "AN5275: USB DFU/USART protocols
used in STM32MP1 Series bootloaders" for details).
The command stm32prog is executed when a boot from USB is detected
(selected with bootpins) and we can program the boot devices with
a simple command (on Windows or Linux):
PC $> STM32_Programmer_CLI -c port=usb1 -w flaslayout.tsv
1/ the ROM code loads TF-A in embedded RAM (DFU or uart)
2/ TF-A loads flashlayout file and U-Boot in DDR (DFU or uart)
3/ U-Boot executes the stm32prog command (DFU or uart)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a function get_cpu_dev to get the DEV_ID present
in DBGMCU_IDC register.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add prototype for function dfu_transaction_initiate and
dfu_transaction_cleanup to avoid warning with W=1.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a function g_dnl_set_product to change the Product string used in USB
enumeration in any command based on download gadget.
If the function is called with NULL pointer, the product string is set to
the default value (product[] = "USB download gadget").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update stm32mp1 board documentation with new management of MMC and
MTD partitions and new PID df11.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Dynamically adapt the MTD partitions in NAND and SPI-NAND when boot from
NOR or NAND/SPI-NAND is detected.
This patch avoids to define the save MTD partition name for NOR and NAND
devices and issue with latest kernel: only the needed MTD partitions
are defined.
For boot from NOR
1/ bootloader (TF-A, U-Boot and OP-TE) in NOR
2/ one large UBI partition in NAND
For boot from NAND
1/ bootloader (TF-A, U-Boot and OP-TE) in MTD raw partition
2/ one large UBI partition
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Manage BOOT_FLASH_SPINAND, with boot_device="spi-nand"
and treat this value in bootcmd_stm32mp.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
As the op-tee presence is detected by U-boot, the stm32mp15_optee_defconfig
is identical to stm32mp15_trusted_defconfig and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Save and use the FDT address provided by TF-A in r2 at boot time
(it is NT_FW_CONFIG = Non Trusted Firmware configuration file)
Address is saved in save_boot_params(), called by start.S
and the used DTB is gd->fdt_blob = board_fdt_blob_setup().
If dtb is not provided or invalid, U-Boot use as fallback
the builtin DTB.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Activate OP-TEE driver for trusted and optee defconfig.
This driver allows detection of TEE presence for boot from flash;
CONFIG_STM32MP1_OPTEE is also removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add reserve memory for OP-TEE in U-Boot and in kernel device tree:
- no more reduce the DDR size in "memory" node:
CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is no more used
- U-Boot device-tree defines the needed "reserved-memory" for OP-TEE
and U-Boot should not use this reserved memory: board_get_usable_ram_top
use lmb lib to found the first free region, the not reserved
memory, enough to relocate U-Boot: the needed size of U-Boot
is estimated with gd->mon_len + CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN.
- the optee node ("optee@...": firmware with compatible "linaro,optee-tz")
and the associated "reserved-memory" are deactivated in kernel device
tree when OP-TEE is not detected by U-Boot to prevent kernel issue
(memory is reserved but not used, optee driver probe failed).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch reduces the stm32mp1 environment size and builds
dynamically the MTD partitions with information from defconfig
(CONFIG_MTDPARTS_...).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch reduces the stm32mp1 environment size and
builds dynamically the DFU board configuration with gpt
and mtd partitions and information from defconfig
(CONFIG_DFU_ALT_RAM0).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Move the stm32mp1 common code set_dfu_alt_info() in common directory,
this patch reduce the maintenance effort on this generic part (not board
dependent).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Move the stm32mp1 common code board_get_mtdparts() in common directory,
this patch reduce the maintenance effort on this generic part (not board
dependent).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The DHCOR board does exist in multiple variants with different DDR3
DRAM sizes. To cater for all of them, implement DDR3 code handling.
There are two GPIOs which code the DRAM size populated on the SoM,
read them out and use the value to pick the correct DDR3 config.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Adjust the DDR configuration dtsi such that they only generate the
DRAM configuration node, the DDR controller node is moved into the
stm32mp157-u-boot.dtsi itself. This permits including multiple DDR
configuration dtsi files in board DT.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add support for multiple DRAM configuration subnodes, while retaining
the support for a single flat DRAM configuration node. This is useful
on systems which can be manufactured in multiple configurations and
where the DRAM configuration can be determined at runtime.
The code is augmented by a function which can be overridden on board
level, allowing a match on the configuration node name, very much like
the fitImage configuration node name matching works. The default match
is on the single top-level DRAM configuration, if matching on subnodes
is required, then this board_stm32mp1_ddr_config_name_match() must be
overridden.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The AV96 board does exist in multiple variants. To cater for all of
them, implement board code handling. There are two GPIOs which code
the type of the board, read them out and use the value to pick the
correct device tree from an fitImage.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Change-Id: Iddb330b9a66500495885457cbe17edc0eacaaf43
Here we improve clock support for recently introduced HSDK-4xD
board as well as finally enable external reset for the USB controller,
which is needed to recover USB functionality after "usb reset".
Add reset phandle to EHCI device tree node to make on-chip reset
controller usable with EHCI.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Anounce state of BIM switch which defines if U-boot is loaded
and started by preloader or not.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
HSDK and HSDK-4xD clock trees are slightly different.
commit 1dfb2ec0d7 ("ARC: HSDK: CGU: add support for timer clock")
introduce regression for HSDK board cause crash when setting
tunnel clock. Fix that.
Fixes: 1dfb2ec0d7 ("ARC: HSDK: CGU: add support for timer clock")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
We don't want to allow change some clocks, i.e. DDR clock.
So allow to have set_clock to be unset in clock map.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
The clock trees of HSDK and HSDK-4xD vary so we need to prepare
CGU driver for multiple clock maps support.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
* constify clocks config data where is possible
* use more appropriate data types for clocks config
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Drop creg_div_oft offset as it doesn't vary (due to it is used for
CPU PLL only).
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
hsdk_axi_clk_cfg and hsdk_tun_clk_cfg clock divider structures
and functions for their processing are almost the same so
merge them to avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Some systems may use a slightly larger stub to do PSCI for booting the RPi
family. The number of pages has been made configurable so that operating
systems building U-Boot for use in these kinds of environments can reserve
more memory in the EFI memory map.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Evans <kevans@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
While the nearly-universal default for the Raspberry Pi family is to use
spin tables and the spin table implementation provided by the Raspberry Pi
Foundation, FreeBSD and others may use a PSCI implementation instead.
Accommodate these setups by allowing them to configure for more than one
page to be reserved in the initial reservation. The default reservation
remains as one page.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Evans <kevans@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
If CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_SDMA is enabled but the HW could not support it,
we no longer error out. Instead we do not enable it in the host.
Change the output from printf to debug as this isn't an error but only
additional information now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Use the same environment size as the configs dedicated for rpi3 and rpi4.
This allows to switch between the builds and not to loose the settings
stored on the SD card.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
If Host controller doesn't support SDMA, it doesn't need to return
error. Because it can be worked with PIO mode.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Use phys2bus macro when dma address is accessed.
Some targets need to use pyhs2bus macro. (e.g, RPI4)
After applied it, SDMA mode can be used.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
We cannot rely on a parent bus that needs to be probed, until we know that
it is probed. That means that code in the ofdata_to_platdata() method
cannot rely on the parent bus being probed.
Move the ofdata code in the two serial drivers into a probe() method.
This fixes serial output on rpi_3b_32b with the following config.txt
options:
enable_uart=1
gpu_freq=250
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
At present the pinctrl nodes are not enabled in pre-relocation U-Boot so
the UARTs do not correctly select the pinconfig to enable the UART pins.
Fix this so that the U-Boot banner is printed.
This fixes serial output on rpi_3b_32b with the following config.txt
options:
enable_uart=1
gpu_freq=250
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 9821636b64 (bcm2835_pinctrl: Probe pre-reloc)
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
As per Linux's driver, ID_MODE_DIS is only set when the PHY interface is
RGMII. Don't enable it for the rest of setups.
This has been seen to misconfigure RPi4's PHY when booting Linux.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Saenz Julienne <nsaenzjulienne@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Xilinx Versal platform uses dwc3 and hence its compatible string
needs to be added to dwc3 glue ids.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add a quirk to clear the GUSB3PIPECTL.DELAYP1TRANS bit,
which specifies whether disable delay PHY power change
from P0 to P1/P2/P3 when link state changing from U0
to U1/U2/U3 respectively.
Reference from below Linux commit,
commit <00fe081dc3a3> ("usb: dwc3: add dis_del_phy_power_chg_quirk")
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc2-4
This pull request comprises:
* bug fixes
* documentation fixes
* a new function to determine u16 string sizes and its unit test
Add tests for testing open-drain/open-source emulation in gpio-uclass.
It also adds two test3-gpios configured as GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Handle the GPIOD_OPEN_DRAIN & GPIOD_OPEN_SOURCE flags to emulate open drain
and open source by setting the GPIO line as input depending on the
requested value.
The behaviour is taken from the Linux gpiolib.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable the second USB controller, which is connected to a hub with 4
ports. The first controller is for the OTG port and is currently not
supported.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
[narmstrong: removed useless DWC2_UTMI_WIDTH in meson64.h]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Fix some typos, add information about setup_omap_atag, remove old suff
about ONENAND_SUPPORT and update guide for UBIFS.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
After this change both device display and serial console would contain
U-Boto output automatically without any future configuration. This would
allow easier debugging on real device as access to serial console is hard
and also in qemu emulator where it is easier to copy+paste from serial
console as from SDL framebuffer.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
When variable setup_console_atag is unset then read default value from OMAP
atags which passed NOLO bootloader to U-Boot.
This would allow to boot Maemo Linux kernel from U-Boot with serial console
settings configured in NOLO bootloader (which loads U-Boot).
So serial console needs to be enabled only at one place, globally in NOLO.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Now when code for defining partitions is duplicated at two locations
(option CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in nokia_rx51_defconfig file and macro
OMAP_TAG_PARTITION_CONFIG in rx51.c file) there is no need to have common
macros. Lets inline PART* macros to rx51.c file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In commit commit 43ede0bca7 ("Kconfig: Migrate MTDIDS_DEFAULT /
MTDPARTS_DEFAULT") were removed definitions for onenand partitions.
Revert them back and enable needed options for onenand support.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In commit commit 37304aaf60 ("Convert CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT and
CONFIG_PREBOOT to Kconfig") was moved complicated multiline script code
from C header to oneliner in defconfig. After this change multiline to wide
oneliner it is hard to read this code and even harder to debug. Moreover
this script code should be at place where are other scripts, so move it
back to C header file.
Define new env variable preboot which stores this script and in option
CONFIG_PREBOOT calls this preboot variable.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In commit commit 278b90ce78 ("configs: Migrate CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE") was
moved definition for CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE option but author probably forgot
to move also comment for lines which are moving. So do it now!
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
The memory allocated to store the FIT image containing SYSFW and board
configuration data is statically defined to the largest size expected.
Some additions to the board configuration data has pushed us slightly
over the current defined size on some HS devices, expand to 278000.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
On i.mx7ulp EVK board, we use MX25R6435F NOR flash, add its parameters
and IDs to flash parameter array. Otherwise, the flash probe will fails.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Probably the non-use of the device parameter by the print routines did
not generate compilation errors.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Board gets reset when performing burst read/write operations. On the
other hand, no such behaviour is observed on small size operations.
In Linux, readl_poll_timeout API already adds delay of 1us which is
further skipped in U-boot. Hence, use new "readl_poll_sleep_timeout" API
which adds delay alongwith timeout functionality.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Add readl poll API with sleep and timeout support.
This change is referenced from Linux from below commit:
commit <5f5323a14cad19323060a8cbf9d96f2280a462dd> ("iopoll:
introduce read_poll_timeout macro")
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some drivers and other bsp code not only poll the
register with timeout but also required to delay
on each transaction.
This patch add that requirement by adding sleep_us
variable so-that read_poll_timeout now support
delay as well.
This change is referenced from Linux from below commit:
commit <5f5323a14cad19323060a8cbf9d96f2280a462dd> ("iopoll:
introduce read_poll_timeout macro")
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add read_poll_timeout common API similar to Linux iopoll.
readx_poll_timeout will trigger read_poll_timeout with
proper op. This will help to extend the functionalities
like sleep_us to poll timeout in future.
This change is referenced from Linux from below commit:
commit <5f5323a14cad19323060a8cbf9d96f2280a462dd> ("iopoll:
introduce read_poll_timeout macro")
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Clients that are requesting some of uclass API's
without a device (with ofnode) usually have _nodev
naming convention.
- clk_get_by_index_nodev
- clk_get_by_name_nodev
- reset_get_by_index_nodev
- gpio_request_by_name_nodev
So, update the same naming convention PHY framework.
This doesn't change the existing functionality.
Cc: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
node is most of device related API's are termed as device
node and without device related API's are termed as ofnode.
generic_phy_get_by_node API is without device API, so fixed
the node description as ofnode.
Cc: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When we create software partition, we still need let parent
partition to configure sid, so move the check after sid failed.
Acked-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add code to check m4 partition booted or not, we will use this
to runtime set device tree file that passed to Linux Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For fspi build, we will enable both SPL NOR support and SPL SPI
support. SPL will dynamically check the resource owner then
select corresponding boot device.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When doing partition reboot, the boot image won't be reloaded by ROM,
it is just CPU reset to boot entry. The SW has to keep the boot image
inside the RAM unchanged. It includes both the TEXT section and DATA
section.
For SPL, the problem is DATA section will be updated at runtime, so in
next partition reboot the data is not same as the initial value from
cold boot. If any code depends on the initial value, then it will have
problem.
This patch introduces a mechanism to recover the data section
for partition reboot. It adds a new section in image for saving
data section. When from cold boot, the data section will be saved
to that new section at SPL early phase. When from partition reboot,
the data section will be restored from the new section.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Make sure that all devices that are powered up by SPL are powered down
before entering into the u-boot. Otherwise the subsystem/device will
never be powered down by SCFW, due to SPL and u-boot are in different
partitions.
Benefiting from power domain driver, this patch implements the function
"imx8_power_off_pd_devices" to power off all active devices.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When Trusty OS allocates the mem region from 0xfe0000000-0xffffffff,
the get_effective_memsize does not return correct memory size.
There is a check in get_effective_memsize to find the memreg where
the u-boot is running, and return the size of that memreg as the result
of get_effective_memsize. When using aligned start, the value is
0x80200000 since it is 2MB aligned. Thus the finding of memreg will
fail and return the PHYS_SDRAM_1_SIZE because u-boot text base is
0x80020000. This cause u-boot is relocated to the high memory where has
been occupied by Trusty OS.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The DDR memory from 0x88000000 to 0x8FFFFFFF is assigned to M4 on
QM and QXP. The M4 can allocate this memory by two ways,
in SCD or u-boot.
In this patch, u-boot addes the memory reserve node to DTB to pass
the info to kernel, no matter the M4 memory is reserved in SCD
or u-boot. So kernel won't access M4 reserved memory.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add more BCH setting mode and remove the unnecessary platform constrain
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <han.xu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
add support for imx8qxp to read boot search count from fuse in nandbcb
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <han.xu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The original nandbcb tool was designed for imx6 only, when trying to
leverage it to replace the kobs-ng tool, we found the design is not
friendly for supporting all platforms. To support all iMX6/7/8 platforms
and for easy further maintain, I reconstruct the structure of the tool.
The main changes including:
1. Use platform_data to determine the logic branches rather than simply
use SOC name.
2. More data structures as parameter for functions.
3. Global variables to define the FCB/DBBT/FW locations.
4. Implement the kobs-ng default 4 FCB/4 DBBT/2 FW layout.
5. Support Hamming coding/ 40bit BCH/ 62bit BCH coding FCB.
6. Dump and compare all written FCB/DBBT to verify data integrity.
The tool has been verified on iMX6Q/DL, 6SX, 7D, 6ULL, iMX8QX, iMX8MM.
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <han.xu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested on i.MX8MM EVK, imx8mm evk uses BCH
encoding and randomizer
modify macro and print size_t with %zx
use CONFIG_IMX8M because it should apply to imx8mq/mm/mn
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
bchtype in FCB should be associated to the gf_13/14 settings in BCH, fix
the issue and test on Micron 29F64G08CBABB, it can boot after the
change.
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <han.xu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
We are currently using SC_R_LAST as a marker for imx8 power domain tree
nodes without a resource attached. This value is compiled into dtb as
part of the linux build and used by uboot.
The SC_R_LAST constant changes frequently as SCFW resources are added
(by design) and every time we need to update linux and uboot headers
together or boot can fail.
Fix this by replacing SC_R_LAST usage with a new constant SC_R_NONE
defined to be 0xFFF0.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Leonard Crestez <leonard.crestez@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When fspi is assigned to M4, we have to let the fspi probe failed when
its power domain is failed to power up. Because not all devices have power
domain (for example, external devices on the board). Current checking
resource owner in power domain probe is not good, change to check it in
power on.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For all the devices used and set ACTIVE in U-Boot, U-Boot needs
to power off all of them without the check of resource owner.
When we create software partition before booting Linux, the resource
own checkw will return false, and cause the power domain not powered
off. If without the check of resource owner, the power domain in
the other software partition could be powered off with parent
partition could access child partition resources.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If without this flag, calling dev_power_domain_ctrl will iteratively remove
the power domain device will causes iteratively power off parent PD. This is
not expected by imx8-power-domain-legacy driver. Power off parent PD is
controlled by the driver internally.
So set DM_FLAG_DEFAULT_PD_CTRL_OFF to avoid such issue
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add power_domain_lookup_name interface to power domain uclass to find
a power domain device by its DTB node name, not using its associated
client device.
Through this interface, we can operate the power domain devices directly.
This is needed for non-DM drivers.
Modified from Ye's NXP downstream patch
only for legacy imx8 power domain driver, since we have not migrated
to use new power domain driver.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Beacon EmbeddedWorks, formerly known as Logic PD, is releasing
a devkit based on the i.MX8M Mini SoC consisting of baseboard +
SOM.
It supports eMMC on the SOM, microSD on the baseboard, various
GPIO, the PINCTRL, and UART.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
To enable the Randomizer module, set GPMI_ECCCTRL[RANDOMIZER_ENABLE] to
1, then set GPMI_ECCCOUNT[RANDOMIZER_PAGE] to select randomizer page
number needed to be randomized.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When enabled randomizer during ECC reading, the controller reported it's
erased page. Checking zero count will cause data get modified to all
0xFF. Stop checking during randomizer to workaround this issue.
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <han.xu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since iMX8 has enabled clock uclass, we can parse the clocks from DTB
and enable them in GPMI driver.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
enable the GPMI NAND driver for i.MX8, i.MX8 use similar controller as
i.MX8M
- register definition for i.mx8
- DMA structure must be 32bit address
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
imx8mm needs to BCH encode and set NAND page number needed to be
randomized
modify conditional compilation
Use CONFIG_IMX8M, so it apply to imx8mq/mm/mn
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The iMX6SX uses compatible string "fsl,imx6sx-gpmi-nand" for gpmi
node in DTS, so update the driver for the string
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the mini driver to add support for getting ecc info from ONFI and
support read image data from page unaligned NAND address.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the gpmi/apbh_dma/bch drivers and relevant registers for i.MX8M.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch is a porting of
http://git.freescale.com/git/cgit.cgi/imx/linux-2.6-imx.git/
commit/?h=imx_4.1.15_1.0.0_ga&id=e4dacc44d22e9474ec456cb330df525cd805ea38
"
i.MX6QP and i.MX7D BCH module integrated a new feature to detect the
bitflip number for erased NAND page. So for these two platform, set the
erase threshold to gf/2 and if bitflip detected, GPMI driver will
correct the data to all 0xFF.
Also updated the imx6qp dts file to ditinguish the GPMI module for i.MX6Q
with the one for i.MX6QP.
"
In this patch, i.MX6UL is added and threshold changed to use ecc_strength.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch is porting from linux:
http://git.freescale.com/git/cgit.cgi/imx/linux-2.6-imx.git/commit/
?h=imx_4.1.15_1.0.0_ga&id=3d42fcece496224fde59f9343763fb2dfc5b0768
"
We may meet the bitflips in reading an erased page(contains all 0xFF),
this may causes the UBIFS corrupt, please see the log from Elie:
-----------------------------------------------------------------
[ 3.831323] UBI warning: ubi_io_read: error -74 (ECC error) while reading 16384 bytes from PEB 443:245760, read only 16384 bytes, retry
[ 3.845026] UBI warning: ubi_io_read: error -74 (ECC error) while reading 16384 bytes from PEB 443:245760, read only 16384 bytes, retry
[ 3.858710] UBI warning: ubi_io_read: error -74 (ECC error) while reading 16384 bytes from PEB 443:245760, read only 16384 bytes, retry
[ 3.872408] UBI error: ubi_io_read: error -74 (ECC error) while reading 16384 bytes from PEB 443:245760, read 16384 bytes
...
[ 4.011529] UBIFS error (pid 36): ubifs_recover_leb: corrupt empty space LEB 27:237568, corruption starts at 9815
[ 4.021897] UBIFS error (pid 36): ubifs_scanned_corruption: corruption at LEB 27:247383
[ 4.030000] UBIFS error (pid 36): ubifs_scanned_corruption: first 6569 bytes from LEB 27:247383
-----------------------------------------------------------------
This patch does a check for the uncorrectable failure in the following steps:
[0] set the threshold.
The threshold is set based on the truth:
"A single 0 bit will lead to gf_len(13 or 14) bits 0 after the BCH
do the ECC."
For the sake of safe, we will set the threshold with half the gf_len, and
do not make it bigger the ECC strength.
[1] count the bitflips of the current ECC chunk, assume it is N.
[2] if the (N <= threshold) is true, we continue to read out the page with
ECC disabled. and we count the bitflips again, assume it is N2.
(We read out the whole page, not just a chunk, this makes the check
more strictly, and make the code more simple.)
[3] if the (N2 <= threshold) is true again, we can regard this is a erased
page. This is because a real erased page is full of 0xFF(maybe also has
several bitflips), while a page contains the 0xFF data will definitely
has many bitflips in the ECC parity areas.
[4] if the [3] fails, we can regard this is a page filled with the '0xFF'
data.
"
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Provide an option in DT to use legacy bch geometry, which compatible
with the 3.10 kernel bch setting. To enable the feature, adding
"fsl,legacy-bch-geometry" under gpmi-nand node.
NOTICE: The feature must be enabled/disabled in both u-boot and kernel.
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <han.xu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The code change updated the NAND driver BCH ECC layout algorithm to
support large oob size NAND chips(oob > 1024 bytes) and proposed a new
way to set ECC layout.
Current implementation requires each chunk size larger than oob size so
the bad block marker (BBM) can be guaranteed located in data chunk. The
ECC layout always using the unbalanced layout(Ecc for both meta and
Data0 chunk), but for the NAND chips with oob larger than 1k, the driver
cannot support because BCH doesn’t support GF 15 for 2K chunk.
The change keeps the data chunk no larger than 1k and adjust the ECC
strength or ECC layout to locate the BBM in data chunk. General idea for
large oob NAND chips is
1.Try all ECC strength from the minimum value required by NAND spec to
the maximum one that works, any ECC makes the BBM locate in data chunk
can be chosen.
2.If none of them works, using separate ECC for meta, which will add one
extra ecc with the same ECC strength as other data chunks. This extra
ECC can guarantee BBM located in data chunk, of course, we need to check
if oob can afford it.
Previous code has two methods for ECC layout setting, the
legacy_calc_ecc_layout and calc_ecc_layout_by_info, the difference
between these two methods is, legacy_calc_ecc_layout set the chunk size
larger chan oob size and then set the maximum ECC strength that oob can
afford. While the calc_ecc_layout_by_info set chunk size and ECC
strength according to NAND spec. It has been proved that the first
method cannot provide safe ECC strength for some modern NAND chips, so
in current code,
1. Driver read NAND parameters first and then chose the proper ECC
layout setting method.
2. If the oob is large or NAND required data chunk larger than oob size,
chose calc_ecc_for_large_oob, otherwise use calc_ecc_layout_by_info
3. legacy_calc_ecc_layout only used for some NAND chips does not contains
necessary information. So this is only a backup plan, it is NOT
recommended to use these NAND chips.
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <b45815@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When power on some sources in Video system, current timeout 10ms is
too short and returns before SCU response. So increase the timeout
to 1s.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
So far u-boot only load SNSR25C for TMU main probe (probe 0). However,
kernel enables two probes. So it also needs to set default SNSR25C of
TCALIV1 for blank samples.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8MP thermal which has two probes and supports temperature range
from -40 to 125. The driver still uses default 1p HW
calibration at 25C and loads calibration parameters from fuse.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Like iMX8MM, iMX8MN also needs SW to load TMU TASR and TCALIV registers
value from fuse before enabling TMU calibration. Otherwise the calibration
is not exact.
Reviewed-by: Anson Huang <Anson.Huang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On iMX8MM, the default value of TMU registers TCALIV and TASR need
be loaded from fuse. HW won't do this, it expect SW loads them before
using TMU.
Reviewed-by: Bai Ping <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Support i.MX8MP thermal which has two probes and supports
temperature range from -40 to 125. Still uses default 1p HW
calibration at 25C and loads calibration parameters from fuse.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On iMX8MM, the V flag in TRISTR register only reflect the state of SNSR
value, not the calibrated TEMP value. So checking this flag is not
reliable. Per IC suggestion, change to read the TEMP/AVG_TEMP directly
and check whether it in valid range 10-125C.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When the temperature is out of sensor's range, the Valid bit won't be
set in TRITSR register. So the polling loop won't go out.
Change the codes to retry 10 times with 100ms interval for the Valid bit.
If the timeout, we give a warning for the invalid data.
Modifed from Ye's NXP patch
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8MM TMU needs to load some registers from fuse, this is arch
dependent operation and may vary on different platforms. So add
a interface for arch level initialization.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The analog sensors on iMX8MM are new, used for 14LPP process. So the
Temperature Sensor Monitoring Unit (TMU) has some change accordingly.
We use version 2 in TMU driver to represent the new TMU, so the one
driver can service for both i.MX8MQ/M.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The driver is ported form Linux Kernel and support driver model.
Users need to provide the tmu node and sensors nodes in DTB.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Implement the read_rom_hwaddr callback to load MAC address from fuse
for imx8m platforms.
Reviewed-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
imx_get_mac_from_fuse is used to load MAC address from fuse. On imx8mp,
we have two different ENET controllers and both need to call this
function. So decouple its declare from fec driver.
Reviewed-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Implement the callbacks to get phy mode interface and txclk
rate configuration.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For dual ethernet controllers, the HW design may connect ETH phys to
one MDIO ports. So two different ethernet drivers have to share MDIO bus.
Since two ethernet drivers are independent, we can't ensure their probe
order.
To resolve this problem, introduce an eth phy generic driver and uclass.
After eth-uclass binds, we search the mdio node and binds the phy node
with the eth-phy-generic driver.
When one eth driver get its phy device, the parent of phy device will
probe prior than phy device. So this ensure the eth driver ownes the
MDIO bus will be probed before using its MDIO.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If a pad is not owned by current partition we should not set its
pinmux.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add fuse check for fec. If the fuse indicates the module
will not work in the SoC, let's fail the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add fuse check for USB. If the fuse indicates the module
will not work in the SoC, let's fail the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add fuse check for I2C. If the fuse indicates the module
will not work in the SoC, let's fail the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There are different parts from one SoC. Take i.MX6ULL for example,
some part might not have ENET, some might have; some might not have
USB, some might have. The information could be got from OCOTP,
to make one image support the different parts, we need runtime
disable linux kernel dts node and uboot driver probe if the
corresponding module not exists in the part.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add initial support for Technexion Pico-iMX8MQ SoM on PicoPI carrier
board. Currently working is ethernet, serial, eMMC. DT is imported
from Linux 5.4.28 ("462afcd6e7ea") .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: "NXP i.MX U-Boot Team" <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Compiling with -Wtype-limits yields:
cmd/efidebug.c:968:32: error: comparison is always false due to limited
range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
968 | if (*endp != '\0' || bootnext > 0xffff) {
|
Remove the superfluous check.
Fixes: 59df7e7e77 ("cmd: add efidebug command")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In RGMII mode the 10Mbps link speed is supported only when CPSW2G MAC SL is
configured for External Control ("in band") mode
CPSW_PN_MAC_CONTROL_REG.CTL_EN(18) = 1
Hence update am65_cpsw_update_link() to follow documentation.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
The env variable overlay_files is used while adding the environment
support commands for FIT loading, but it was cleaned up just prior in
commit ee53b59511 ("configs: Remove unneeded overlay_files environment
variable"). Fix this by replacing the undefined variable with the
proper name_overlays env variable.
Fixes: 76470b6929 ("configs: ti: Add environment support commands for FIT loading")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The current code uses 'u16_strlen(x) + 1) * sizeof(u16)' in various
places to calculate the number of bytes occupied by a u16 string.
Let's introduce a wrapper around this. This wrapper is used on following
patches
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add the UEFI unit test helper functions to the generated HTML
documentation.
Correct some documentation texts in include/efi_selftest.h.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The check here, "Null pointer dereferences," is a false positive.
So leave a comment.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 300329)
Coverity detected a dead code, but actually there is a bug in a check
against a number of arguments. So simply fix it.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 300330)
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The only error case is that a given UUID is in wrong format.
So just return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER here.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 300333)
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Coverity detected:
Using "&opt->CheckSum" as an array. This might corrupt or misinterpret
adjacent memory locations.
The code should work as far as a structure, IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER(64) is
packed, but modify it in more logical form. Subsystem is a member next to
CheckSum.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 300339)
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Both the nolog as well as the syslog tests were not found by Python
function generate_ut_subtest() due to not following the nameing
requirements imposed by the regular expression used to find linker
generated list entries in file u-boot.sym.
Adjust the naming of test functions.
With the patch the following tests are executed successfully for
sandbox_defconfig:
test/py/tests/test_ut.py::test_ut[ut_log_syslog_debug] PASSED
test/py/tests/test_ut.py::test_ut[ut_log_syslog_err] PASSED
test/py/tests/test_ut.py::test_ut[ut_log_syslog_info] PASSED
test/py/tests/test_ut.py::test_ut[ut_log_syslog_nodebug] PASSED
test/py/tests/test_ut.py::test_ut[ut_log_syslog_notice] PASSED
test/py/tests/test_ut.py::test_ut[ut_log_syslog_warning] PASSED
The nolog tests are only executed if CONFIG_LOG=n and
CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD=y.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Strict naming conventions have to be followed for Python function
generate_ut_subtest() to collect C unit tests to be executed via
command 'ut'.
Describe the requirements both on the C as well on the Python side.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Deciding whether to compile the env_sf_save() function based solely on
CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is wrong: For U-Boot proper, it leads to a build
warning in case CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV=n (because the initialization of
the .save member is guarded by CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV, while the
env_sf_save() function is built if !CONFIG_SPL_BUILD - and even
without the CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV guard, the env_save_ptr() macro would
just expand to NULL, with no reference to env_sf_save visible to the
compiler). And for SPL, when one selects CONFIG_SPL_SAVEENV, one
obviously expects to actually be able to save the environment.
The compiler warning can be fixed by using a "<something> ?
env_sf_save : NULL" construction instead of a macro that just eats its
argument and expands to NULL. That way, if <something> is false,
env_sf_save gets eliminated as dead code, but the compiler still sees
the reference to it.
For <something>, we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SAVEENV), which is true
precisely:
- For U-Boot proper, when CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV is set (because
CONFIG_SAVEENV is a hidden config symbol that gets set if and only
if CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV is set).
- For SPL, when CONFIG_SPL_SAVEENV is set.
As a bonus, this also removes quite a few preprocessor conditionals.
This has been run-time tested on a mpc8309-derived board to verify
that saving the environment does indeed work in SPL with these patches
applied.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The reset_sata should reset the sata device info and free the
probe_ent memory. Otherwise, it will cause memory leak if we
init the sata again.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Fix coverity issue CID 43665: Free of address-of expression (BAD_FREE)
incorrect_free: free frees incorrect pointer pp.
pp points the port array field of struct ahci_uc_priv, should not free it.
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix coverity issue CID 3261683: Wrong operator used
(CONSTANT_EXPRESSION_RESULT) operator_confusion:
({...; __v;}) | 67108864 is always 1/true regardless of the values
of its operand. This occurs as the logical operand of !
When DIAG_X is set, the PHY COMINIT signal is detected, so
should use '&' to check whether it is set.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix coverity issue CID 3606684: Resource leak (RESOURCE_LEAK)
leaked_storage: Variable uc_priv going out of scope leaks the storage it points to
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc2-3
This series contains bug fixes and code simplifications.
Following clarification in the discussion of the EBBR specification
device trees will be passed as EfiACPIReclaimMemory to UEFI applications.
Move below defines which are used by mtest utility to Kconfig.
CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START
CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
[trini: Fix kmcoge5ne board, re-run migration as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The commit e89f8aae3d ("treewide: Migrate CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST to Kconfig")
setup correct dependency on MEMTEST that's why there is no reason to enable
enable alternate memtest without mtest command.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no real need to exactly define space for saving patterns for
alternate memory test. It is much easier to allocate space on the stack and
use it instead of trying to find out space where pattern should be saved.
For example if you want to test the whole DDR memory you can't save patter
to DDR and you need to find it out. On Xilinx devices DDR or OCM addresses
were chosen but that means that OCM needs to be mapped and U-Boot has
access permission there.
It is easier to remove this limitation and simply save it on stack because
it is very clear that memory test can't rewrite U-Boot and U-Boot has also
full access to memory where runs from.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Move CONFIG_SYS_MTDPARTS_RUNTIME into Kconfig done by moveconfig.py.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Since pkcs7_parse_message() returns an error pointer, we must not
check for NULL. We have to explicitly set msg to NULL in the error
case, otherwise the call to pkcs7_free_message() on the goto err
path will assume it's a valid object.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Add missing include linux/err.h
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_variable_parse_signature() returns NULL on error, so IS_ERR()
is an incorrect check. The goto err leads to pkcs7_free_message(),
which works fine on a NULL ptr.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
According to the UEFI spec ACPI tables should be placed in
EfiACPIReclaimMemory. Let's do the same with the device tree.
Suggested-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If we want to check if two booleans are true, we should use a logical
conjunction (&&) and not a bitwise and-operator (&).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There is no need to call efi_get_variable() instead of
efi_get_variable_common(). So let's use the internal function.
Move forward declarations to the top of the file.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a couple of missing targets so that helloworld and other efi targets
are not needlessly rebuilt.
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The two functions are now exactly the same, remove one of them.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
We can configure the clock output in the device tree. Disable the
hardcoded one in here. This is highly board-specific and should have
never been enabled in the PHY driver.
If bisecting shows that this commit breaks your board it probably
depends on the clock output of your Atheros AR8035 PHY. Please have a
look at doc/device-tree-bindings/net/phy/atheros.txt. You need to set
"clk-out-frequency = <125000000>" because that value was the hardcoded
value until this commit.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add support for configuring the CLK_25M pin as well as the RGMII I/O
voltage by the device tree.
By default the AT803x PHYs outputs the 25MHz clock of the XTAL input.
But this output can also be changed by software to other frequencies.
This commit introduces a generic way to configure this output.
Also the PHY supports different RGMII I/O voltages: 1.5V, 1.8V and 2.5V.
An internal LDO is able to provide 1.5V (default) and 1.8V. The 2.5V
option needs an external supply voltage. This commit adds support to
switch the internal LDO to 1.8V.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Provide functions to read and write the Atheros debug registers.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Debug register 5 contains TX_CLK DELAY at bit 8 and reserved values at
the other bit positions, just like the other PHYs in the family do.
Therefore, it is not necessary to hardcode the reserved values, but
instead simply follow the read-modify-write procedure from the common
function.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
To eliminate any doubts about the out-of-reset value of the PHY, that
the driver previously relied on.
If bisecting shows that this commit breaks your board you probably have
a wrong PHY interface mode. You probably want the
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_RXID or PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID mode.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Also take the opportunity to use the phy_read_mmd and phy_write_mmd
convenience functions.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Delete the extraneous write to debug reg 5 that enables Tx delay
When the driver was originally introduced in commit "6027384a phylib:
Add Atheros AR8035 GETH PHY support", the Tx delay was being
unconditionally enabled.
Then during "2ec4d10b phy: atheros: add support for RGMII_ID, RGMII_TXID
and RGMII_RXID", the author did not notice that code for enabling Tx
delay code was already. Therefore, the if condition for Tx delay has
always been useless for this PHY since this commit introduced it.
Prior to this patch, every AR8035 PHY in U-boot had Tx delay enabled.
After this patch, only those who define the interface as RGMII_TXID or
RGMII_ID will. This is to be expected, but will nonetheless break the
setups of those who didn't know they rely on Tx delay implicitly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Currently displaying status line is done in a weak function
menu_display_statusline().
bootmenu.c overrides the weak default function.
It calls menu_default_choice() and interprets the data as
struct bootmenu_entry.
pxe boot also uses common menu code for pxe menus.
If there is a system that enables both bootmenu and pxe,
menu_display_statusline() defined in bootmenu.c will be called
and it will interpret struct pxe_label as struct bootmenu_entry.
This leads to data aborts and pxe menu corruptions.
This patch adds support for client defined statusline function
to resolve the above bug.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
To fill the exponent field of the rsa_public_key struct, rsa_mod_exp_sw
did a cast to uint64_t of the key_prop->public_exponent field.
But that alignment is not guaranteed in all cases.
This came to light when in my spl-fit-signature the key-name exceeded
a certain length and with it the verification then started failing.
(naming it "integrity" worked fine, "integrity-uboot" failed)
key_prop.public_exponent itself is actually a void-pointer, fdt_getprop()
also just returns such a void-pointer and inside the devicetree the 64bit
exponent is represented as 2 32bit numbers, so assuming a 64bit alignment
can lead to false reads.
So just use the already existing rsa_convert_big_endian() to do the actual
conversion from the dt's big-endian to the needed uint64 value.
Fixes: fc2f4246b4 ("rsa: Split the rsa-verify to separate the modular exponentiation")
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If dcache is switched OFF to ON state and if non-cached memory is
used, this non-cached memory must be re-declared as uncached to mmu
each time dcache is set ON.
Introduce noncached_set_region() to set this non-cached region's mmu
settings. Let architecture override it by defining it as a weak
function.
For ARM architecture, noncached_set_region() defines all noncached
region as non-cacheable.
Issue found on STM32MP1 platform using dwc_eth_qos ethernet driver,
when going from dcache OFF to dcache ON state, ethernet driver issued
TX timeout errors when performing dhcp or ping.
It can be reproduced with the following sequence:
dhcp
while true ; do
ping 192.168.1.300 ;
dcache off ;
ping 192.168.1.300 ;
dcache on ;
done
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CONFIG_SEMIHOSTING is selected for the VFP target by the means of
Kconfig already, there is no need to check this in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Juno board features a standard compliant EHCI/OHCI USB host
controller pair, which we can just enable.
The platform data is taken from the device tree.
This allows to use USB mass storage (the only storage on a Juno r0)
for loading.
At least on my board USB seems a bit flaky, I need two "usb reset"
sequences after the "usb start" to detect an USB hard drive.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Liviu Dudau <liviu.dudau@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
So far the Juno board wasn't implementing reset. Let's just use the
already existing PSCI_RESET based method to avoid any extra code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Liviu Dudau <liviu.dudau@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Arm Juno board was still somewhat stuck in "hardcoded land", even
though there are stable DTs around, and one happens to actually be on
the memory mapped NOR flash.
Enable the configuration options to let the board use OF_CONTROL, and
add a routine to find the address of the DTB partition in NOR
flash, to use that for U-Boot's own purposes.
This can also passed on via $fdtcontroladdr to any kernel or EFI
application, removing the need to actually load a device tree.
Since the existing "afs" command and its flash routines require
flash_init() to be called before being usable, and this is done much
later in the boot process, we introduce a stripped-down partition finder
routine in vexpress64.c, to scan the NOR flash partitions for the
DT partition. This location is then used for U-Boot to find and probe
devices.
The name of the partition can be configured, if needed, but defaults
to "board.dtb", which is used by Linaro's firmware image provided.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Even though the PL011 UART driver claims to be DM compliant, it does not
really a good job with parsing DT nodes. U-Boot seems to adhere to a
non-standard binding, either requiring to have a "skip-init" property in
the node, or to have an extra "clock" property holding the base
*frequency* value for the baud rate generator.
DTs in the U-Boot tree seem to have been hacked to match this
requirement.
The official binding does not mention any of these properties, instead
recommends a standard "clocks" property to point to the baud base clock.
Some boards use simple "fixed-clock" providers, which U-Boot readily
supports, so let's add some simple DM clock code to the PL011 driver to
learn the rate of the first clock, as described by the official binding.
These clock nodes seem to be not ready very early in the boot process,
so provide a fallback value, by re-using the already existing
CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK variable.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[trini: Add <clock_legacy.h> for get_bus_freq() for layerscape
platforms]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The U-Boot documentation explains that variables ending with "_r" hold
addresses in DRAM, while those without that ending point to flash/ROM.
The default variables for the Juno board pointing to the kernel and DTB
load addresses were not complying with this scheme: they lack the
extension, but point to DRAM. This is particularly confusing since the
Juno board features parallel NOR flash, so there *is* a memory mapped
NOR address holding a DTB, for instance.
Fix the variables to use the proper names, changing initrd_addr to
ramdisk_addr_r on the way, which seems to be more prevelant and
documented. On the way adjust the FDT load address to be situated
*before* the kernel, since users happened to overwrite the DTB by the
kernel clearing its .BSS section during initialisation.
Also remove the fdt_high and initrd_high variables (which were set
to -1), to allow U-Boot moving those images around.
This should avoid many problems in the future, but breaks loading
Linux kernels < v4.2, since they expect the DTB to be loaded in the same
512MB region as the kernel. If you need to load such an old kernel,
please set fdt_high to either 0xffffffffffffffff or 0xa0000000 (if you
load the kernel to the beginning of DRAM).
That fixes loading debug kernels, which happened to overwrite the DTB on
certain setups.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CMD_EEPROM and ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM can be selected independently, and
cmd/eeprom.o gets built in either case, so whether to declare the real
prototypes needs to follow the same logic as whether cmd/eeprom.c is
built. Otherwise a ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM=y, CMD_EEPROM=n build fails
cmd/eeprom.c:73:1: error: expected identifier or ‘(’ before ‘{’ token
{
While at it, fix the dummy replacements (at least assuming they are
meant to allow the code to compile) - they need to have the same type
as the expression they replace, or one gets errors such as
env/eeprom.c: In function ‘eeprom_bus_read’:
env/eeprom.c:37:8: error: void value not ignored as it ought to be
rcode = eeprom_read(dev_addr, offset, buffer, cnt);
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This has been reported to break booting of U-Boot from SPL on a number
of platforms due to a lack of alignment of the external data. The
issues this commit is addressing will need to be resolved another way.
Re-introduce a data leak in the padding for now.
This reverts commit 20a154f95b.
Reported-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In commit f62782fb29 ("cache: l2x0: Fix write to incorrect shared-override
bit") we removed writel to regs->pl310_aux_ctrl by accident. This
commit restores it back.
Fixes: f62782fb29 ("cache: l2x0: Fix write to incorrect shared-override bit")
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
It's possible that the default_environment[] array contains multiple
entries for the same variable, e.g. a setting from env_default.h based
on some CONFIG_* variable, and another from
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS. In such a case, the last setting takes
effect.
Hence, in order to be able to use the output from this script as an
CONFIG_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE and get the same default environment as one
currently has, we need to preserve the order. So only sort by the
variable name, and disable the last-resort comparison.
We could pipe the result through uniq to remove duplicate lines, but I
think there's some value in seeing that certain variables are defined
multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Wrap definition of board_usb_hw_init() around with #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_USB
to avoid warning: 'board_usb_hw_init' defined but not used
[-Wunused-function] when compiling without CONFIG_CMD_USB.
This patch makes sama5d27_som1_ek, sama5d2_ptc_ek and sama5d2_xplained
consistent with other boards that use the same #ifdef to avoid the warning.
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Josef Lusticky <josef@lusticky.cz>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
- Add DM model for P1010RDB
- Add I2C DM Model support for P1010RDB, T1042RDB, T2080, T4240RDB,
MPC8548CDS, T1024RDB, P4080, P3041DS, P2041RDB, P2020RDB, P1020RDB,
P5040DS
- Fix reference to READM.qe_firmware
i.MX for 2020.07
----------------
- imxrt: fix LCD clock, fix doc
- new board: Coral Dev
- imx8: enable Cache in SPL. SNVS, update SCFW API
- imx8MM: fix reset, 8MQ quand and QuadLite, CPU speed grading
- MX6ULL : is_imx6ull to include i.MX6ULZ
- Net: add config to enable TXC delay
Travis: https://travis-ci.org/github/sbabic/u-boot-imx/builds/682033914
Commit 69529c9120 ("net: pcnet: Switch to PCI memory access")
switched from PCI IO access to PCI memory access without updating
the I/O primitives. Contrary to SH, the primitives for memory
access and IO access are implemented differently. Thus doing
memory access with IO port primitives breaks the driver on
MIPS Malta board.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
- dts clean up to use -u-boot for px30, rk3399 boards
- dts sycn from upstream kernel for rk3328, rk3399
- add rockchip rng driver
- new board support: rk3328-roc-cc, rk3399-roc-pc,Nanopi M4 2GB
This is part 1 of big network cleanup / DM conversion.
The dc2114x/rtl8139/pcnet/tulip PCI adapter drivers received checkpatch
cleanups in preparation for DM conversion. The smc911x is converted to
DM completely. The dwc_eth_qos cache fixes are applied.
There is no reason to tail-pad fitImage with external data to 4-bytes,
while fitImage without external data does not have any such padding and
is often unaligned. DT spec also does not mandate any such padding.
Moreover, the tail-pad fills the last few bytes with uninitialized data,
which could lead to a potential information leak.
$ echo -n xy > /tmp/data ; \
./tools/mkimage -E -f auto -d /tmp/data /tmp/fitImage ; \
hexdump -vC /tmp/fitImage | tail -n 3
before:
00000260 61 2d 6f 66 66 73 65 74 00 64 61 74 61 2d 73 69 |a-offset.data-si|
00000270 7a 65 00 00 78 79 64 64 |ze..xydd|
^^ ^^ ^^
after:
00000260 61 2d 6f 66 66 73 65 74 00 64 61 74 61 2d 73 69 |a-offset.data-si|
00000270 7a 65 00 78 79 |ze.xy|
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If we want to restore variables from disk, we need to initialize block
devices before variables.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When setting up the console via function efi_console_register() we call
query_console_serial(). This functions sends an escape sequence to the
terminal to query the display size. The response is another escape
sequence.
console.run_command_list() is looking for a regular expression '^==>'.
If the escape sequence for the screen size precedes the prompt without a
line break, no match is found.
When efi_disk_register() is called before efi_console_register() this leads
to a test failuere of the UEFI secure boot tests.
We can avoid the problem if the first UEFI command passed to
u_boot_console.run_command_list() produces output. This patch achieves this
by appending '; echo' to the first UEFI related command of the problematic
tests.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Eliminate superfluous functions efi_set_volatile_variable() and
efi_set_nonvolatile_variable().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Eliminate superfluous functions efi_get_volatile_variable() and
efi_get_nonvolatile_variable().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We should not to refer to a function via the run-time or boot services
tables if the function is exported.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This function will check if a given handle to device is an EFI system
partition. It will be utilised in implementing capsule-on-disk feature.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Add function description. Return bool.
Reviewed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_set_secure_stat() provides the common code for each stat transition
caused by efi_transfer_secure_state().
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Correct description of return value.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
"if (left < esl->signature_size)" is not reachable in a while loop.
But it is still valuable in case that a given signature database is
somehow corrupted. So fix the while loop condition.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Pkcs7_parse.h and x509_parser.h are used in UEFI subsystem, in particular,
secure boot. So move them to include/crypto to avoid relative paths.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Don't include include x509_parser.h twice.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
By adding extra symbols, we can now avoid including x509_parser and
pkcs7_parser.h files multiple times.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Don't include include x509_parser.h twice.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Coreboot is a first-stage bootloader mostly used on x86 devices as an
alternative to UEFI. Coreboot runs in 32-bit mode.
U-Boot currently supports booting from coreboot as a second-stage
bootloader, also in 32-bit mode. However it is useful to be able to run
U-Boot in 64-bit mode. To do this we can have a 32-bit SPL which switches
over the CPU and jumps to a 64-bit U-Boot proper.
Add a new 'coreboot64' board for running 64-bit U-Boot from coreboot. This
uses binman to create an image with a 32-bit SPL and a 64-bit U-Boot.
This allows running 64-bit EFI images on x86, for example, without needing
a native U-Boot port for a board.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is useful to know what mode U-Boot is running in. Add a message at the
end of the 'bdinfo' output.
Suggested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: change commit tag to 'cmd' as this is not x86 specific]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present SPL only works on bare-metal builds. With a few tweaks it can
be used for coreboot also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this function copies U-Boot from the last 1MB of ROM. This is
not the right way to do it. Instead, the binman symbol should provide the
location.
But in any case the code should live in the caller,
spl_board_load_image(), so that the 64-bit jump function can be used
elsewhere. Move it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Coreboot runs in 32-bit mode and cannot run a 64-bit U-Boot. To get around
this we can build a combined image with 32-bit SPL and 64-bit U-Boot. Add
a build rule and binman definition for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this function is only available in 32-bit code. Move it to the
common cpu file so it can be used by 64-bit U-Boot too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Update quoted string alignment to address checkpatch.pl warning
originally introduced in
commit f60a66ef5d ("cmd: mvebu: bubt: show image boot device").
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In two files README.qe_firmware is referenced which never made it into the
U-Boot tree. The README is available in the Linux kernel tree.
Update the references.
Cc: Timur Tabi <timur@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Compile the legacy PCIe initialization reoutines for P1010RDB
boards only when DM_PCI is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add device tree for P1010RDB boards and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This enables DM_I2C and DM_RTC in T1042D4RDB defconfigs,
except T1042D4RDB SECURE_BOOT defconfig
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This enables DM_I2C and DM_RTC in T1024RDB defconfigs,
except T1024RDB SECURE_BOOT defconfig
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This enables DM_I2C in P4080DS defconfigs,
except P4080DS SRIO_PCIE_BOOT and SECURE_BOOT defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This enables DM_I2C in P3041DS defconfigs,
except P3041DS SECURE_BOOT and SRIO_PCIE_BOOT defconfig
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This enables DM_I2C in P2041RDB defconfig,
except P2041RDB SRIO_PCIE_BOOT and SECURE_BOOT defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Provide a common i2c components that we can utilize to
build up the various device tree.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
iMX8QM registers two thermal devices for CPUs, get the temperature
from "cpu-thermal1" device for A72
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When current cpu is A53, using is_cortex_a53 could not detect A72
information, so check cpu device compatible property to get
the correct information.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Return 4 is not correct on i.MX8DX/DXL/8QM and etc. we need to count
available cpu node with device_type "cpu".
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Current print_cpuinfo gets the first udevice in CPU class to return
the cpu info. This has problem if the boot CPU is not fixed.
Changing to use new API cpu_get_current_dev to fix the issue.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When running on SoC with multiple clusters, the boot CPU may
not be fixed, saying booting from cluster A or cluster B.
Add a API that can return the udevice for current boot CPU.
Cpu driver needs to implement is_current_cpu interface for this
feature, otherwise the API only returns the first udevice in
cpu uclass.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
When enable CONFG_SPL_DM_USB_GADGET, sdp should use
usb_gadget_initialize() and usb_gadget_release() to
support DM gadget driver.
Signed-off-by: Sherry Sun <sherry.sun@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Because SDP directly jumps to next level boot image, we'd better
clean up the USB driver before it. Implement a weak callback function,
that spl sdp can use it to clean up USB driver.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a new configuration CONFIG_SPL_SDP_USB_DEV to specify the
usb index for spl sdp driver, so that we change use different device.
The default value is 0.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If SDP_WRITE and SDP_JUMP addr is zero, use CONFIG_SDP_LOADADDR
as default address
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
1. add the address mapping related properties;
2. make "ref" clock optional, and add optional clock "da_ref";
3. add the banks layout of TPHY V1 and V2;
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Usually the digital and analog phys use the same reference clock,
but some platforms have two separate reference clocks for each of
them, so add another optional clock to support them.
In order to keep the clock names consistent with PHY IP's, change
the da_ref for analog phy and ref clock for digital phy.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds a "bulk" API to the phy API in order to
get/init/exit/power on/off a group of phys associated
with a device.
The bulk API will avoid adding a copy of the same code to
manage a group of phys in drivers.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The correct syntax is 'select SYS_...' and not 'select CONFIG_SYS...'
Fixes: d5c819b885 ("actions: Move defconfig options to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT was removed in commit 0c3a9ed409
("spl: Kconfig: Replace CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT with CONFIG_SPL_FS_FAT").
Fixup a leftover use of the symbol.
Fixes: 9d86dbd9cf ("imx: spl: implement spl_boot_mode for i.MX7/8/8M")
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
It is hard to read code which contains nested ifdef blocks. Replace
them with normal if-blocks and the IS_ENABLED() macro. This is not only
more readable but also helps as both arms are validated by the compiler
in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
CONFIG_SPL_FORCE_MMC_BOOT was removed in a previous patch as its
behavior is the correct one in all cases. Remove all uses of it from
defconfigs.
This reverts commit 3201e5b444 and removes
CONFIG_SPL_FORCE_MMC_BOOT from the imx28_xea defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
The CONFIG_SPL_FORCE_MMC_BOOT config flag is not needed as its behavior
is the correct one in all cases; using spl_boot_device() instead of the
boot_device parameter will lead to inconsistency issues, for example,
when a board_boot_order() is defined. In fact, this is the reason the
parameter was introduced in the first place, in commit 2b1cdafa9f
("common: Pass the boot device into spl_boot_mode()").
This reverts commit 772b55723b.
Link: https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2020-April/405979.html
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Boards may extend or re-define the boot list in their board_boot_order()
function by modifying spl_boot_list. E.g. a board might boot SPL from a
slow SPI NOR flash and then load the U-Boot from an eMMC or SD-card.
Or it might use additional MMC boot device in spl_boot_list for cases
when the image in SPI NOR flash is not found, so it could fall back to
eMMC, SD-card or another boot device.
Getting the MMC boot mode in spl_mmc will fail when we are trying to
boot from an MMC device in the spl_boot_list and the original board
boot mode (as returned by spl_boot_device()) is not an MMC boot mode.
Fix it by checking the asked MMC boot device from the spl_mmc_boot_mode()
argument.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Drop initr_bedbug wrapper and call bedbug_init directly during the init
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Do this as a preparation for removing initr_bedbug wrapper from
common/board_r.c.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
initr_enable_interrupts() is an ARM-specific wrapper over
enable_interrupts(), which is run during the common init sequence. It can
be eliminated by moving the enable_interrupts() call to the end of
interrupt_init() function, in arch/arm/lib/interrupts*.c.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Malloc gets initialized with a call to mem_malloc_init() with the address
the allocation starts to and its size. Currently it is not possible to
move the malloc from one memory area to another as the malloc would eventually
fail.
This patch adds in the ability to re-init the malloc with the updated
start address and the size.
One of the use cases of this feature is SPL U-Boot running from within
the static memory and calling to malloc init from within board_init_f():
arch/arm/cpu/armv8/start.S:reset vector
arch/arm/cpu/armv8/start.S:main()
arch/arm/lib/crt0_64.S:board_init_f()
board/<my_board>/common/spl.c:board_init_f()
board/<my_board>/common/spl.c:mem_malloc_init((ulong)CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START,
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE);
Shortly after the DDR (main) memory is init and ready we call to malloc init
again but this time with the start address in the DDR memory and a much greater
size for moving the allocation off the static to the DDR memory:
board/<my_board>/common/spl.c:mem_malloc_init((ulong)CONFIG_SPL_MALLOC_OFFSET,
CONFIG_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE);
Where CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START and CONFIG_SPL_MALLOC_OFFSET are the start
addresses of the malloc in the static and DDR memories respectively and
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE=SZ_16K and CONFIG_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE=SZ_2M are
the sizes of the mallocs in these memories. Note, now we have a much greater
memory, enlarging from 16K to 2M, available for allocation.
There is an alternative approach already existing in U-Boot with the use of
an early (simplified) malloc and the proper (dlamalloc) malloc however
necessitating managing the two mallocs whereas this approach proposes using
a single dlmalloc.
Signed-off-by: Marek Bykowski <marek.bykowski@gmail.com>
The signature check on config node is broken on fit with padding.
To compute the signature for config node, U-Boot compute the
signature on all properties of requested node for this config,
except for the property "data". But, when padding is used for
binary in a fit, there isn't a property "data" but two properties:
"data-offset" and "data-size". So to fix the check of signature,
we also don't use the properties "data-offset" and "data-size"
when checking the signature on config node.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The pytest vboot does all his tests on fit without padding.
We add the same tests on fit with padding.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
free() checks if its argument is NULL. Don't duplicate this in the calling
code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
free() checks if its argument is NULL. Do not duplicate this in the calling
code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The cmdline for calling the dtc was cut-off when using long filenames (e.g.
245 bytes) for output-file and datafile of "-f" parameter.
For FIT-images cmd[MKIMAGE_MAX_DTC_CMDLINE_LEN] is declared (hardcoded 512 bytes),
and contains some static values, the path of a tmpfile and a datafile. tmpfile is
max MKIMAGE_MAX_TMPFILE_LEN (256) and datafile might be also this size. Having two
very long pathname results in a truncation os the executed shell command, as the
truncated datafile path will not be found.
Redefine MKIMAGE_MAX_DTC_CMDLINE_LEN to "2 * MKIMAGE_MAX_TMPFILE_LEN + 35 for the
parameters.
This likely applies to the "-d" parameter, too.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
The timers compatible string in upstream is called
mt6577-timer. Add this compatible to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
As noted in rtc_def.h, the tm_mon field in struct rtc_time is 1-12,
unlike in struct tm where it is 0-11. Currently, running "date" prints
the wrong
Date: 2020-04-01 (Friday) Time: 13:05:30
and setting the RTC via the date command is also broken.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Solved the overflow on phys_addr_t type for start + size in
mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour() function.
This overflow is avoided by dividing start and end by 2 before addition,
and we only expecting that start and size are even.
This patch doesn't change the current function behavior if the
parameters (start or size) are not aligned on MMU_SECTION_SIZE.
For example, this overflow occurs on ARM32 with:
start = 0xC0000000 and size = 0x40000000
then start + size = 0x100000000 and end = 0x0.
For information the function behavior change with risk of regression,
if we just shift start and size before the addition.
Example with 2MB section size:
MMU_SECTION_SIZE 0x200000 and MMU_SECTION_SHIFT = 21
with start = 0x1000000, size = 0x1000000,
- with the proposed patch, start = 0 and end = 0x1 as previously
- with the more simple patch:
end = (start >> MMU_SECTION_SHIFT) + (size >> MMU_SECTION_SHIFT)
the value of end change:
start >> 21 = 0, size >> 21 = 0 and end = 0x0 !!!
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add the new flags DCACHE_DEFAULT_OPTION to define the default
option to use according the compilation flags
CONFIG_SYS_ARM_CACHE_*.
This new compilation flag allows to simplify dram_bank_mmu_setup()
and can be used as third parameter (option=dcache option to select)
of mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add protection in dram_bank_mmu_setup() to avoid access to bd->bi_dram
before relocation.
This patch allow to use the generic weak function dram_bank_mmu_setup
to activate the MMU and the data cache in SPL or in U-Boot before
relocation, when bd->bi_dram is not yet initialized.
In this cases, the MMU must be initialized explicitly with
mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Move CONFIG_SYS_ARM_CACHE_WRITETHROUGH and
CONFIG_SYS_ARM_CACHE_WRITEALLOC into Kconfig done by moveconfig.py.
Kconfig uses a choice between the 3 values supported in U-Boot,
including the new configuration CONFIG_SYS_ARM_CACHE_WRITEBACK
(the default configuration).
The patch also avoids to select simultaneously 2 configurations.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The most basic printf("%i", value) formating string was missing,
add it for the sake of convenience.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Board files should not re-implement do_reset() to work around this
function not being defined in for specific configurations. Rather,
the fix is to compile in drivers which implement this properly.
This patch enables sysreset and watchdog drivers in SPL and ties
them together to implement the same as the do_reset() hack in the
board file, except correctly in the DM/DT framework.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Flavio Suligoi <f.suligoi@asem.it>
Cc: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Cc: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Board files should not re-implement do_reset() to work around this
function not being defined in for specific configurations. Rather,
the fix is to compile in drivers which implement this properly.
This patch enables sysreset and watchdog drivers in SPL and ties
them together to implement the same as the do_reset() hack in the
board file, except correctly in the DM/DT framework.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Flavio Suligoi <f.suligoi@asem.it>
Cc: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Cc: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Board files should not re-implement do_reset() to work around this
function not being defined in for specific configurations. Rather,
the fix is to compile in drivers which implement this properly.
This patch enables sysreset and watchdog drivers in SPL and ties
them together to implement the same as the do_reset() hack in the
board file, except correctly in the DM/DT framework.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Flavio Suligoi <f.suligoi@asem.it>
Cc: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Cc: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
imx8m has the only implementation of reset_cpu() which does not ignore
the addr parameter and instead gives it some meaning as the base address
of watchdog registers. This breaks convention with the rest of U-Boot
where the parameter is ignored and callers are passing in 0.
Fixes: d2041725e8 ("imx8m: restrict reset_cpu")
Co-developed-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
A comment note has been left after completing pinctrl listing, so let's
remove it since it's useless.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
If the cpu-idle-states is missing from the DT in the first place, do
not fail on removing in. Just move on and do not even print an error,
since not being able to remove something which is not there in the
first place is not an error and surely does not justify failing to
boot.
Turn the surrounding prints into debugs to reduce the useless noise.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
This patch synchronizes the device tree with that from 5.6.7.
This also adds nodes for crypto and ddrc, which makes keeping
the device tree files from individual boards in sync with the
Linux kernel. This is helpful when boads reference those nodes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Some of these options are not used by the driver anymore and some of them
are obsolete as the information is gathered from the dt.
So, remove the unused config options now.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Currently the following watchdog error is seen in SPL:
U-Boot SPL 2020.04-00407-g8d5d3bcf3c (Apr 20 2020 - 09:48:09 -0300)
Normal Boot
WDT: Not found!
...
There is no watchdog driver for i.MX8 at the moment, nor code for
configuring the watchdog in SPL, so remove the CONFIG_SPL_WATCHDOG_SUPPORT
option for now.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
define FEC_ENET_ENABLE_TXC_DELAY to enable the delay on TXC line on
the MAC. This has to be done in order to meet RGMII specs.
According to RGMII specs the clock should get delayed so the edges of
the clock are preferrably in the middle of the edges of data-lines so
they can be sampled properly.
Our PHY expects the MAC to delay TXC line, as it is also written
in the spec. This patch makes sure the TXC delay on the FEC is enabled
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
This patch enables the possibility to set FEC_ENET_ENABLE_TXC_DELAY or
FEC_ENET_ENABLE_RXC_DELAY so one can via a define enable the RXC or TXC
delay in the MAC.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
This patch adds skew register settings for KSZ9131. It checks first
which phy is on the board and then applies the correct skew settings.
Skew settings calculation for the KSZ9131:
The i.MX6 SoC has an output skew tolerance of -100ps to 900ps. All
PCB traces where routed exactly the same length so we can calculate
the skew settings without taking the length into consideration. The
traces are all length matched.
RXC skew (PHY to MAC):
- We use the 2ns DLL controlled delay on the PHY
- We do not use the skew registers
This results in the following values:
RXC
PHY fixed Delay 2000ps
PHY Added Delay 0ps
T_setup_R min 2.00ns
T_setup_R typ 2.00ns
T_setup_R max 2.00ns
T_hold_R min 1.60ns
T_hold_R typ 2.00ns
T_hold_R max 2.40ns
That means we are well within RGMII specs.
TXC skew (MAC to PHY):
- We use the 2ns DLL controlled delay on the PHY
- We then subtract ~0.6ns with TXD[0:3] and TXC clock pad skew
register in a resulting ~1.4ns delay.
This results in the following values under consideration of the
tolerances:
TXC min TXC typ TXC max
MAC min -100ps -100ps -100ps
MAC max 900ps 900ps 900ps
PHY fixed Delay 2000ps 2000ps 2000ps
PHY added Delay -340ps -600ps -859ps
T_setup_T min 1.56ns 1.30ns 1.04ns
T_setup_T typ 2.06ns 1.80ns 1.54ns
T_setup_T max 2.56ns 2.30ns 2.04ns
T_hold_T min 1.04ns 1.30ns 1.56ns
T_hold_T typ 1.94ns 2.20ns 2.46ns
T_hold_T max 2.84ns 3.10ns 3.36ns
This shows that T_hold_T min and T_setup_T min times are out of spec
for RGMII timing. However the KSZ9131 has a minimal value for this time
of 0.8ns which is met under all circumstances.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
This patch determines which phy is placed on the board with the PHY ID
then it sets the same settings for KSZ9031 as before but for KSZ9131
it enables both RXC and TXC delay lines in the PHY.
This will compensate the missing delay from the MAC. Other skew
settings are not needed as the traces on board are routed exactly the
same length
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Tested-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
imx8m has the only implementation of `reset_cpu` which does not ignore
the addr parameter and instead gives it some meaning as the base address
of watchdog registers. This breaks convention with the rest of U-Boot
where the parameter is ignored and callers are passing in 0.
Fixes: d2041725e8 ("imx8m: restrict reset_cpu")
Co-Authored-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use the `do_reset` implementation of `arch/arm/lib/reset.c` in SPL
instead. It is very close to what is done here, anyway, and plays
more nicely with the rest of U-Boot than adding a custom `do_reset`
implementation into board files.
`do_reset` from `arch/arm/lib/reset.c` calls `reset_cpu` with 0 as the
addr parameter while the boards are passing WDOG1_BASE_ADDR. This is
ok because the `reset_cpu` implementation uses WDOG1_BASE_ADDR by
default if 0 is passed in.
Co-Authored-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In case CONFIG_SYSRESET is set, do_reset from reset.c will not be available
anywere, even if SYSRESET is disabled for SPL/TPL.
'do_reset' is called from SPL for instance from the panic handler and
PANIC_HANG is not set
Signed-off-by: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add a module to configure the tamper and secure violation of
the SNVS using the SCU API.
The module also adds some commands:
- snvs_cfg: Configure the SNVS HP and LP registers
- snvs_dgo_cfg: Configure the SNVS DGO bloc if present (8QXP)
- tamper_pin_cfg: Change the configuration of the tamper pins
- snvs_clear_status: Allow to write to LPSR and LPTDSR to clear
status bits
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Franck LENORMAND <franck.lenormand@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Sync the latest SCFW API with below commit
6dcd0242ae7a53ac ("SCF-105: Revert accidental change") to add
interfaces for PM resource reset and read/write SNVS security
violation and tamper DGO registers.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add AHAB encrypted boot documentation for i.MX8/8x family devices
covering the following topics:
- How to encrypt and sign the 2nd container in flash.bin image.
- How to encrypt and sign a standalone container image.
Include a CSF example to encrypt 2nd container in flash.bin image.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Catia Han <yaqian.han@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When doing reset_cpu, in normal case the WDOG_B outputs immediately
after we clean WDA bit. But on mscale, the WDOG_B may be later than
internal reset, and cause PMIC not reset. As we enabled the SD3.0
support, the PMIC must be reset to reset SD card.
Change the reset_cpu to enable the WDOG_B for timeout as well, and set
WDOG timeout to 1s.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The fracpll decoding is using the bit definitions for int pll. Most of
them are same, but the CLKE bit is different. Fix the wrong CLKE_MASK
for fracpll and correct all bit definitions in fracpll decoding.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In SPL build, the formatting '%llx' in debug() is not supported.
Also, fix some misplaced parameters in printf.
Modified from Seb Fagard's downstream patch
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In SPL build, the formatting '%llx' in debug() is not supported.
Also, fix some misplaced parameters in printf.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Seb Fagard <sebastien.fagard@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Latest SCFW has removed old MISC SECO commands. So update the codes
to use new SECO commands.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
parameter 'end address' must be inclusive of address range.
Modified from Seb's downstream patch.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For ARM core clock, there are two input branches, and can select via mux:
one from ARM PLL directly, second from CCM A53 clock root.
Currently we are using second branch. But IC confirmed the CCM A53 root
signoff timing is 1Ghz, so we should switch to input from ARM PLL directly.
This patch fixes the CORE SEL slice configuration and switch ARM clock
to ARM PLL.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
iMX8MQ EVK board has a eMMC5.0 chip and supports SD3.0, so enable the UHS
and HS400 configs to enhance the eMMC/SD access.
The change also needs to set usdhc clock to 400Mhz, and add the
off-on-delay-us to SD reset pin, otherwise some SD cards will
fail to select UHS mode in re-initialization.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update clock root table to let it be easy to configure clock at
very early stage. Also the core_sel mux parent should be A53 CLK
root and ARM PLL.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acquire ATF commit hash when booting U-Boot to make user easy
to know the ATF version.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move the SIP macro to common header and unify the name to
make others could reuse them.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update is_imx6ull helper to include i.MX6ULZ SoC. i.MX6ULZ could
share same macro, then we no need to add is_imx6ulz in various drivers.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8MP speed grade use same layout as i.MX8MN, so reuse it for i.MX8MP
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
imx8mn speed grade fuse uses new definitions as below. So have
to update get_cpu_speed_grade_hz function to match it.
SPEED_GRADE[5:4] SPEED_GRADE[3:0] MHz
xx 0000 2300
xx 0001 2200
xx 0010 2100
xx 0011 2000
xx 0100 1900
xx 0101 1800
xx 0110 1700
xx 0111 1600
xx 1000 1500
xx 1001 1400
xx 1010 1300
xx 1011 1200
xx 1100 1100
xx 1101 1000
xx 1110 900
xx 1111 800
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
According to iMX8MM datasheet (IMX8MMIEC_Rev_D and IMX8MMCEC_Rev_D),
the speed grading for imx8mm is 800Mhz, 1.2Ghz, 1.6Ghz and 1.8Ghz.
Update them to get_cpu_speed_grade_hz function.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8MP use 0x182 as its ID, so 0xff is not valid to get the cpu type,
extend it to 0x1ff.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
All the FEC ethernet clock entries for iMX8MM are missing, while they
are already present on iMX8MQ. Fill in the nodes on iMX8MM, as the FEC
ethernet gets bogus clock information otherwise which makes ethernet
inoperable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Introduce a private data structure for this driver with embedded
struct eth_device and pass it around. This prepares the driver to
work with both DM and non-DM systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
These accessors are not overridden by any board, and even if they were,
this is something which should be handled via DM now, so remove the
weak alias option. Moreover, drop the inline keyword, as the compiler
can decide better.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Inline all the functions from the header file, as they are not used
outside of the driver or the standalone EEPROM example.
Note that this does introduce considerable amount of duplication in
the standalone EEPROM example, however that one has to be rewritten
anyway, roughly such that the SMC911x driver would expose DM EEPROM
interface and the standalone example would use that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Pull the MII interface registration into separate function to avoid the
ifdeffery in smc911x_initialize(). Moreover, adjust the fail path such
that we use goto labels.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Fix memleak in the init fail path, where if allocation or registration
of MDIO bus fails, then ethernet interface is not unregistered and the
private data are not freed, yet the probe function reports a failure.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The rtl8139 driver is derived from Etherboot driver, which is in
turn derived from Linux 8139too driver added in Linux 2.2.18pre14.
An undocumented change in Linux 2.4.10.2 added a new field to the
driver, MODULE_LICENSE("GPL"); . According to current Linux kernel
licensing rules, Documentation/process/license-rules.rst, quote:
"GPL" Module is licensed under GPL version 2. This
does not express any distinction between
GPL-2.0-only or GPL-2.0-or-later. The exact
license information can only be determined
via the license information in the
corresponding source files.
And since the code does not contain any "future" clause, the tag
is therefore GPL-2.0 only.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Just move functions around in preparation for easy DM conversion,
rename rtl_bcast_addr() to rtl8139_bcast_addr(), no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Finish the checkpatch cleanup of the driver, fix the remaining issues
in probe and init function and in global variables, rename the probe
function to rtl8139_init(), no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This hardware reset and reset-wait implementation was twice in the
driver, factor it out into a separate function. This really should
use wait_for_bit() eventually and return -ETIMEDOUT, but thus far,
handling of any of this is missing from the driver. This must be
added later. Thus far, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename the function to rtl8139_stop(), clean up checkpatch errors in
the stop polling function. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename the function to rtl8139_recv(), clean up various checkpatch errors,
line-over-80 conditions, and malformed comments. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename the function to rtl8139_send(), clean up the TX polling, the TX
OK condition at the end, overuse of typecasts, and various line-over-80
problems. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename the function to rtl8139_reset(), clean up the reset polling
and various line-over-80 problems. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename the function to rtl8139_set_rx_mode(), use unsigned variables
where applicable and inline mc_filter[] values. No functional chanage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This string of macros is exactly the same thing as rtl8139_rx_config,
so just use rtl8139_rx_config. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename the function to rtl8139_read_eeprom() to keep the naming
consistent, keep the variables sorted in reverse xmas tree. No
functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The macro assumes ee_addr variable to be present when it's being
used. Rework the macro into a function instead and pass it an
argument specifying the register base address, to make it future
proof for DM conversion.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Clean up the horrible register definitions in the RTL8139 driver.
This does create a couple of checkpatch errors, but the driver is
full of them anyway, and those will be cleaned up later.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch prevents an issue where the RX packet might have been
accessed by the CPU, which now has cached data from the packet in
the caches and possibly various write buffers, and these data may
be evicted from the caches into the DRAM while the buffer is also
written by the DMA.
By invalidating the buffer after the CPU accessed it and before the
DMA populates the buffer, it is assured that the buffer will not be
corrupted.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The current code polls the RX desciptor ring for new packets by reading
the RX descriptor status. This works by accident, as the RX descriptors
are often in non-cacheable memory. However, the driver does support use
of RX descriptors in cacheable memory.
This patch adds a missing RX descriptor invalidation, which assures the
CPU will read a fresh copy of the RX descriptor instead of a cached one.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This code programs the next descriptor in the TX descriptor ring into
the hardware as the last valid TX descriptor. The problem is that if
the currenty descriptor is the last one in the array, the code will
not wrap around correctly and use TX descriptor 0 again, but instead
will use TX descriptor at address right past the TX descriptor ring,
which is the first descriptor in the RX ring.
Fix this by adding the necessary wrap-around.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The RX descriptor field 3 should contain only OWN and BUF1V bits before
being used for receiving data by the DMA engine. However, right now, if
the descriptor was already used for receiving data and is being cleared,
the field 3 is only modified and the aforementioned two bits are ORRed
into the field. This could lead to a residual dirty bits being left in
the field 3 from previous transfer, and it generally does. Fully set the
field 3 instead to clear those residual dirty bits.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Replace the adhoc debugging ifdeffery with debug_cond() and an
internal SROM_DEBUG macro to select the debug level.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move the functions in the driver around to better fit future DM
conversion, drop function forward declarations. No functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename these functions to dc2114x_{inl,outl}(), use u32 values in
them instead of plain signed integers as all those values are in
fact register values and the driver code does bitwise operations
on them. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Replace these macros with static functions to permit the compiler to
do type checking on the functions. The INL()/OUTL() functions have to
be moved in this patch as well, as those DE4X5 macros are using them.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Clean up the remaining driver code, macro space alignment, function
declaration indent, replace __attribute__((aligned(32))) with plain
__aligned(32). No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Clean up the SROM accessors to bring them up to standards with
U-Boot coding style. Sort variable into reverse xmas tree. No
functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Clean up the send_setup_frame() to bring it up to standards with
U-Boot coding style, invert the loops where applicable to cut
down the level of indent. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Clean up the driver halt code to bring it up to standards with
U-Boot coding style. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Clean up the driver recv code to bring it up to standards with
U-Boot coding style. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Clean up the driver send code to bring it up to standards with
U-Boot coding style, invert the loops where applicable to cut
down the level of indent. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Clean up the driver init code to bring it up to standards with
U-Boot coding style, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These macros are not used by any board, remove them to simplify
the driver. The EEPROM accessors are still retained however, as
those might still be useful.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These macros guard one switch-case statement, which grows mips malta
by some 20 bytes if debug is enabled, and even less if it is not. To
make the code simpler, just support all the NICs and be done with it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
If the DM_ETH is enabled and netdev.h is included somewhere, the
struct eth_device may not be defined, yet it is used in the header
file as an argument to fecmxc_register_mii_postcall. Add forward
declaration to remove the warning.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
commit b2f5da9dd0 ("rockchip: rk3399: Add Nanopi M4 board support") added
support for Nanopi M4 board with Dual-Channel 4GB LPDDR3-1866 RAM.
This patch adds another variant of NanoPi M4 board with Dual-Channel
2GB DDR3-1866 RAM.
Signed-off-by: Deepak Das <deepakdas.linux@gmail.com>
Add Firefly ROC-RK3399-PC Mezzanine board which is an
extension board on top of roc-rk3399-pc.
Will drop the separate defconfig file, once we support
the board detection at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Sync rk3399 dts(i) files from v5.7-rc1 linux-next.
Reason:
To get updated PCIe nodes and properties on respective
dts(i) files.
Summary:
- sync won't include new board dts(i)
- sync will add required files used on respective dts(i)
- rk3399-puma-u-boot.dtsi spiflash label changed to norflash
- move puma.dtsi bios_enable into rk3399-puma-u-boot.dtsi
- move legacy max-frequency of sdhci into rk3399-u-boot.dtsi
- update cross-ec-[keyboard|sbs].dtsi path as per U-Boot
- keep roc-rk3399-pc dc_12v changes to -u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Due to v5.7-rc1 sync the SD controller nodes in rk3399.dtsi
have HCLK_SD assigned-clocks which are usually required for
Linux and don't require to handle them in U-Boot.
assigned-clocks = <&cru HCLK_SD>;
So, mark them as empty in clock otherwise device probe on
those SD controllers would fail.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move U-Boot specific properties into rk3399-evb u-boot
specific dtsi file.
This would help to sync the devicetrees from Linux whenever
required instead of adding specific nodes.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move U-Boot specific properties into rk3399-puma u-boot
specific dtsi file.
This would help to sync the devicetrees from Linux whenever
required instead of adding specific nodes.
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
If the VBUS regulator is always-on, XHCI will fail to detect USB 3.0
devices; USB 2.0 devices will work however.
Make the VBUS regulator controllable and tie it to only the XHCI. This
makes all three USB ports usable.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The ROC-RK3328-CC from Firefly and Libre Computer Project is a credit
card size development board based on the Rockchip RK3328 SoC, with:
- 1/2/4 GB DDR4 DRAM
- eMMC connector for optional module
- micro SD card slot
- 1 x USB 3.0 host port
- 2 x USB 2.0 host port
- 1 x USB 2.0 OTG port
- HDMI video output
- TRRS connector with audio and composite video output
- gigabit Ethernet
- consumer IR receiver
- debug UART pins
The ROC-RK3328-CC has the enable pin of the SD card power switch tied
to GPIO_0_D6. This pin also has the function SDMMC0_PWREN, which is
muxed by default. SDMMC0_PWREN is an active high signal controlled by
the MMC controller, however the switch enable is active low, and
pulled low (enabled) by default to make things work on boot.
As such, we need to mux away from SDMMC0_PWREN and use GPIO to enable
power to the card. The default GPIO state for the pin is pull-down and
input, which doesn't require extra configuration when paired with the
external pull-down and active low switch.
Deal with this by enabling regulator support in SPL, and setting
"u-boot,dm-spl" for the regulator and other device nodes needed for
muxing the pin.
The device tree file is synced from the Linux kernel next-20200324.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This syncs rk3328 device tree files from the Linux kernel next-20200324.
The last commit to touch these files is:
b2411befed60 ("arm64: dts: add bus to rockchip amba nodenames")
Additional changes not yet in the Linux kernel include:
arm64: dts: rockchip: rk3328: drop #address-cells, #size-cells from grf node
arm64: dts: rockchip: rk3328: drop non-existent gmac2phy pinmux options
arm64: dts: rockchip: rk3328: Replace RK805 PMIC node name with "pmic"
Changes include:
- conversion of raw pin numbers to macros
- removal of deprecated RK_FUNC_* macros
- update of device tree binding headers
- new devices
- device tree cleanups
- gmac2phy disabled in -u-boot.dtsi as it is not supported in U-boot
This includes a re-ordering of the USB device nodes compared to upstream
Linux, moving the dwc2 OTG controller after the EHCI/OHCI nodes. This is
currently required as otherwise the dwc2 controller would not be able to
detect devices in some cases. This may be due to lack of USB PHY support
in U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
The USB PHYs on the RK3328 aren't supported, nor are any other generic
PHYs. Because upstream Linux device trees already include the USB PHYs
and references in the USB hosts, this would result in various calls
to the generic PHY API to fail.
Instead, just disable generic PHY support for now.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This syncs the rk3328 power domain header file from Linux kernel
next-20200324, to support newer hardware blocks when syncing the
device tree files.
The last non-merge commit to touch it was
b24413180f56 ("License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license")
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Loic Devulder <ldevulder@suse.com>
Tested-by: Peter Geis <pgwipeout@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
This syncs the rk3328 clock header file from Linux kernel next-20200324,
to support newer hardware blocks when syncing the device tree files.
The last non-merge commit to touch it was
0dc14b013f79 ("clk: rockchip: add clock id for watchdog pclk on rk3328")
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Loic Devulder <ldevulder@suse.com>
Tested-by: Peter Geis <pgwipeout@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
The "hnp-srp-disable" property for dwc2 is specific to U-boot, not part
of upstream Linux's device tree bindings.
Move it to rk3328-u-boot.dtsi to avoid losing it when syncing device
tree files.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The device tree file for rk3328-evb in the Linux kernel does not have
gmac2io enabled. Instead, gmac2phy is enabled, but that is not supported
in U-boot.
Move the gmac2io related nodes to rk3328-evb-u-boot.dtsi to preserve the
current functionality. When the device tree files are synced, gmac2phy
should be marked as "broken" in -u-boot.dtsi files.
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Loic Devulder <ldevulder@suse.com>
Tested-by: Peter Geis <pgwipeout@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
USB 3.0 is only supported in U-boot, not in the Linux kernel where the
device tree files are ultimately synced from. While the xhci node was
moved, the external vbus regulator was not.
Move it as well.
Fixes: 2e91e2025c ("rockchip: rk3328: migrate u-boot node to -u-boot.dtsi")
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Loic Devulder <ldevulder@suse.com>
Tested-by: Peter Geis <pgwipeout@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc2
This pull request contains bug fixes needed due to the merged changes for
EFI secure boot.
Patches are supplied to identify EFI system partitions.
Add U-Boot specific dts file for hifive-unleashed-a00, this
would help to add u-boot specific properties and other node
changes without touching the base dts(i) files which are easy
to sync from Linux.
Added spi2 alias for qspi2 as an initial u-boot specific
property change.
spi probing in current dm model is very much rely on aliases
numbering. Even though the qspi2 can't come under any associated
spi nor flash it would require to specify the same to make proper
binding happen for other spi slaves.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sagar Kadam <sagar.kadam@sifive.com>
The guessed reason is that the existing logic of filling
tx fifo with data, rx fifo with NULL for tx transfer and
filling rx fifo with data, tx fifo with NULL for rx transfer
is not clear enough to support the Quad Page Program.
SiFive SPI controllers have specific sets of watermark
registers and SPI I/O directions bits in order to program
SPI controllers clear enough to support all sets of operating
modes.
Here is the exact programing sequence that would follow on this
patch and tested via SPI-NOR and MMC_SPI.
- set the frame format proto, endian
- set the frame format dir, set it for tx and clear it for rx
- TX transfer:
fill tx fifo with data.
wait for TX watermark bit to clear.
- RX transfer:
fill tx fifo with 0xff.
write nbytes to rx watermark register
wait for rx watermark bit to clear.
read the rx fifo data.
So, this patch adopts this program sequence and fixes the existing
I/O direction bit.
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Sagar Kadam <sagar.kadam@sifive.com>
SiFive SPI controller has a proto bit field in frame format
register which would be used to configure the SPI I/O protocol
lines used on specific transfer.
Right now the driver is configuring this proto using slave->mode,
for all types of transctions. This makes the driver unable to
function since the proto needs to configure dynamically for
each and every transaction separately at runtime.
Now, the controller driver supports per transfer via spi-mem
exec_opo, so add the fmt_proto flag and fill the per transfer
buswidth so that the controller configures the proto bit at
runtime.
This patch fixes the SPI controller works with SPI NOR flash
on quad read with page program.
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Sagar Kadam <sagar.kadam@sifive.com>
SiFive SPI controller is responsible to handle the
slave devices like mmc spi and spi nor flash.
The controller is designed such a way that it would
handle the slave transactions based on the I/O protocol
numbers, example if spi nor slave send quad write opcode
it has to send alone with I/O protocol number of 4 and
if it try to send data it has to send I/O protocol number
along with 4 line data.
But the current spi-xfer code from spi-mem is combining
the opcode and address in a single transaction, so the
SPI controller will be unable to identify the I/O protocol
number of opcode vs address.
So, add the spi-mem exec_op with spi-xfer of opcode, address
and data as a separate transaction. This doesn't remove
the .xfer of dm_spi_ops since mmc spi will make use of it.
Note: This code might have moved to the spi-mem core area
once we have done the dedicated tests on other controllers
and have real reason to move.
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Sagar Kadam <sagar.kadam@sifive.com>
Spansion "s25fs512s" flash is incorrectly decoded as "s25fl512s" on
various platforms as former is not present. Add the entry.
Linux already has both the flashes present. A snippet below:
{ "s25fl512s", INFO6(0x010220, 0x4d0080, 256 * 1024, 256...},
{ "s25fs512s", INFO6(0x010220, 0x4d0081, 256 * 1024, 256...},
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Enable QE bit for ISSI flash chips.
QE enablement logic is similar to what Macronix
has, so reuse the existing code itself.
Cc: Sagar Shrikant Kadam <sagar.kadam@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Usually variable name slave is used for spi_slave structure
and slave_plat for the dm_spi_slave_platdata.
Let's follow this meaningful notation by replacing slave
with slave_plat for dm_spi_slave_platdata structure.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable SPI flash(SF) distro boot command in rk3399.
This distro boot will read the boot script at specific
location at the flash and start sourcing the same.
Included the SF device at the last of the target devices
list since all the rest of the devices on the list have
more possibility to boot the distribution due to the
size of the SPI flash is concern.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- Add DM_ETH support for DPAA1, DPAA2 based RDB platforms: ls1046ardb,
ls1043ardb, lx2160ardb, ls2088ardb, ls1088ardb.
- Add GICv3 support for ls1028a, ls2088a, ls1088a.
- Add lpuart support on ls1028aqds.
- Few bug fixes and updates on ls2088a, ls1012a, ls1046a, ls1021a based
platforms.
Add a few notes about this feature, which is aimed for development.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With chromebook_coral we normally run TPL->SPL->U-Boot. This is the
'bare metal' case.
When running from coreboot we put u-boot.bin in the RW_LEGACY portion
of the image, e.g. with:
cbfstool image-coral.serial.bin add-flat-binary -r RW_LEGACY \
-f /tmp/b/chromebook_coral/u-boot.bin -n altfw/u-boot \
-c lzma -l 0x1110000 -e 0x1110000
In this case U-Boot is run from coreboot (actually Depthcharge, its
payload) so we cannot access CAR. Use the existing stack instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If U-Boot is running from coreboot we need to skip low-level init. Add
an way to detect this and to set the gd flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To support detecting booting from coreboot, move the code which locates
the coreboot tables into a common place. Adjust the algorithm slightly to
use a word comparison instead of string, since it is faster.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: correct the comments to 960KB]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When U-Boot is run from another boot loader, much of the low-level init
needs to be skipped.
Add a flag for this and adjust ll_boot_init() to use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When U-Boot is not the first-stage bootloader we don't want to
re-configure the PCI devices, since this has already been done. Add a
check to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When U-Boot is not the first-stage bootloader the interrupt and cache init
must be skipped, as well as init for various peripherals. Update the code
to add checks for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When U-Boot is not the first-stage bootloader the FSP-S init must be
skipped. Update it to add a check.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is useful to be able to boot the same x86 image on a device with or
without a first-stage bootloader. For example, with chromebook_coral, it
is helpful for testing to be able to boot the same U-Boot (complete with
FSP) on bare metal and from coreboot. It allows checking of things like
CPU speed, comparing registers, ACPI tables and the like.
When U-Boot is not the first-stage bootloader much of this code is not
needed and can break booting. Add checks for this to the FSP code.
Rather than checking for the amount of available SDRAM, just use 1GB in
this situation, which should be safe. Using 2GB may run into a memory
hole on some SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is useful to dump ACPI tables in U-Boot to see what has been generated.
Add a command to handle this.
To allow the command to find the tables, add a position into the global
data.
Support subcommands to list and dump the tables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
We always write three basic tables to ACPI at the start. Move this into
its own function, along with acpi_fill_header(), so we can write a test
for this code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this code to a generic location so that we can test it with sandbox.
This requires adding a few new fields to acpi_ctx, so drop the local
variables used in the original code.
Also use mapmem to avoid pointer-to-address casts which don't work on
sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Call the new core function to permit devices to write their own ACPI
tables. These tables will appear after all other tables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
The current code uses an address but a pointer would result in fewer
casts. Also it repeats the alignment code in a lot of places so this would
be better done in a helper function.
Update write_acpi_tables() to make use of the new acpi_ctx structure,
adding a few helpers to clean things up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
A device may want to write out ACPI tables to describe itself to Linux.
Add a method to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Devices need to report various identifiers in the ACPI tables. Rather than
hard-coding these in drivers it is typically better to put them in the
device tree.
Add a binding file to describe this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The intention here is add a forward declaration, not actually declare a
variable. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
* don't copy GUIDs for no reason
* shorten print format strings by using variable names
* don't use the run-time table to access exported functions
* check the result of malloc() (fixes Coverity CID 300331)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For EFI_PERSISTENT_MEMORY_TYPE the 'efidebug memmap' command produces an
illegal memory access.
* Add the missing descriptive string for EFI_PERSISTENT_MEMORY_TYPE.
* Replace the check for EFI_MAX_MEMORY_TYPE by the ARRAY_SIZE() macro.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 300336)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
* Do not recreate a variable name that we already have as u16 string.
* Check the return value of malloc()
* EFI_NOT_FOUND cannot occur for a variable name returned by
GetNextVariableName(). Remove a print statement.
* Don't copy a GUID for no reason.
* Don't use the run-time service table to call exported functions.
* Don't pass NULL to show_efi_boot_opt_data() (fixes Coverity CID 300338).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In subsequent patches UEFI variables shalled be stored on the EFI system
partition. Hence we need to identify the EFI system partition.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Up to now for MBR and GPT partitions the info field 'bootable' was set to 1
if either the partition was an EFI system partition or the bootable flag
was set.
Turn info field 'bootable' into a bit mask with separate bits for bootable
and EFI system partition.
This will allow us to identify the EFI system partition in the UEFI
sub-system.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_free_pool() and efi_delete_handle() both check if their argument is
NULL. The caller should not duplicate this check.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If udisksctl is present
test/py/tests/test_efi_secboot/conftest.py
fails because the disk image is never mounted.
Normal users can only mount fuse file systems. Unfortunately fusefat is
still in an experimental state and seems not to work here correctly.
So as we have to be root or use the sudo command anyway delete all coding
referring to udisksctl.
--
We should not use mount point /mnt as this directory or one of its
sub-directories might already be in use as active mount points. Instead
create a new directory in the build root as mount point.
--
Remove debug print statements that have been commented out. print without
parentheses is anyway invalid in Python 3. And pytest anyway filters out
the output if there is no exception reported.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
LS2088A-RDB has CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE value correctly set as
"fsl-ls2088a-rdb-qspi" for QSPI secure/non-secure boot and TFA
non-secure boot mode.
Fix the value for TFA secure boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Probe the FMan MACs based on the device tree while
retaining the legacy code/functionality.
One notable change introduced here is that, for DM_ETH,
the name of the interfaces is corrected to the fmX-macY
format, that avoids the referral to the MAC block names
which were incorrect for FMan v3 devices (i.e. DTSEC,
TGEC) and had weird formatting (i.e. FM1@DTSEC6, FM1@TGEC1).
The legacy code is left unchanged in this respect.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Introduce the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager nodes in the LS1046ARDB
device tree. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager v3 device tree nodes for the
LS1046A SoC. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Introduce the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager nodes in the LS1043ARDB
device tree. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA 1 Frame Manager v3 device tree nodes for the
LS1043A SoC. The device tree fragments are copied over with little
modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA Frame Manager v3 device tree nodes description.
The device tree fragments are copied over with little modification
from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Drop useless environment variable installer and qspi_bootcmd
for ls1012afrwy.
Only 2 MB nor flash in ls1012afrwy. So cannot get kernel(30 MB) from
the nor flash, then drop it.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Rename fsl-ls1028a-qds.dts to fsl-ls1028a-qds.dtsi so that
it can be used as common device tree for lpuart and duart.
Add lpuart device tree and duart device tree respectively
for qds which are used with duart and lpuart console.
Signed-off-by: Vabhav Sharma <vabhav.sharma@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuantian Tang <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
mux changes in board file to enable lpuart1 and macro
define for lpuart1 used for mux changes in board configuation
register 13
Signed-off-by: Vabhav Sharma <vabhav.sharma@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuantian Tang <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_ETH and CONFIG_DM_MDIO and related configs for the
LX2160ARDB board.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_ETH and CONFIG_DM_MDIO and related configs for the
LS2088ARDB board.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_ETH and CONFIG_DM_MDIO and related configs for the
LS1088ARDB board.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In order to maintain compatibility with the Linux DTS, the entire fsl-mc
node is added but instead of being probed by a dedicated bus driver it
will be a simple-mfd.
Also, annotate the external MDIO nodes and describe the PHYs (8 x
VSC8514, AQR105). Also, add phy-handles for the dpmacs to their
associated PHY.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In order to maintain compatibility with the Linux DTS, the entire fsl-mc
node is added but instead of being probed by a dedicated bus driver it
will be a simple-mfd.
Also, annotate the external MDIO nodes and describe the PHYs (4 x AQR405
and 4 x CS4340). Also, add phy-handles for the dpmacs to their
associated PHY.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In order to maintain compatibility with the Linux DTS, the entire fsl-mc
node is added but instead of being probed by a dedicated bus driver it
will be a simple-mfd.
Also, annotate the EMDIO1 node and describe the 2 AR8035 RGMII PHYs and
the 2 AQR107 PHYs. Also, add phy-handles for the dpmacs to their
associated PHY.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the External MDIO1 device node found in the WRIOP global memory
region. This is needed for management of external PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the External MDIO1 device node found in the WRIOP global memory
region. This is needed for management of external PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the External MDIO device nodes found in the WRIOP global memory
region. This is needed for management of external PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In case CONFIG_DM_ETH is enabled, no hardcoding is necessary for
DPAA2 Ethernet devices. Compile out any unnecessary setup when
CONFIG_DM_ETH is activated.
Also, force the PCI devices to be enumerated at probe time.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In case CONFIG_DM_ETH is enabled, no hardcoding is necessary for
DPAA2 Ethernet devices. Compile out any unnecessary setup when
CONFIG_DM_ETH is activated.
Also, force the PCI devices to be enumerated at probe time.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Make any adjustments necessary in order to support DPAA2 devices probed
using CONFIG_DM_ETH. While at it, fixup some styling issues aroung the
switch-case statement.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
When CONFIG_DM_ETH is enabled DPAA2 network interfaces will now probe
based on DTS nodes with the "fsl,qoriq-mc-dpmac" compatible.
In this case, transform the ldpaa_eth driver into a UCLASS_ETH driver
and reuse the _open()/_tx()/_stop() functions already inplemented.
For the moment, the ldpaa_eth driver will support both configurations:
with or without CONFIG_DM_ETH enabled. Any 'struct eth_device' occurrence
now has a matching 'struct udevice' made mutually exclusive based on the
state of CONFIG_DM_ETH.
Signed-off-by: Florin Laurentiu Chiculita <florinlaurentiu.chiculita@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add a driver for the MDIO interface integrated in the mEMAC (Multi-rate
Ethernet Media Access Controller) and the Fman 10G Ethernet MACs.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In case of a power interruption, human intervention is required which
is not desirable if the device is installed at a remote location. Drop
yellow LED as it is not much of use. Keep red LED(diy-led) as it is, to
indicate board in full power mode.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Remove DT nodes which are not used by U-Boot, like audio and video in/out
nodes. This saves about 35 kiB on the resulting U-Boot binary without any
impact on functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Most of the SPI flash devices in rockchip (rk3399)
are 16MiB size. So, let's use the script offset at
the end of 8K.
This way it cannot overlap any offsets being used
by software components in flash layout.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add distro boot command support for SPI flash (SF).
This distro boot will read the boot script at specific
location at the flash and start sourcing the same.
This file need to include on required include/config
file.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Commit: 0ebb261a0b2d ("spi: spi-mem: Add SPI_MEM_NO_DATA to the spi_mem_data_dir enum")
in linux.
When defining spi_mem_op templates we don't necessarily know the size
that will be passed when the template is actually used, and basing the
supports_op() check on op->data.nbytes to know whether there will be
data transferred for a specific operation is not possible.
Add SPI_MEM_NO_DATA to the spi_mem_data_dir enum so that we can base
our checks on op->data.dir instead of op->data.nbytes.
This also fixes a bug identified with the atmel-quaspi driver.
The spi-nor core, when erasing sectors, fills the spi_mem_op template
using SPI_MEM_OP_NO_DATA, which initializes all the data members with
value zero. This is wrong because data.dir is treated as SPI_MEM_DATA_IN,
which translates in our driver to read accesses for erases (RICR), while
the controller expects write accesses (WICR).
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The s25fl256s0 supports dual and quad read like s25fl256s1.
Enable it by adding SPI_NOR_DUAL_READ and SPI_NOR_QUAD_READ
flags to the flash_info entry.
Tested on real silicon and confirmed to be working.
Signed-off-by: Bacem Daassi <Bacem.Daassi@cypress.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
"assigned-clock-parents" and "assigned-clock-rates" DT properties take
effect only after ofdata_to_platdata() when clk_set_defaults() is called
in device_probe(). Therefore clk get rate() would return a wrong value
in ofdata_to_platdata() when compared with probe. Hence it needs to be
moved to probe.
Tested on u-boot-ti/next.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
hweight32 is a somewhat expensive way to check for power-of-2. Use the
is_power_of_2 helper, which does the standard and cheap idiom
foo&(foo-1)==0.
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/1 up/down: 0/-96 (-96)
Function old new delta
spi_nor_write 388 292 -96
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Acked-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
To support the SPI MEM API, instead of modifying the existing U-Boot
driver, this patch adds a port of the existing Linux driver.
This also has the advantage that porting changes and fixes from Linux will
be easier.
Porting of driver left most of the functions unchanged while few of the
changes are:
-Remove lock(mutexes) and irq handler as u-boot is a single core execution.
-Remove invalid masterid as it was required specially for multicore
execution in LS2088ARDB which is not the case in u-boot.
-Remove clock support as changing spi speed is not supported in uboot and
nor in linux.
Currently tested on LS1088ARDB, LS1012ARDB, LS1046ARDB, LS1046AFRWY,
LS1043AQDS, LS1021ATWR, LS2088ARDB, I.MX6ULL EVK.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When moving the PHYLIB PHY drivers around in Kconfig we did not at the
same time perform a careful migration of the related drivers and
sub-options. This lead to the case where previously Kconfig-enabled
driver choices were now disabled on some platforms. Correct this by
enabling both the PHY driver and sub-option on the above referenced
platforms.
Fixes: af2cbfd6b9 ("drivers: net: Provide Kconfig menu for PHYLIB")
Fixes: 8728c97eff ("configs: Re-sync")
Reported-by: Dario <dario86@tutamail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently generic-asm-offsets.h and asm-offsets.h are generated based
on U-Boot proper config options. The same asm-offsets headers are used
for building U-Boot SPL/TPL, which causes potential offset mismatch if
U-Boot proper has different config options from U-Boot SPL/TPL.
This commit adds:
spl/include/generated/(generic-)asm-offsets.h
tpl/include/generated/(generic-)asm-offsets.h
spl/include/generated/(generic-)asm-offsets.h is generated if
CONFIG_SPL=y, and included when building SPL.
tpl/include/generated/(generic-)asm-offsets.h is generated if
CONFIG_TPL=y, and included when building TPL.
They are created before Kbuild descends into SPL/TPL object directories
and builds $(obj)/dts/dt-platdata.o because $(obj)/dts/dt-platdata.c
includes a bunch of headers.
Prepend -I$(obj)/include to $(UBOOTINCLUDE) so (generic-)asm-offsets.h
is searched in {spl,tpl}/include/generated/.
Requested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Synchronize R-Car Gen3 device trees with Linux 5.6.2,
commit 9fbe5c87eaa9b72db08425c52c373eb5f6537a0a .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Synchronize R-Car Gen2 device trees with Linux 5.6.2,
commit 9fbe5c87eaa9b72db08425c52c373eb5f6537a0a .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The r8a779{5,6,65}_salvator-x and r8a779{5,6,65}_ulcb_defconfig were
building the same target, except for the default DT. The default DT is
however only a detail, as the actual DT to be used to configure U-Boot
is detected automatically based on the CPU ID, hence the default DT is
not meaningful. Unify each three defconfigs per board to reduce the
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
- fix sd-emmc controller A init on G12A/G12B/SM1 SoCs
- add GXBB USB PHY driver
- enable access to SPI NOR Flash on VIM2 and VIM3/VIM3L boards
- fix USB PHYs Power-Up on on VIM3/VIM3L boards
The file <board name>-u-boot.dtsi inculde automatically by the build
system, no need to add this to dts file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move GIC redistributor tables initialization to CPU setup function.
This patch introduces a GIC redistributor tables init function, and
moves the function of reserving memory for GIC redistributor tables
to soc.c and adds a argument for the memory size to reserve, BTW
rename the function so that it is more readable.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
As the lower 16bit of the redistributor pending table is reserved
for describing the memory attributes, we must give a 64KB aligned
address to the GIC LPI initialization function.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Program the GIC redistributor tables only when succeeded to reserve memory
for them, otherwise kernel will lose the chance to program them using
allocated memory.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The initialization of gd->arch.resv_ram pointer should depend on if the
RESV_RAM config is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The WRLVL_START values are optimized for old DDR MTA18ASF1G72AZ.
Update DDR struct to set new WRLVL_START values so that the new DIMM
MTA18ADF2G72AZ get optimized and the old DIMM still works.
Signed-off-by: Yuantian Tang <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The default reserved memory for CMA is high memory. If LPAE is enabled,
highmem pages are non-remapped and can not be used with
dma_alloc_coherent. Reserving low memory for CMA is needed for LS1021A.
This patch appends the related CMA configuration to bootargs.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
dwc3-sti-glue has been broken since MISC uclass has been
modified to scan DT sub-nodes after bind.
Fixing it by a using the no-op uclass.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Solve issue for the display of "usb start" command on stm32mp1
because one carriage return is missing in DWC2 probe.
Before the patch:
STM32MP> usb start
starting USB...
Bus usb-otg@49000000: Bus usbh-ehci@5800d000: USB EHCI 1.00
after the patch:
STM32MP> usb start
starting USB...
Bus usb-otg@49000000: USB DWC2
Bus usbh-ehci@5800d000: USB EHCI 1.00
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Assert reset before deassert in dwc2_reset;
this patch solve issues when the DWC2 registers are already
initialized with value incompatible with host mode.
Force a hardware reset of the IP reset all the DWC2 registers at
default value, the host driver start with a clean state
(Core Soft reset doen in dwc_otg_core_reset is not enought
to reset all register).
The error can occurs in U-Boot when DWC2 device gadget driver
force device mode (called by ums or dfu command, before to execute
the usb start command).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add support for clock with driver model.
This patch don't added dependency because when CONFIG_CLK
is not activated the clk function are stubbed.
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Use generic phy to initialize the PHY associated to the
DWC2 device and available in the device tree.
This patch don't added dependency because when CONFIG_PHY
is not activated, the generic PHY function are stubbed.
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add stub for functions clk_...() when CONFIG_CLK is deactivated.
This patch avoids compilation issues for driver using these API
without protection (#if CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CLK))
For example, before this patch we have undefined reference to
`clk_disable_bulk') for code:
clk_disable_bulk(&priv->clks);
clk_release_bulk(&priv->clks);
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
roc-rk3399-pc has an FE1.1 USB 2.0 HUB which connects two USB ports
(HOST1 and HOST2). For end devices to work we need to enable USB hub
so that HOST detects there presence and enumerates them accordingly.
This requires explicit pinctrl within gpio enablement.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use ofnode_decode_display_timing() instead of
fdtdec_decode_display_timing() to parse display timing, so that we can
support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Power on/off the PHYs to enable power to the USB ports, fixing USB support
on Khadas VIM3/VIM3L boards.
The G12A USB complex has at least 2 USB2 PHYs, but one is muxed between the
DWC2 and DWC3 controller and the other one directly connected to the DWC3
controller. The USB3+PCIe combo PHY is muxed between the DWC3 controller
and a DW-PCIE controller.
All PHYs are optional, but it's type (usb2/usb3) and position are important
to determine it's capabilities, thus they are stored in a fixed size
array and the phy-name determines it's position, it's position determining
it's type and functionnalities.
This is why we need to loop over the array to power on all the DT provided
PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Enable the SPI flash controller and reduce the usable eMMC data pins to 4
to permit using the on-board SPI NOR Flash.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Activate the on-board SPI NOR Flash by enabling the SPI controller and
disabling the DS eMMC pin in the VIM2 u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add missing SD_EMMC_A controller gates needed for probe of the A
controller, otherwise leading to a freeze of the SoC after b3d69aa596.
Fixes: b3d69aa596 ("clk: meson: reset mmc clock on probe")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
- brcmnand: fix missing code path from Linux driver
- bmips: fix build error when disabling USB
- mips: add option to restore original exception vector base
- mips: fix off-by-one error when clearing gd_data
- mips: minor fixes for compatibility with generic SPL framework
- spl: refactor legacy image loading
- spl: add LZMA decompression support for legacy images
- Makefile: add target to build LZMA compressed U-Boot images
- mtmips: refactor and rewrite low-level init code
- mtmips: add and enable SPL support with LZMA
- mtmips: add support for MT7628 reference board
- mtmips: add support for VoCore/VoCore2 board
Here we introduce new development platfrom for ARC: HSDK 4xD.
That's pretty much the same base-board as in HSDK but with
very recent quad-core ARC HS47D in the ASIC.
Thus we try to re-use existing code as much as possible while
inevitably add some pieces needed for the new ASIC.
Also we drop selection of bounce buffers on AXS10x
as there's no use of them any longer.
At this point LLVM-7 is rather old. Switch over to LLVM-10 to enable
some amount of CI coverage with newer compilers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point LLVM-7 is rather old. Switch over to LLVM-10 to enable
some amount of CI coverage with newer compilers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Copy the .its source file selected by CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SOURCE
in builddir and in a file named "u-boot.its".
This patch avoid compilation issue when CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SOURCE is used
and KBUILD_OUTPUT is defined, in buildman for example.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Remove the unneeded define TFTP_MTU_BLOCKSIZE.
Since the KConfig migration done by commit b618b37076 ("net:
Convert CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE to Kconfig"), CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE
is always defined and can be used directly to avoid confusion
(fallback to 1468 in code is never used).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add help message for the CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE default value,
as explain in tftp.c before migration in commit b618b37076
("net: Convert CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As u-boot doesn't support the metadata_csum feature, writing to a
filesystem with this feature enabled will fail, as expected. However,
during the process, a journal state check is performed, which could
result in:
- a fs recovery if the fs wasn't umounted properly
- the fs being marked dirty
Both these cases result in a superblock change, leading to a mismatch
between the superblock checksum and its contents. Therefore, Linux will
consider the filesystem heavily corrupted and will require e2fsck to be
run manually to boot.
By bypassing the journal state check, this patch ensures the superblock
won't be corrupted if the filesystem has metadata_csum feature enabled.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ferraris <arnaud.ferraris@collabora.com>
For non-root users mkfs.vfat is not in the search path at least on Debian.
Hence when running 'make tests' a message indicates that file system tests
have been skipped:
SKIPPED [13] test/py/tests/test_fs/conftest.py:340: Setup failed for
filesystem: fat16
This message is not really helpful as the executed program is not
indicated. Provide a more complete message like
SKIPPED [13] test/py/tests/test_fs/conftest.py:340: Setup failed for
filesystem: fat16.
Command 'mkfs.vfat -F 16 build-sandbox/persistent-data/3GB.fat16.img'
returned non-zero exit status 127.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a valid reference for the deflate format.
Reformat the ALGORITHM and REFERENCES comments.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Copy parse-headers.pl from Linux kernel tree:
* fix the parameter description %s/--man/--usage/
* fix a documentation reference
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
readthedocs.org allows to automatically generate and publish the HTML
documentation for the U-Boot project.
Add a file controlling building https://u-boot.readthedocs.io/.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We have a board with several revisions. The older ones use a nor flash
with 64k erase size, while the newer have a flash with 4k sectors. The
environment size is 8k.
Currently, we have to put a column containing 0x10000 (64k) in
fw_env.config in order for it to work on the older boards. But that
ends up wasting quite a lot of time on the newer boards that could
just erase the 8k occupied by the environment - strace says the 64k
erase takes 0.405 seconds. With this patch, as expected, that's about
an 8-fold better, at 0.043 seconds.
Having different fw_env.config files for the different revisions is
highly impractical, and the correct information is already available
right at our fingertips. So use the erasesize returned by the
MEMGETINFO ioctl when the fourth and fifth columns (sector size and
#sectors, respectively) are absent or contain 0, a case where the
logic previously used to use the environment size as erase size (and
consequently computed ENVSECTORS(dev) as 1).
As I'm only testing this on a NOR flash, I'm only changing the logic
for that case, though I think it should be possible for the other
types as well.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
As of today 'random' command return 1 (CMD_RET_FAILURE) in case
of successful execution and 0 (CMD_RET_SUCCESS) in case of bad
arguments. Fix that.
NOTE: we remove printing usage information from command body
so it won't print twice.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Small patch to add support for VoCore/VoCore2 board.
VoCore is open hardware and runs OpenWrt/LEDE.
It has WIFI, USB, UART, 20+ GPIOs but is only one inch square.
It will help you to make a smart house, study embedded system
or even make the tiniest router in the world.
Details about this SoM can be found at "https://vocore.io/v2.html".
Signed-off-by: Mauro Condarelli <mc5686@mclink.it>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The current implementations have some issues detecting the correct
values:
dqs_find_max() will return "last passing fieldval + 1" instead of
"last passing fieldval". Also it will return "maxval + 1" in the
case that all fieldvals are tested valid (without error).
dqs_find_min() will not test the "lowest" value because of using ">"
instead of ">=".
This patch now rewrites these functions to fix those issues. Also,
this patch uses the same approach of a for loop in both functions making
it easier to read and maintain.
Since the variables are integers now, we can use min()/max(), which
handles the wrap around case for fieldval=0: return (0 - 1).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This change is made to enable comparison of integer variables, which
might be negative in the next patch. No functional change is intended
in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This function returns "-1" (true) upon error. So the function name does
not match its implementation which is confusing. This patch renames the
function to dqs_test_error() which makes the code easier to read.
Also change the return type to bool and return "true" or "false".
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Since SPL now uses malloc to allocate the buffer for the compressed
image before decompression to the destination address, we need to
configure a big enough malloc space in SPL. 256k seems to be big
enough even for the GARDENA board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for mt7628 reference board. SPL_DM and DT are not
enabled for SPL to save about 17KiB for u-boot-spl.bin.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch enables SPL for all mtmips boards. And also remove defconfig
files which are intend to build ram bootable u-boot files.
SPL_DM and OF_CONTROL are enabled for both boards.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds SPL support for mtmips platform. The lowlevel architecture
is split into SPL and the rest parts are built into a memory loadable
u-boot image. Optional SPL_DM and OF_CONTROL are also supported.
The increment of size is very small (< 10 KiB) if SPL_DM and OF_CONTROL are
not enabled and the memory bootable u-boot (u-boot.img) is generated
automatically so there is not need to add a separate config for it.
A lzma compressed payload (u-boot-lzma.img) is also generated and it will
be combined with u-boot-spl.bin to form the unified ROM bootable binary
u-boot-mtmips.bin.
A spl loader is added to support uncompress the payload.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch rewrites the mtmips architecture with the following changes:
1. Move MT7628 soc parts into a subfolder.
2. Lock parts of D-Cache as temporary stack.
3. Reimplement DDR initialization in C language.
4. Reimplement DDR calibration in a clear logic.
5. Add full support for auto size detection for DDR1 and DDR2.
6. Use accurate CPU clock depending on the input xtal frequency for timer
and delay functions.
Note:
print_cpuinfo() has incompatible parts with MT7620 so it's moved into
mt7628 subfolder.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The initial stack on some platforms is too small to hold a large malloc
space. This patch adds a option to allow these platforms not reserving the
malloc space on initial stack. These platforms should set the malloc base
after DRAM is usable.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Currently CONFIG_MIPS_INIT_STACK_IN_SRAM assumes the memory space for the
initial stack can be used directly. However on some platform the SRAM needs
initialization, e.g. lock cache.
This patch adds an option to allow a new function mips_sram_init() being
called before setup_stack_gd.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for decompressing LZMA compressed u-boot payload
in legacy uImage format.
Using this patch together with u-boot-lzma.img may be useful for some
platforms as they can reduce the size and load time of u-boot payload.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
With the if statement now for the legacy image handling, the compiler
now generates this compile time warning:
common/spl/spl_nor.c:27:6: warning: unused variable 'ret' [-Wunused-variable]
This patch removes this warning by changing the 'ret' variable handling.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for generating LZMA compressed u-boot image.
The compressed image can be used for SPL to reduce the size of the u-boot
binary.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds a new pinmux for UART2, which shares the pins with SPIS.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
SoCs of mtmips can use different CPU frequencies depending on the HW/SW
configurations. For example mt7628 uses 580MHz clock if the input xtal
frequency is 40MHz, and 575MHz clock if the xtal is 25MHz. Upon cold boot
the CPU uses the xtal frequency directly.
So hardcoding the timer frequency (half of the CPU frequency) in
CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_TIMER_FREQ is not a good idea for this case.
This patch adds a mtmips-specific field timer_freq to arch_global_data.
This field will be used later in mtmips-specific get_tbclk() to provide
accurate timer frequency in different boot stage.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Some chips provide their sysreset function in reset controller, which is
normally a bit written to 1 to perform the sysreset.
This patch adds a new sysreset driver to take advantage of it.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds a MIPS specific jump_to_image_no_args() implementation,
which flushes the U-Boot proper image loaded from the boot device in
SPL before jumping to it.
It has been noticed on MT76x8, that this cache flush is needed. Other
MIPS platforms might need it as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
u_boot_list is not only used by DM, but also by some SPL image load methods
such as spl_nor.c.
This patch adds an option CONFIG_SPL_LOADER_SUPPORT in conjunction with
CONFIG_SPL_DM surrounding the u_boot_list section to make sure SPL image
loaders can be correctly built into u-boot SPL without DM enabled.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
If CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL is enabled for SPL and CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE is also
enabled, the dtb will be appended to the u-boot-spl.bin.
When calling dm_init_and_scan() in SPL, fdtdec_setup() will try to locate
dtb at the end of u-boot-spl.bin, by referencing to _image_binary_end.
However _image_binary_end is currently missing in u-boot-spl.lds.
This patch adds _image_binary_end to u-boot-spl.lds to make sure linking
u-boot-spl will not fail.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
When setting up initial stack, global data will also be put in the stack,
and being cleared.
The assembler instructions for clearing gd is as follows:
move t0, k0
1:
PTR_S zero, 0(t0)
blt t0, t1, 1b
PTR_ADDIU t0, PTRSIZE
t0 is the start address of gd, t1 is the end address of gd (t0 + GD_SIZE).
[PTR_ADDIU t0, PTRSIZE] is in the delay slot of [blt t0, t1, 1b], so it
will be executed before the branch operation.
However the comparison for the BLT instruction is done before executing the
delay slot. This means when the last word just before k1 is cleared, the
loop will continue to run once. This will clear an extra word at k1, which
is outside the global data.
Global data is placed at the top of the stack. If the initial stack is a
SRAM or locked cache, the area outside them may be inaccessible. A write
operation performed in this area may cause an exception.
To solve this, [PTR_ADDIU t0, PTRSIZE] should be placed before the BLT
instruction.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Both mt7620 and mt7628 has the same cache configuration. There is no need
to use CONFIG_SYS_CACHE_SIZE_AUTO to probe it at runtime.
Add them into Kconfig to reduce some code size.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
In U-Boot the exception vector base will be moved to top of memory, to be
used to display register dump when exception occurs.
But some old linux kernel does not honor the base set in CP0_EBASE. A
modified exception vector base will cause kernel crash.
This patch adds an option to enable reset exception vector base to its
previous value, or a user configured value before booting linux kernel.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Currently, if usb is disabled the following error is produced:
CC drivers/usb/host/ohci-hcd.o
drivers/usb/host/ohci-hcd.c: In function ‘usb_lowlevel_init’:
drivers/usb/host/ohci-hcd.c:2057:35: error: ‘CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_REGS_BASE’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE’?
gohci.regs = (struct ohci_regs *)CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_REGS_BASE;
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE
drivers/usb/host/ohci-hcd.c:2057:35: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
drivers/usb/host/ohci-hcd.c:2061:20: error: ‘CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_SLOT_NAME’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS’?
gohci.slot_name = CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_SLOT_NAME;
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Linux Broadcom NAND driver only disabled clock if no childs are initialized.
This section of the code seems to have been accidentally dropped when it was
imported in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
The end_cmd field in the variables cmd_phase_addr and data_phase_addr
contains the value 0xFF when the end_cmd equals NAND_CMD_NONE. This
should be 0x00.
This is caused by comparing NAND_CMD_NONE (int) with end_cmd (u8).
end_cmd will be promoted by the int value -1 and therefore is not equal
to 0xFF. Solved by casting NAND_CMD_NONE to u8 which will avoid int
promotion.
Signed-off-by: Patrick van Gelder <patrick.vangelder@nl.bosch.com>
Reviewed-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
nand_scan_tail() function allocates memory dynamically for
struct nand_buffers which needs ~21kbytes of memory. But the
memory alloted with CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN is 4k which is insufficient.
Increase CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN to 32Kbytes from which struct
nand_buffers uses ~21kbytes & remaining memory is used for other.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add memory-controller@e000e000 node in zynq-ces-nand.dts as
zynq_nand driver utilizes flash@e1000000 node. Without this
dt node mini nand u-boot does not probe.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
- Do not use irps54012 as device node which is not correct.
- Fix addresses of irps5401/u180 on zcu104 revisions.
- Remove clock-cells property. It is PMIC without any clock output.
- Define irps5401 nodes in zynqmp-e-a2197
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
As we've dropped NAND support for AXS101 and AXS103
see commit 4f5e552d95 ("ARC: AXS10x: drop NAND support")
we don't need bounce buffer anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Create special function for reading bootmode on Versal and ZynqMP.
Zynq is using specific function (without mask) already.
Future patches will be calling this function from different location too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add label to GPIO lines controlling boot mode and POR EMIO pins so System
Controller can assert those lines on Versal.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Nowshadi <saeed.nowshadi@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable mux based clocks to populate LPD_LSBUS clock to xilinx_wwdt
driver. Skip reading clock rate for the mux based clocks with
parent clock id is zero.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Stack size has been introduced by commit a69814c815 ("arm64: zynqmp:
Set initrd_high to as high as possible") and commit 085201c246 ("arm64:
versal: Set initrd_high to as high as possible")
to support setting up initrd_high as high as possible.
The same change should happen for Zynq because the code is moved to xilinx
common location.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Both of them have nand controller that's why it is good to enable it
because these configurations are also covered by testing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Currently, the entry "bus-width = <8>" in the ZynqMP's sdhci nodes
is not evaluated. This results in the bus width staying at its default
value (4 bit in HS200 mode).
Fix this by calling mmc_of_parse. This function also checks for the
"no-1-8-v" and "max-frequency" entries. Remove the handling of those
nodes from this driver.
Signed-off-by: Benedikt Grassl <Benedikt.Grassl@rohde-schwarz.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Use register intstead of static variable to store HSDK init status as
we want to avoid the situation when we reload U-boot via MDB after
previous init is done but HW reset (board reset) isn't done. So
let's store the init status in unused register - CREG_CPU_0_ENTRY
so status will survive after U-boot is reloaded via MDB.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
For HSDK-4xD we do additional AXI bridge tweaking while doing
hsdk_init command:
- we shrink IOC region.
- we configure ARC HS CORE SLV1 aperture depending on
haps_apb_location environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Add support for CSM enable/disable and CSM relocation via
hsdk_init command. We allow to relocate CSM to the beginning of
any aperture even if HW support finer granularity.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
HSDK-4xD has other GPU type so it consumes only GPU core clock.
Even we have additional GPU clock dividers they are not routed
to anything. So drop information about those additional clocks
in hsdk_clock print_all command.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Add quirk for HSDK-4xD - due to HW issues HSDK can use any pulse
polarity but HSDK-4xD require active low polarity of cpu_start pulse.
So use low polarity of cpu_start pulse for both board.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Split HSDK and HSDK-4xD device tree files so they can have
different model names.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Add initial HSDK-4xD board support.
The ARC HS4x/HS4xD Development Kit includes a multicore ARC HS4xD-based
chip that integrates a wide range of interfaces including Ethernet,
HDMI, WiFi, Bluetooth, USB, SDIO, I2C, SPI, UART, I2S, ADC, PWM and
GPIO, as well as a Think Silicon GPU.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
In case of DSP extension presence in HW some instructions
(related to integer multiply, multiply-accumulate, and divide
operation) executes on this DSP execution unit. So their
execution will depend on dsp configuration register (DSP_CTRL)
As we want these instructions to execute the same way regardless
of DSP presence we need to set DSP_CTRL properly.
NOTE:
we do the same adjustments in Linux kernel, see in kernel tree:
commit 4827d0cf744e ("ARC: handle DSP presence in HW")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Enable configs to support USB in Arria 10.
CONFIG_CMD_USB=y
CONFIG_USB=y
CONFIG_DM_USB=y
CONFIG_USB_DWC2=y
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
The rk_edp.c and rk_lvds.c files reference rk_setreg which is declared in
hardware.h so include it so the drivers build. Adjust rk_lvds.c so
includes are in alphabetical order while updating.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
There is no need to cast from (void *) before assigning to a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we are using absolute paths we can remove some of the sys.path
mangling that appears in the tools.
We only need to add the path to 'tools/' so that everything can find
modules relative to that directory.
The special paths for finding pylibfdt remain.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present patman sets the python path on startup so that it can access
the libraries it needs. If we convert to use absolute imports this is not
necessary.
Move patman to use absolute imports. This requires changes in tools which
use the patman libraries (which is most of them).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present binman sets the python path on startup so that it can access
the libraries it needs. If we convert to use absolute imports this is not
necessary.
Move binman to use absolute imports. This enables removable of the path
adjusting in Entry also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present buildman sets the python path on startup so that it can access
the libraries it needs. If we convert to use absolute imports this is not
necessary.
Move buildman to use absolute imports. Also adjust moveconfig.py too since
it uses some buildman modules and cannot work without this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Running all the unit tests takes a while and is not useful when you are
just modifying the tools. Add an option to run only the tools tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python does not like the module name being the same as the module
directory. To allow buildman modules to be used from other tools, rename
it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python does not like the module name being the same as the module
directory. To allow dtoc modules to be used from other tools, rename
it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python does not like the module name being the same as the module
directory. To allow buildman modules to be used from other tools, rename
it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This script already works with Python 3. Make it use that by default so
that it can import the patman libraries.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python does not like the module name being the same as the module
directory. To allow patman modules to be used from other tools, rename
it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present buildman does not write its own output files (err, done, the
environment) when using -w. However this is useful for when the build is
run with -s to check it.
In fact ProduceResultSummary() reads the result from those files rather
than using the 'result' info directly. So ProcessResult() does not work
with -w at present. It does not print any output.
Fix this by writing output files even when -w is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the environment used by U-Boot is written to the 'env'
directory. This is fine when the output directory is not the same as the
source directory, but when it is (as with -w) it conflicts with the source
directory of the same name.
Rename 'env' to 'out-env' to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is a bad idea to use the default output directory ('..') with -w since
it does a build in that directory and writes various files these.
Require that -o is given to avoid this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fdt_region APIs are not part of libfdt. They are U-Boot extension
for the verified boot. Split the declarations related to fdt_region
out of <fdt_region.h>. This allows <linux/libfdt.h> to become a
simple wrapper file, like Linux does.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
My goal is to sync lib/libfdt/ with scripts/dtc/libfdt/, that is,
make lib/libfdt/ contain only wrapper files.
fdt_region.c was written only for U-Boot to implement the verified
boot. So, this belongs to the same group as common/fdt_support.c,
which is a collection of U-Boot own fdt helpers.
Move lib/libfdt/fdt_region.c to common/fdt_region.c . This is
necessary only when CONFIG_(SPL_TPL_)_FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
There is no essential difference between scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt_ro.c
and lib/libfdt/fdt_ro.c
Migrate to a simple wrapper like the other files.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
The build currently fails with
drivers/spi/mpc8xxx_spi.c:64:3: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘dev_err’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
...
drivers/spi/built-in.o: In function `mpc8xxx_spi_set_speed':
drivers/spi/mpc8xxx_spi.c:227: undefined reference to `dev_err'
Fixes: 4856cc7a97 (mpc8xxx_spi: implement real ->set_speed)
Fixes: 1a7b462dee (mpc8xxx_spi: put max_cs to use)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The free() function checks if its argument is NULL. It is superfluous to do
the same check on the calling side.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The Cubieboard is a single board computer containing a
Actions S700 SoC(with 4 ARMv8 Cortex-A53 cores).
This patch adds respective defconfig alongwith .dts(copied
from Linux v5.5-rc6 with hash "b3a987b0264d").
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
This patch moves some of the config options from bubblegum_96_defconfig
to respective Kconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
Devices like uart and clk are needed to be enabled before relocation.
this patch adds u-boot.dtsi file that mark these device as dm-pre-reloc.
Reviewed-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
This patch adds .dtsi file(sync with Linux 5.5-rc6 with hash "b3a987b0264d")
and required binding for S700 SoC that is a 64-bit Quad-core ARM
Cortex-A53 cores.
It also provisions dts file to be built based on selected
platform(CONFIG_MACH_S900/S700).
Reviewed-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
This patch converts S900 clock driver to something common that can
be used for other SoCs, for instance S700(few of clk registers are same).
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
Devices like uart and clk are needed to be enabled before relocation.
This patch adds u-boot.dtsi file that mark these device as dm-pre-reloc.
Reviewed-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
Synchronize device tree bindings with v5.5-rc6 tag with commit id
"b3a987b0264d".
Also, it removes older clock binding defined for S900 along with undocumented
compatible string "actions,s900-serial" from serial driver and adapts clock
driver to cater to new bindings.
Reviewed-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
Now that memory maps(for both S700 and S900 SoCs) can be managed using
a common file, rename sysmap-s900 to sysmap-owl to reflect the same.
Reviewed-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
The free() function checks if its argument is NULL. We should avoid
checking for NULL before calling free like in
if (result->tds)
free(result->tds);
The list of relevant functions differs between Linux and U-Boot, e.g. we
use free().
Adjust the list of relevant functions.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Casting the (void *) output of memory allocation functions before
assignment like in
sata->cmd_hdr_tbl_offset = (void *)malloc(length + align);
is useless.
Adopt the Linux kernel script
scripts/coccinelle/api/alloc/alloc_cast.cocci.
Now 'make coccicheck' generates warnings like:
./drivers/ata/fsl_sata.c:143:29-33:
WARNING: casting value returned by memory allocation function
to (void *) is useless.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
b42841b7bb62 kbuild: Get rid of KBUILD_STR
2aedcd098a94 kbuild: suppress annoying "... is up to date." message
9c8fa9bc08f6 kbuild: fix if_change and friends to consider argument order
ebf003f0cfb3 kbuild: Consolidate header generation from ASM offset information
2982c953570b kbuild: remove redundant $(wildcard ...) for cmd_files calculation
8a78756eb545 kbuild: create object directories simpler and faster
4d4b5c2e3b6e treewide: remove explicit rules for *offsets.s
01d509a48b46 kbuild: remove unimportant comments from ./Kbuild
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
if_changed must have FORCE as a prerequisite.
Add $(obj)/dts/dt-platdata.o to 'targets' so that the corresponding
.cmd file is included.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Remove the references in README on CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C_* not use
in U-Boot drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c, since commit a4d9aafadb ("i2c:
rcar_i2c: Remove the driver") and commit a06a0ac36d ("i2c: rcar_i2c:
Add DM and DT capable I2C driver")
Checked by the command: grep -r SYS_RCAR_I2C *
And these CONFIG are only defined in
arch/arm/mach-rmobile/include/mach/rcar-base.h
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function does not modify the device to change it to use const *, so
that callers with a const udevice * can call it without a cast.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
U-Boot's BDF format has its bits in the same position as the device tree
PCI definition.
Some x86 devices use linux format in their register format and it is
useful to be able to convert to U-Boot format. Add a macro for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a helper function for this operation. Update the strtoul() tests to
check upper case as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There are quite a few string functions in U-Boot with no tests. Make a
start by adding a test for strtoul().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 6293b0361d ("mtd: nand: pxa3xx: add raw read support") added the
local data_len variable in handle_data_pio() to track read size, but
forgot to update the condition of drain_fifo() call. That happens to
work when the layout last_chunk_size != 0. But when last_chunk_size ==
0, drain_fifo() is not called to read the last chunk, which leads to
"Wait timeout!!!" error. Fix this.
Fixes: 6293b0361d ("mtd: nand: pxa3xx: add raw read support")
Cc: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Introduce arch_reserve_mmu to allow for architecture-specific reserve_mmu
routines. Also, define a weak nop stub for it.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As a preparation for turning reserve_mmu into an arch-specific variant,
introduce arm_reserve_mmu on ARM. It implements the default routine for
reserving memory for MMU TLB and needs to be weakly defined in order to allow
for machines to override it.
Without this decoupling, after introducing arch_reserve_mmu, there would be two
weak definitions for it, one in common/board_f.c and one in
arch/arm/lib/cache.c.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the ARM-specific reserve_mmu definition from common/board_f.c
to arch/arm/lib/cache.c.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Solve stm32mp15 pinctrl dts issue (patch conflict in branches master and next)
- Split device tree for DHCOR Som and AV 96 board
- Update PLL4 setting in AV96 board
- Enable bootd, iminfo, imxtract on DHCOM
While the change is correct, generally, it was not intended to be pushed
just yet.
This reverts commit b897306341.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Assorted minor bugfixes.
- Resync fixdep with Linux v5.7-rc1
- Numerous changes to reduce SPL in various cases including when we have
read-only env support.
- Allow mkimage to align the header on FIT images to a specific size.
When moving the PHYLIB PHY drivers around in Kconfig we did not at the
same time perform a careful migration of the related drivers and
sub-options. This lead to the case where previously Kconfig-enabled
driver choices were now disabled on some platforms. Correct this by
enabling both the PHY driver and sub-option on the above referenced
platforms.
Fixes: af2cbfd6b9 ("drivers: net: Provide Kconfig menu for PHYLIB")
Fixes: 8728c97eff ("configs: Re-sync")
Reported-by: Dario <dario86@tutamail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
After checking back on the original commit I can see that these are the
only two platforms to have been broken in the change.
Enable these standard U-Boot commands for image manipulation and for
starting the default boot command using 'boot' command in U-Boot shell.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
At present if buildman reports an error, the travis build still succeeds.
This is because the travis script does not stop when it sees errors; nor
does it automatically return the exit code. Also the current error
checking never triggers since 'ret' is not set.
Fix this by setting 'ret' correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
If given ptr to free() is NULL, no operation is performed.
Hence we can just free buf directly in fit_extract_data().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Without calling munmap(), the follow-up call to open() the same file
with a flag O_TRUNC seems not to cause any issue on Linux, but it fails
on Windows with error like below:
Can't open kernel_fdt.itb.tmp: Permission denied
Fix this by unmapping the memory before closing fd in fit_import_data().
Signed-off-by: Lihua Zhao <lihua.zhao@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
MinGW build for U-Boot tools has been broken for years. The official
support of Windows build is now MSYS2. Remove the MinGW support codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Remove an invalid documentation link in rstFlatTable.py. This synchronizes
the file with Linux next-20200413.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Two nearly concurrent commits (d4d65e112 and bcee8d676) added a
SPL_DM_GPIO symbol. Resolve the duplication in favor of the version
in drivers/gpio/Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
fixdep is a standalone host program, so we can just re-sync it with
the latest Linux in one commit.
I kept the U-Boot own code block surrounded by
/* hack for U-Boot */ ... /* U-boot hack end */.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Since commit f1c6e1922e ("spl: dm: use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED to test for
the DM option"), CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() handles CONFIG_TPL_* options, but
fixdep still cannot because it hard-codes the "SPL_" prefix as follows:
char tmp_buf[256] = "SPL_"; /* hack for U-Boot */
Take care of the "TPL_" prefix too.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Freescale mail addresses are not valid anymore.
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
SPL should not be enlarged by building with CONFIG_HEXDUMP=y.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Do not build image_sign_info helper functions in SPL if not needed.
Fixes: b983cc2da0 ("lib: rsa: decouple rsa from FIT image verification")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The OID registry is only used by crypto functions that are not built in
SPL. So we should not build it in SPL.
Fixes: a9b45e6e83 ("lib: add oid registry utility")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building on a 32bit host the following warning occurs:
tools/image-host.c: In function ‘fit_image_read_data’:
tools/image-host.c:310:42: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of type
‘long int’, but argument 3 has type ‘ssize_t’ {aka ‘int’} [-Wformat=]
printf("Can't read all file %s (read %ld bytes, expexted %ld)\n",
~~^
%d
filename, n, sbuf.st_size);
~
n is of type ssize_t so we should use %zd for printing.
Fixes: 7298e42250 ("mkimage: fit: add support to encrypt image with aes")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FVP now loads an Android boot image named boot.img if available,
otherwise it falls back to the existing code path.
Signed-off-by: Peter Collingbourne <pcc@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The image is usually stored in block device like emmc, SD card, make the
offset of image data aligned to block(512 byte) can avoid data copy
during boot process.
eg. SPL boot from FIT image with external data:
- SPL read the first block of FIT image, and then parse the header;
- SPL read image data separately;
- The first image offset is the base_offset which is the header size;
- The second image offset is just after the first image;
- If the offset of imge does not aligned, SPL will do memcpy;
The header size is a ramdon number, which is very possible not aligned, so
add '-B size'to specify the align size in hex for better performance.
example usage:
./tools/mkimage -E -f u-boot.its -B 0x200 u-boot.itb
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Punit Agrawal <punit1.agrawal@toshiba.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
commit 3bc8088464712fdcb078eefb68837ccfcc413c88 upstream.
Our version check in Documentation/conf.py never envisioned a world where
Sphinx moved beyond 1.x. Now that the unthinkable has happened, fix our
version check to handle higher version numbers correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
[rebase for u-boot]
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Deciding whether to compile the env_sf_save() function based solely on
CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is wrong: For U-Boot proper, it leads to a build
warning in case CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV=n (because the env_save_ptr() macro
causes the function to indeed not be referenced anywhere). And for
SPL, when one selects CONFIG_SPL_SAVEENV, one obviously expects to
actually be able to save the environment.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Removing this ifdef/endif pair yields a "defined but unused warning"
for CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV=n, but that vanishes if we use the ENV_SAVE_PTR
macro instead. This gives slightly better compile testing, and
moreover, it's possible to have
CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV=n
CONFIG_SPL_SAVEENV=y
SPL_ENV_IS_IN_EXT4=y
in which case env_ext4_save would erroneously not be compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Always compile the env_fat_save() function, and let
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SAVEENV) (via the ENV_SAVE_PTR macro) decide whether
it actually ends up being compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The current definition of the env_save_ptr does not take SPL_SAVEENV
into account. Moreover, the way it is implemented means that drivers
need to guard the definitions of their _save methods with ifdefs to
avoid "defined but unused" warnings in case CMD_SAVEENV=n.
The ifdeffery can be avoided by using a "something ? x : NULL"
construction instead and still have the compiler elide the _save
method when it is not referenced. Unfortunately we can't just switch
the existing env_save_ptr macro, since that would give a lot of build
errors unless all the ifdeffery is removed at the same time.
Conversely, removing that ifdeffery first would merely lead to the
"defined but unused" warnings temporarily, but for some storage
drivers it requires a bit more work than just removing their private
CMD_SAVEENV logic.
So introduce an alternative to env_save_ptr, which for lack of a
better name is simply uppercased, allowing one to update storage
drivers piecemeal to both reduce their ifdeffery and honour
CONFIG_SPL_SAVEENV.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Currently, testing whether to compile in support for saving the
environment is a bit awkward when one needs to take SPL_SAVEENV into
account, and quite a few storage drivers currently do not honour
SPL_SAVEENV.
To make it a bit easier to decide whether environment saving should be
enabled, introduce SAVEENV as an alias for the CMD_SAVEENV
symbol. Then one can simply use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SAVEENV)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
After a successful upgrade, multiple problem during boot sequence may
trigger the altbootcmd process.
This patch adds a version and an upgrade_available entries to the
bootcount file to enable/disable the bootcount check.
When failing to read the bootcount file it will consider that bootcount is
enabled, acting as previously, and update the file accordingly.
The bootcount file is only saved when `upgrade_available` is true, this
allows to save writes to the filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Danis <frederic.danis@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The callback member of struct env_entry is always NULL for an SPL
build. Removing it thus saves a bit of run-time memory in the
SPL (when CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT=y) since struct env_entry is embedded
in struct env_entry_node - i.e. about 2KB for the normal case of
512+change hash table entries.
Two small fixups are needed for this, all other references to the
callback member are already under !CONFIG_SPL_BUILD: Don't initialize
.callback in set_flags() - hsearch_r doesn't use that value
anyway. And make env_callback_init() initialize ->callback to NULL for
a new entry instead of relying on an unused or deleted entry having
NULL in ->callback.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In SPL, environment callbacks are not supported, so e->callback is
always NULL. Removing this makes the SPL a little smaller (about 400
bytes in my ppc build) with no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is preparation for compiling out the "call the callback" code and
associated error handling for SPL, where ->callback is always NULL.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
env.h says this about about callback declarations (U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK):
* For SPL these are silently dropped to reduce code size, since environment
* callbacks are not supported with SPL.
So env_callback_init() does a lot of work to not find anything in the
guaranteed empty env_clbk list. Drop callback.o entirely from the link
and stub out the only public function defined in callback.o. This cuts
about 600 bytes from the SPL on my ppc build.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
mt7531 is a 7-ports switch with 5 embedded giga phys, and uses the same
MAC design of mt7530. The cpu port6 supports SGMII only. The cpu port5
supports RGMII or SGMII in different model.
mt7531 is connected to mt7622 via both RGMII and SGMII interfaces.
In this patch, mt7531 cpu port5 or port6 is configured to maximum
capability to align CPU MAC setting.
The dts has been committed in the commit 6efa450565 ("arm: dts:
mediatek: add ethernet and sgmii dts node for mt7622")
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <landen.chao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
The mpc8xx watchdog can work either in 'reset mode' or 'NMI mode'.
The selection can be done at startup only.
It is desirable to select the mode without rebuilding U-boot.
It is also desirable to disable the watchdog without rebuilding.
At watchdog startup, check environment variable 'watchdog_mode'.
If it is 'off', the watchdog is not started. If it is 'nmi',
the watchdog is started in NMI mode. Otherwise, it is started
in reset mode which is the default mode.
Signed-off-by: Charles Frey <charles.frey@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
The AV96 is in fact an assembly of DH Electronics DHCOR SoM on top
of an AV96 reference board. Split the DTs to reflect that and make
sure to DHCOR SoM can be reused on other boards easily.
It is also highly recommended to configure the board for the DHCOM
make stm32mp15_dhcom_basic_defconfig
make DEVICE_TREE=stm32mp15xx-dhcor-avenger96
as that permits reusing the board code for the DH components, like
accessing and reading out the ethernet MAC from EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Change-Id: I7db47280d4eb0d668eb4e006355240271154f97f
The PLL4 is supplying SDMMC12, SDMMC3 and SPDIF with 120 MHz and
FDCAN with 96 MHz. This isn't good for the SDMMC interfaces, which
can not easily divide the clock down to e.g. 50 MHz for high speed
SD and eMMC devices, so those devices end up running at 30 MHz as
that is 120 MHz / 4. Adjust the PLL4 settings such that both PLL4P
and PLL4R run at 100 MHz instead, which is easy to divide to 50MHz
for optimal operation of both SD and eMMC, SPDIF clock are not that
much slower and FDCAN is also unaffected.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Remove the unnecessary file stm32mp157-pinctrl.dtsi and
solve all issues introduced by the commit 8914831860 ("Merge branch
'next'") after a conflict on the patch applied in the next branch in
commit 1a4f57c895 ("ARM: dts: stm32mp1: DT alignment with Linux 5.6-rc1")
Need to reapplied on stm32mp15-pinctrl.dtsi the the 3 patches
applied previously on file "stm32mp157-pinctrl.dtsi" in v2020.04
- commit 4fdbe6487d ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add alternate pinmux for SDMMC1
direction pins")'
- commit 5fdcba6402 ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add alternate pinmux for SDMMC2
pins 4-7")'
- commit 955de51111 ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add alternate pinmux for ethernet
RGMII")'
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
commit 719cab6d2e ("dm: pinctrl: convert pinctrl-single to livetree")
converted pinctrl driver to livetree. In this conversion, the call to
read pinctrl-single,pins/bits property is provided with pinctrl device
pointer instead of pinctrl config pointer. Because of this none of the
pins gets configured. Fix it by passing the right udevice pointer.
Fixes: 719cab6d2e ("dm: pinctrl: convert pinctrl-single to livetree")
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
- Adds few DT related fixes required for Linux EFI stub to work on
RISC-V.
- Makes SBI v0.2 the default SBI version to work with OpenSBI v0.7.
- Revert "riscv: qemu: clear kernel-start/-end in device tree as
workaround for BBL"
- Remove unnecessary CONFIG_IS_ENABLED().
Keep all the fdt fixups together for better code management.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The DT used by U-Boot may be different from the DT being passed to
the OS if the DT is loaded from external media such as network or
mmc. In that case, the reserved-memory node needs to be copied to
the DT passed to the OS.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
FU540 uses OF_SEPARATE instead of OF_PRIOR_STAGE.
Enable OF_BOARD_FIXUP to update the DT with reserved-memory node.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In RISC-V, M-mode software can reserve physical memory regions
by setting appropriate physical memory protection (PMP) csr. As the
PMP csr are accessible only in M-mode, S-mode U-Boot can not read
this configuration directly. However, M-mode software can pass this
information via reserved-memory node in device tree so that S-mode
software can access this information.
This patch provides a framework to copy to the reserved-memory node
from one DT to another. This will be used to update the DT used by
U-Boot and the DT passed to the next stage OS.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In U-Boot, the reserved memory end address is considered as a inclusive
address. This notion is followed while adding a reserved memory node to
the DT.
For example:
end_address = start_address + size - 1
Follow the same notion and fix the end address computation while checking
for existing nodes.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Linux booting protocol mandates that register "a0" contains the hartid.
However, U-Boot can not pass the hartid via a0 during standard UEFI
protocol. DT nodes are commonly used to pass such information to the OS.
Add a DT node under chosen node to indicate the boot hartid. EFI stub
in Linux kernel will parse this node and pass it to the real kernel
in "a0" before jumping to it.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To work with latest OpenSBI release (v0.7 or above) that has the HSM
extension support, select the SBI v0.2 support by default.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
SBI v0.2 is more scalable and extendable to handle future needs
for RISC-V supervisor interfaces. For example, with SBI v0.2 HSM
extension, only a single hart need to boot and enter operating
system. The booting hart can bring up secondary harts one by one
afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
U-Boot proper running in S-mode only need SMP support when using
SBI v0.1. With SBI v0.2 HSM extension, it does not need implement
multicore boot in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
With SBI v0.2 HSM extension, only a single hart need to boot and
enter operating system. The booting hart can bring up secondary
harts one by one afterwards.
For U-Boot running in SPL, SMP can be turned on, while in U-Boot
proper, SMP can be optionally turned off if using SBI v0.2 HSM.
Introduce a new SPL_SMP Kconfig option to support this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Two consecutive SMP ifdefs blocks can be combined into one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Prior to QEMU v3.1.0, QEMU generated the 'virt' SoC node with a
"riscv-virtio-soc" compatible string, and a "simple-bus" driver
was created to accommodate that special case in U-Boot.
Starting from QEMU v3.1.0, the SoC node was set as a "simple-bus",
hence the special simple-bus driver is no longer needed.
Update the doc to mention the latest tested QEMU version 4.2.0.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The commit was added as a workaround required in QEMU when using BBL as
the supervisor binary interface (SBI) for Linux. We are now using
OpenSBI to provide the SBI, the workaround is therefore not required
anymore and can be removed.
This reverts commit 897206c5cc.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FOO) will check FOO config option for U-Boot,
SPL and TPL, so remove unnecessary CONFIG_IS_ENABLED()
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- iproc_sdhci memory leak fix and enable R1B resp quirk
- more mmc cmds and several mmc updates from Heinirich
- Use bounce buffer for tmio sdhci
- Alignment check for tmio sdhci
RPMB support is used by the 'mmc rpmb' command and by the OP-TEE support.
We do not need it in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is only relevant to the MMC driver so calling it
spl_boot_partition() might be confusing. Rename it to
spl_mmc_boot_partition() to make its purpose more clear (and bring
it in line with spl_mmc_boot_mode()).
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function's name is misleading as one might think it is used
generally to select the boot-mode when in reality it is only used by the
MMC driver to find out in what way it should try reading U-Boot Proper
from a device (either using a filesystem, a raw sector/partition, or an
eMMC boot partition).
Rename it to spl_mmc_boot_mode() to make it more obvious what this
function is about.
Link: https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2020-April/405979.html
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement get_b_max() for the Renesas R-Car SDHI controller driver, limit
the b_max per hardware capabilities such that select Gen2 controllers have
16bit block transfer limit, the rest has 32bit block transfer limit and on
Gen3, the block transfer limit on addresses above the 32bit boundary is set
to 1/4 of the malloc area.
Originally, on Gen3, the block transfers above the 32bit area were limited
to PIO only, which resulted in (R8A7795 Salvator-X , HS200 eMMC):
=> time mmc read 0x0000000700000000 0 0x10000
time: 0.151 seconds
=> time mmc read 0x0000000700000000 0 0x100000
time: 11.090 seconds
with bounce buffer in place and b_max adjustment in place:
=> time mmc read 0x0000000700000000 0 0x10000
time: 0.156 seconds
=> time mmc read 0x0000000700000000 0 0x100000
time: 2.349 seconds
Note that the bounce buffer does mallocate and free the bounce buffer
for every transfer. Experiment which removes this results in further
increase of read speed, from 2.349s to 2.156s per 512 MiB of data,
which is not such a significant improvement anymore. It might however
be interesting to have bounce buffer directly in the MMC core or even
block core.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add getter function which permits adjusting the maximum number of
blocks that could be read in a single sustained read transfer based
on the location of the source/target buffer and length, before such
transfer starts.
This is mainly useful on systems which have various DMA restrictions
for different memory locations, e.g. DMA limited to 32bit addresses,
and where a bounce buffer is used to work around such restrictions.
Since the U-Boot bounce buffer is mallocated, it's size is limited
by the malloc area size, and the read transfer to such a buffer must
also be limited. However, as not all areas are limited equally, the
b_max should be adjusted accordinly as needed to avoid degrading
performance unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add extended version of the bounce_buffer_start(), which permits passing in
a custom alignment checker function for the buffer. This is useful e.g. on
systems with various DMA restrictions and where the checker function might
be more complex than a simple CPU cache alignment check.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All sub-commands of the mmc command should be shown in the Kconfig menu
next to the mmc command. This includes:
* mmc bkops
* mmc rpmb
* mmc swrite
The mmc rpmb sub-command is not usable without CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB.
Add the missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
set_ios_post return type changed from void to int, correcting
the same to fix compilation warning.
Signed-off-by: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Bharat Kumar Reddy Gooty <bharat.gooty@broadcom.com>
Provide command 'mmc wp' to power on write protect boot areas on eMMC
devices.
The B_PWR_WP_EN bit in the extended CSD register BOOT_WP is set. The boot
area are write protected until the next power cycle occurs.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Boot partitions of eMMC devices can be power on or permanently write
protected. Let the 'mmc info' command display the protection state.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When a mismatch is found trying to write an image for one boot method
to a different boot device, print an error message including the image
header marked target boot device type.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With support added for Armada 38x, include the bubt command in
ClearFog defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Ensure that the device to which an image is being written includes
header information indicating boot support for the destination
device.
This is derived from the support in the SolidRun master-a38x vendor
fork.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for Armada 38x devices in bubt flashing utility.
This is based on (and streamlined from) the support in the SolidRun
master-a38x vendor fork.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Update mvebu SPL boot selection mechanism for the move to driver model
usage by ensuring that the required driver support for SPI and MMC
booting is available in SPL when the respective boot method is
selected.
Previously, all mvebu boards selected a boot method (implicitly
MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_SPI for many) even if SPL booting wasn't used.
This changes mvebu boot method selection to depend on SPL usage which
resolves the issue with aarch64 boards which don't use SPL getting an
implicit boot device selection resulting in unmet dependencies. The
32-bit arm boards do use SPL, but I'm led to conclude that most aren't
intentionally using the MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE selection since none have
SPL_DM_SPI enabled in their defconfig even though they still implicitly
select the SPI boot method.
This also results in the new addition of SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT to helios4.
The mainline dts for helios4 includes the cd-gpios entry for sdhci with
identical addresses as the clearfog dts. I don't have a helios4 board
to confirm, but based on the current source conclude that the board
itself is either wired to pull the signal low for eMMC, or the default
MMC boot isn't fully functional in mainline. In either case, as far as
I can tell, including the GPIO support will at least cause no
regression.
Tested on SolidRun ClearFog devices.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fix duplication resulting from merging of multiple related series.
Commits cecf38a75, bd02fd29f, and 201a500de added or adjusted SCSI
boot support for ClearFog, but in slightly different locations which
didn't result in a merge conflict.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Register value table for DDR PHY clock divider are wrong. They should be
0 or 1 for divide-by-2 or divide-by-4, respectively. Not 1 or 2. Current
values do not make sense, since 2 cannot be achieved, because the
register is only 1 bit long (mask is set to 1).
This fixes clk dump reporting DDR PHY clock rate differently from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The current exit codes of 128 and 129 are useful in that they do not
conflict with those returned by tools, but they are not actually valid.
It seems better to pick some codes which work with 'bit bisect run'.
Update them to 100 (for errors) and 101 (for warnings).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are becoming more common now. They cause boards to show warnings
which can be mistaking for compiler warnings.
Add a buildman option to ignore them. This option works only with the
summary option (-s). It does not affect the build process.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Unfortunately the plague of device-tree warnings has not lifted. These
warnings infiltrate almost every build, adding noise and confusion.
Add a buildman option to ignore them. This option works only with the
summary option (-s). It does not affect the build process.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present buildman defaults to running 'mrproper' on every thread before
it starts building commits for each board. This can add a delay of about 5
seconds to the start of the process, since the tools and other invariants
must be rebuilt.
In particular, a build without '-b', to build current source, runs much
slower without -I, since any existing build is removed, thus losing the
possibility of an incremental build.
Partly this behaviour was to avoid strange build-system problems caused by
running 'make defconfig' for one board and then one with a different
architecture. But these problems were fixed quite a while ago.
The -I option (which disabled mrproper) was introduced four years ago and
does not seem to cause any problems with builds.
So make -I the default and deprecate the option. To allow use of
'mrproper', add a new -m flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When buildman finishes it leaves the last summary line visible, which
shows the number of successful builds, builds with warnings and builds
with errors.
It is useful also to see how many builds were done in total along with
the time taken. Show these on a separate line before buildman finishes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a progress message is longer than the terminal line it will scroll the
terminal. Limit the messages to the terminal width.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is nice to see the actual number of builds remaining to complete. Add
this in the progress message, using a different colour.
Drop the unnecessary 'name' variable while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The commit counter is a hangover from when buildman processed each board
for a commit. Now buildman processes each commit for a board, so this
output is never triggered.
Delete it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fetching updated versions of a repo can take time. At present buildman
gives no indication that it is doing this.
Add a message to explain the delay.
Tidy up a few other messages while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When outputing a progress line we don't want it to go past the end of the
current terminal line, or it will not be possible to erase it. Add an
option to Print() which allows limiting the output to the terminal width.
Since ANSI sequences do not take up space on the terminal, these are
removed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When printing progress it is useful to print a message and leave the
cursor at the end of the line until the operation is finished. When it is
finished, the line needs to be erased so a new line can start in its place.
Add a function to handle clearing a line previously written by
terminal.Print()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the board names shown with -l are separated by commas. This
makes it hard to double-click to select a particular board. Also it is not
possible to select all boards and paste them as arguments to a subsequent
buildman run, since buildman requires spaces to separate the list on the
command line, not commas.
Change the output format to use spaces instead of commas.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is quite hard to see the list of board for each error line since the
colour is the same as the actual error line. Show the board list in
magenta so that it is easier to distinguish them.
There is no point in checking the colour of the overall line, since there
are now multiple colours. So drop those tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the string for each error line is created in _CalcErrorDelta()
and used to create the summary output. This is inflexible since all the
information (error/warning character, error line, list of boards with that
error line) is munged together in a string.
Create an object to hold this information and only convert it to a string
when printing the actual output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present warnings are shown in yellow in the summary (-s) but magenta in
the detail listing (-e). Use yellow in both.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to add a few more tests similar to testOutput(). Split its logic
into a function which runs buildman to get the output and another which
checks the output. This will make it easier to reuse the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having a few tests handle this themselves, create the
temporary directory in the setUp() method and remove it in tearDown().
This will make it easier to add more tests.
Only testOutput and testGit() actually need it, but it doesn't add to the
test time noticeably to do this for all tests in this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than using the absolute array index, use an interator to work
through the expected output lines. This is easier to follow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Buildman should output the right colours for each error/warning line. Some
of these checks are missing. Add them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In R-Car Gen 3, there is a DMA controller restriction of SDHI.
When the transfer exceeding the 4 kByte boundary is performed while
the DRAM address is not 128 byte aligned, the bus is occupied.
This patch avoids this.
Signed-off-by: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
- Further cleanups for 'make refcheckdocs'
- Another BTRFS fix.
- Support for automatic decompression of images with booti as well as
unlz4 command for manual decompression.
When logical address of a regular extent is 0, the extent is sparse and
consists of all zeros.
Without this when sparse extents are used in a file reading fails with
Cannot map logical address 0 to physical
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
- Fix boot on am335x guardian board
- Increase OPSI speed on AM65x and J721E devices
- Use JTAD register for identifying K3 devices.
- Update TI entry in MAINTAINERS file.
Add the USB DWC2 node to u-boot specific dtsi files since Gadget
support is not (yet) available in upstream Linux yet.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add arch code to initialize USB Gadget mode using the DWC2 controller,
and using the previously added set_mode() phy functions.
[narmstrong: fixup board_usb_cleanup call to phy_meson_gxl_usb2_set_mode]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add set_mode function in the Amlogic GXL PHYs that will be called by
the arch code to switch PHYs from/to gadget mode.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add generic_phy_get_by_node() to get a PHY phandle from a node instead
of a udevice.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[narmstrong: fixed by including ofnode.h in generic-phy.h]
Add support for backplane kr on t208xqds: remove board specific fixups
on t208xqds for ethernet interfaces specified in device tree as
supported backplane modes.
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add support for backplane kr on lx2160aqds: remove board specific fixups
on lx2160aqds for ethernet interfaces specified in device tree as
supported backplane modes.
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add support for backplane kr on ls1046aqds: remove board specific fixups
on ls1046aqds for ethernet interfaces specified in device tree as
supported backplane modes.
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add generic support for backplane kr modes currently available:
10gbase-kr, 40gbase-kr4. Remove platform generic fixups
(armv8/layerscape and powerpc) for ethernet interfaces specified
in device tree as supported backplane modes.
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This patch is to define esdhc_status_fixup function for ls1028a to disable
SDHC1/SDHC2 status in device tree node if not selected.
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Xiaowei Bao <xiaowei.bao@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
If the board is configured without CONFIG_GIC_V3_ITS, an error occurs:
board/freescale/lx2160a/lx2160a.c: In function ‘ft_board_setup’:
board/freescale/lx2160a/lx2160a.c:673:6: error: unused variable
‘gic_lpi_base’ [-Werror=unused-variable]
673 | u64 gic_lpi_base;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~
Let's define the variable as __maybe_unused.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The eeprom_i2c_bus is not used outside of this file, make it static.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This commit adds the command ubi rename to rename an ubi volume.
The format of the command is: ubi rename <oldname> <newname>.
To enable this command, the option CMD_UBI_RENAME must be selected.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After the
commit 4213609cc7 ("drivers: core: use strcmp when find device by name")
the exact DTS node name for PMIC device must be provided.
This patch fixes this issue by providing full DTS node name ('mc34708@8').
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chug <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The CONFIG_PHY_FIXED is necessary to allow DSA switch work in U-Boot after
the
commit 3bf135b6c3 ("drivers: net: phy: Ignore PHY ID 0 during PHY probing").
This particular device - LAN9303 - returns phy_id == 0. With
CONFIG_PHY_FIXED enabled HSC and DDC boards work again with the same U-Boot
binary.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Those two boards are supposed to be run with a single u-boot binary.
There are notable differences though - HSC uses DSA switch (which
phy_id == 0x0) and DCC (DP83848C).
After the commit 3bf135b6c3
("drivers: net: phy: Ignore PHY ID 0 during PHY probing") the PHY devices
with phy_id == 0 are not created in U-Boot anymore. This caused regression
on HSC.
To fix this problem - the fec's 'fixed-link' node has been introduced and
the phy_id is not assessed anymore. This approach works on both boards.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
During the conversion of this board to DM_REGULATOR, usb-mass-storage
was broken and started failing with the following error:
=> ums 0 mmc 2
UMS: LUN 0, dev 2, hwpart 0, sector 0x0, count 0xe90000
Error enabling VBUS supply
g_dnl_register: failed!, error: -38
g_dnl_register failed
Fix this by adding the relevant GPIO to the regulator node.
Fixes: 4ca99fe81a ("ARM: imx: dh-imx6: Enable DM regulator")
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Use DM_ETH instead of legacy networking. Add VIO as a fixed regulator
to the relevant device-trees and augment the FEC node with properties
for the reset GPIO.
It should be noted that the relevant properties for the reset GPIO
already exist in the PHY node (reset-gpios, reset-delay-us,
reset-post-delay-us) but U-Boot currently ignores those and only
supports the bus-level reset properties in the FEC node
(phy-reset-gpios, phy-reset-duration, phy-reset-post-delay).
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Since CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE is no longer used, the checkboard()
function is no longer called.
As it is useful to print the board revision, print it inside
board_late_init() instead.
Also, to avoid GPIO errors related to using a GPIO without requesting it,
move the gpio_request(REV_DETECTION, "REV_DETECT") call prior to its
usage.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Since we are using revD1 device tree for all board revisions, the
following can be seen on a revB1 board:
Model: Wandboard i.MX6 Quad Board revD1
Board: Wandboard rev B1
To avoid such confusing messages, disable CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
On wandboard variants prior to revD1, there is no PMIC populated, so
do not print an error when the reading of the device ID register fails.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
In some cases U-Boot runs the same binary on different board versions.
In wandboard, for example, there are versions with the PFUZE100 PMIC
populated and others without it.
When the PMIC is not present, it is not really useful to get PMIC error,
so change the error message level to debug instead.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The detection of the revD1 version is based on the presence of the PMIC.
Currently revb1 device trees are used for mx6q/mx6dl variants, which
do not have the PMIC nodes.
This causes revD1 boards to be incorrectly be detected as revB1.
Fix this issue by using the revd1 device trees, so that the PMIC node can be
found and then the PMIC can be detected by reading its register ID.
Imported the revd1 device trees from mainline kernel version 5.7-rc1.
Reported-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reported-by: Derek Atkins <derek@ihtfp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derek Atkins <derek@ihtfp.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
mxsfb needs a dcache function not implemented in cortex-M7, so for the
moment let's keep dcache not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Enable DM_VIDEO subsystem and its BACKLIGHT_GPIO. Then enable
SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to have classic black background on display. Need
also to enable CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE to retrieve
stdin/stdout/stderr from CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Linux doesn't provide skeleton.dtsi file so let's remove its include and
provide #address-cells/size-cells = <1> that were defined in
skeleton.dtsi before.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
i.MXRT1050 provides mxsfb compatible lcd controller, so let's enable
video mxsfb driver with 16bpp depth if CONFIG_DM_VIDEO is selected since
board has 16bpp only connection.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
HSYNC signal can now be flipped according to display_flags bitmaks by
writing its bitmask on vdctrl0 register.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
struct display_timings provides more informations such clock and DE
polarity, so let's refactor the code to use struct display_timings
instead of struct ctfb_res_modes, so we'll become able to get clock and
DE polarity settings and set register according to them in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Add support for i.MXRT by adding CONFIG_IMXRT in register structure and
adding .compatible = "fsl,imxrt-lcdif".
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Allow using DM CLK instead of mxs_set_lcdclk() so we can avoid to
implement a special function to set lcd clock on i.MXRT.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Since video_ctfb_mode_to_display_timing() has been implemented by moving
sunxi_ctfb_mode_to_display_timing() to video_modes.c and it's meant to be
used by other video subsystem, let's use it instead of local
sunxi_ctfb_mode_to_display_timing().
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Need to add set_parent() callback to allow dts assigned-clock-parents to
work so let's add it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
mxsfb needs PLL5 as source, so let's setup it at its default frequency
specified in RM(650Mhz).
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
pllv3 PLLs have powerdown/up bits but enable bits too. Specifically
"enable bit" enable the pll output, so when dis/enabling pll by
setting/clearing power_bit we must also set/clear enable_bit.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Remove 'fdt_high' and 'initrd_high' environment variables (set to 0xFFFFFFFF)
from default environment which prevents relocation of FDT and initrd.
Rely on 'bootm_size' value instead to safely relocate kernel, device tree and
initrd.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Remove 'fdt_high' and 'initrd_high' environment variables (set to 0xFFFFFFFF)
from default environment which prevents relocation of FDT and initrd.
Rely on 'bootm_size' value instead to safely relocate kernel, device tree and
initrd.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Remove 'fdt_high' and 'initrd_high' environment variables (set to 0xFFFFFFFF)
from default environment which prevents relocation of FDT and initrd.
Rely on 'bootm_size' value instead to safely relocate kernel, device tree and
initrd.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Remove 'fdt_high' and 'initrd_high' environment variables (set to 0xFFFFFFFF)
from default environment which prevents relocation of FDT and initrd.
Rely on 'bootm_size' value instead to safely relocate kernel, device tree and
initrd.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Remove 'fdt_high' and 'initrd_high' environment variables (set to 0xFFFFFFFF)
from default environment which prevents relocation of FDT and initrd.
Rely on 'bootm_size' value instead to safely relocate kernel, device tree and
initrd.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Adjust DRAM size in case BL32 secure payload is loaded (OP-TEE/Trusty),
so during MMU initialization U-Boot won't touch this mem area.
BL32 is loaded to the end of DRAM, bl32 payload size is read from
rom_pointer[1]. This relates to the issue described in
59efa6b52b("imx8m: Fix MMU table issue for OPTEE memory").
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Adjust DRAM size in case BL32 secure payload is loaded (OP-TEE/Trusty),
so during MMU initialization U-Boot won't touch this mem area.
BL32 is loaded to the end of DRAM, bl32 payload size is read from
rom_pointer[1]. This relates to the issue described in
59efa6b52b("imx8m: Fix MMU table issue for OPTEE memory").
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
After triggering a "reboot" command in Linux the following
hang in SPL is observed:
U-Boot SPL 2020.04 (Apr 15 2020 - 10:49:29 -0300)
Normal Boot
WDT: Not found!
Trying to boot from MMC2_2
spl: mmc init failed with error: -70
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
This error happens because the CMD_ERR bit is set in the IRQ status
register after booting from Linux.
To ensure a fresh start, force the VMMC supply to get unpowered first.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Ethernet, usdhc2 and i2c1 interfaces are probed by dm drivers.
Therefor init functions in board file are not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Michael Krummsdorf <michael.krummsdorf@ew.tq-group.com>
Keep code for non-dm configuration of baseboard WRU4.
It cannot be upgraded to device model as
we have no suitable device tree for it.
These changes were not run-tested on WRU4,
only compile-tested.
Signed-off-by: Michael Krummsdorf <michael.krummsdorf@ew.tq-group.com>
The device trees for TQMa6x SOM support variations in
- CPU type: imx6dl- or imx6q-
- MBa6 I2C bus access: -mba6a (i2c1) or -mba6b (i2c3)
(plus the respective common/module include trees)
- USBH1 is directly connected to a hub
- USBOTG is connected to a separate connector
and can act as host/device or full OTG port.
Signed-off-by: Michael Krummsdorf <michael.krummsdorf@ew.tq-group.com>
The i.MX6DP and i.MX6QP incorporate NoC interconnect logic
which needs to be configured in order to use external DDR memory.
This patch enables the SPL to configure the necessary registers
in accordance with the NXP engineering bulletin EB828.
Co-developed-by: Filip Brozović <fbrozovic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Filip Brozovic <fbrozovic@gmail.com>
Currently the following build warning is seen:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_ETH (Driver Model
for Ethernet drivers). Please update the board to use
CONFIG_DM_ETH before the v2020.07 release. Failure to
update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/migration.rst for more info.
===================================================
Since the mx6ulz-evk board does not have networking support, explicitly
disable networking to avoid the board removal.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
mx6ul_evk uses DM_ETH, so there is no need to have board code
to setup the FEC IOMUX and to register the network ports via the
old board_eth_init() method.
Remove these FEC related pieces of code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CONFIG_FEC_MXC is supported in Kconfig, so it is preferred to
move it to defconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
LDO mode may be already enabled by the ROM and enabling it again
can cause U-Boot to hang.
Avoid this problem by only enabling LDO mode if it is initially disabled.
Reported-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
These PMC0 definitions are already defined in the beginning
of the file, so remove the duplication.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove invalid URLs for "Information Technology - AT Attachment-3 Interface
(ATA-3)", point to ANSI X3.298-1997.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fix some errors pointed out by 'make refcheckdocs'.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
boards.cfg is not delivered with the U-Boot source. So it is preferable to
look at configs/*_defconfig to identify available deconfigs.
Fix a typo.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add compressed Image parsing support so that booti can parse both
flat and compressed Image to boot Linux. Currently, it is difficult
to calculate a safe address for every board where the compressed
image can be decompressed. It is also not possible to figure out the
size of the compressed file as well. Thus, user need to set two
additional environment variables kernel_comp_addr_r and filesize to
make this work.
Following compression methods are supported for now.
lzma, lzo, bzip2, gzip.
lz4 support is not added as ARM64 kernel generates a lz4 compressed
image with legacy header which U-Boot doesn't know how to parse and
decompress.
Tested on HiFive Unleashed and Qemu for RISC-V.
Tested on Qemu for ARM64.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Fix minor rST formatting problems]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, there is no method that can detect compression types
given a file. This is very useful where a compressed kernel image
is loaded directly to the memory.
Inspect initial few bytes to figure out compression type of the
image. It will be used in booti method for now but can be reused
any other function in future as well.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is no way to select BZIP2 compression method.
Add it under library/compression config where all other
compression related configs are present.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This additional bitflip memory test is inspired by the bitflip test
in memtester v4.3.0. It show some errors on some problematic GARDENA
MT7688 based boards. The other memory tests usually don't show any
errors here.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch changes mtest to correctly count the overall errors and
print them even in the abort (Ctrl-C) case.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Display TEE version at information level; this patch replaces
debug() call to dev_info() in print_os_revision() function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Update the reference in doc/README.SPL to a no more existing file:
"driver-model/README.txt", it is changed to "doc/driver-model/design.rst".
Adding the directory path /doc/ allows to check this reference with
'make refcheckdocs'.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'make refcheckdocs' requires scripts/documentation-file-ref-check.
Adopt script from Linux v5.6-rc3.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
commit 7298e42250 ("mkimage: fit: add support to encrypt image with
aes") added a new copyfile() function as part of the FIT image creation
flow. This function as currently written creates the final image with a
mode of 0700 (before umask), differing from the old behavior of 0666.
Since there doesn't seem to be any reason to make the image executable
or non-group, non-other readable, change the mask to 0666 to preserve
the old behavior.
Fixes: 7298e42250 ("mkimage: fit: add support to encrypt image with aes")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
ATA commands are already defined in include/libata.h. There is no need to
duplicate them in include/ata.h.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently ATA commands are defined both in include/libata.h and
include/ata.h. Use the command definitions from include/libata.h where
applicable.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command is a new command called "unlz4" that decompresses from memory
into memory.
Used with the CONFIG_CMD_UNLZ4 optionenabled.
Signed-off-by: Yusuke Ashiduka <ashiduka@fujitsu.com>
[trini: Use %zd / %zX not %ld / %lX in printf]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The combination ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM=y, ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE=y fails to build:
env/remote.o:/mnt/ext4/devel/u-boot/env/remote.c:17: multiple definition of `env_ptr'
env/nvram.o:/mnt/ext4/devel/u-boot/env/nvram.c:41: first defined here
It's not necessarily a meaningful combination, but for build-testing
it's nice to be able to enable most ENV_IS_IN_* at the same time, and
since these env_ptr are not declared anywhere, they really have no
reason to have external linkage.
nand.c and flash.c similarly already define file-scope static env_ptr
variables.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
If gd->ram_top has been tuned using board_get_usable_ram_top(),
it must be taken into account when reserving arch lmb.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
If CONFIG_CMD_NAND is disabled, get_nand_dev_by_index() is not
accessible.
This fix allows the build to succeed in this case.
Signed-off-by: Francois Gervais <fgervais@distech-controls.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add a function reserve_stack_aligned() to reserved memory with 16 bits
alignment after the stack pointer (gd->start_addr_sp) and use this new
function in board_f.c to reserve all the memory area (malloc, board, gd,
fdt, bootstage, stacks).
This 16 byte alignment is needed for cast on struct pointer
for the reserved memory, for example:
+ x86_64 ABI: https://reviews.llvm.org/D30049: 16 bytes
+ ARMv8 Instruction Set Overview: quad word, 16 bytes
An other alignment value could be needed for other architecture.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd,
as it is already done in crt0_64.S:
ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */
This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd -
with #GD_SIZE offset).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This reverts the workaround introduced by the
commit 16fec9b0bc ("stm32mp1: remove the imply BOOTSTAGE")
As the bootstage alignment issue is now solved.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
In reserve_bootstage(), in case size is odd, gd->new_bootstage
is not aligned. In bootstage_relocate(), the platform hangs when
getting access to data->record[i].name.
To avoid this issue, make gd->new_bootstage 16 byte aligned.
To ensure that new_bootstage is 16 byte aligned (at least needed for
x86_64 and ARMv8) and new_bootstage starts down to get enough space,
ALIGN_DOWN macro is used.
Fixes: ac9cd4805c ("bootstage: Correct relocation algorithm")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update reference in files detected by
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check
doc/README.mxc_hab => doc/imx/habv4/*
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update reference in files detected by
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check
doc/devicetree/device-tree-bindings/ => doc/device-tree-bindings/
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update reference in files detected by
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check
doc/README.<board> => board/<board>/README
Files moved in board directory in
commit 702e6014f1 ("doc: cleanup - move board
READMEs into respective board directories")'
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update reference in many files detected by
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check
README.imx8image => imx/mkimage/imx8image.txt
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update reference in many files detected by
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check
README.imximage => imx/mkimage/imximage.txt
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update reference in Kconfig detected by
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check
README.x86 => doc/arch/x86.rst
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update some reference in README file detected by
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check
*.README => README.*
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a simple pincontrol associated to the sandbox gpio driver,
that allows to check pin configuration with the command pinmux.
The pinmux test is also updated to test behavior with 2 pincontrols.
Example to check LED pin configuration:
=> pinmux list
| Device | Driver | Parent
| pinctrl-gpio | sandbox_pinctrl_gpio | root_driver
| pinctrl | sandbox_pinctrl | root_driver
=> pinmux dev pinctrl-gpio
=> pinmux status
a0 : gpio input .
a1 : gpio input .
a2 : gpio input .
a3 : gpio input .
a4 : gpio input .
a5 : gpio output .
a6 : gpio output .
...
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add tests for new API set_dir_flags and set_dir_flags and associated
code in gpio uclass.
Test support for new flags GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN, GPIO_OPEN_SOURCE
GPIO_PULL_UP and GPIO_PULL_DOWN.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cleanup binding support, use the generic binding by default
(test u-class gpio_xlate_offs_flags function) and add
specific binding for added value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add test for "pins" configuration in gpio uclass with set_state() ops
and test for generic parsing of pinconf_param array).
set_state() is called by:
- pinctrl_generic_set_state
|- pinctrl_generic_set_state_subnode
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add param information in pin information output.
This update prepare unitary test for pin configuration
in pinctrl node.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the binding file for gpio, it is just an alignment
with kernel v5.3.
The U-Boot code example for gpio-hog (not directly linked
to binding) is moved in a new file doc/README.gpio.
[commit 21676b706e99 ("gpio: fixes for gpio-hog support")
& 'commit 4762a9988ede ("gpio: add gpio-hog support")']
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the ops for GPIO driver set_dir_flags() to set the dir flags.
The user can update the direction and configuration
of each GPIO with a only call to dm_gpio_set_dir_flags() or
dm_gpio_set_dir() and respecting the configuration provided by
device tree (saved in desc->flags).
When these optional ops are absent, the gpio uclass use the mandatory
ops (direction_output, direction_input, get_value) and desc->flags
to manage only the main dir flags:
- GPIOD_IS_IN
- GPIOD_IS_OUT
- GPIOD_IS_OUT_ACTIVE
- GPIOD_ACTIVE_LOW
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the ops for GPIO driver get_dir_flags(), allows to get dynamically
the current gpio configuration; it is used by the API function
dm_gpio_get_dir_flags().
When these optional ops are absent, the gpio uclass continues to use
the mandatory ops (direction_output, direction_input, get_value) and
value of desc->flags to manage only the main dir flags:
- GPIOD_IS_IN
- GPIOD_IS_OUT
- GPIOD_IS_OUT_ACTIVE
- GPIOD_ACTIVE_LOW
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit manages the new dir flags that can be used in gpio
specifiers to indicate the pull-up or pull-down resistor
configuration for output gpio (GPIO_PULL_UP, GPIO_PULL_DOWN)
or the Open Drain/Open Source configuration for input gpio
(GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN, GPIO_OPEN_SOURCE).
These flags are already supported in Linux kernel in gpio lib.
This patch only parse and save the direction flags in GPIO
descriptor (desc->flags), it prepares the introduction of new ops
to manage them.
The GPIO uclass supports new GPIO flags from device-tree
(GPIO_XXX define in include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h)
and translate them in the dir flags (GPIOD_XXX):
- GPIO_PULL_UP => GPIOD_PULL_UP
- GPIO_PULL_DOWN => GPIOD_PULL_DOWN
- GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN => GPIOD_OPEN_DRAIN
- GPIO_OPEN_SOURCE => GPIOD_OPEN_SOURCE
This patch also adds protection in the check_dir_flags function for
new invalid configuration of the dir flags.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the flag management in GPIO uclass: the desc->flags is always
combined with the requested flags and the GPIO descriptor is updated
for further call.
Add a function dm_gpio_get_dir_flags to get dynamically
the current dir_flags (configuration and value).
This patch prepare introduction of the dir flags support with new ops.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a macro to provide the GPIO output value according
the dir flags content.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a dir flags validity check with a new function
check_dir_flags.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce the function _dm_gpio_set_dir_flags to set dir flags
without check if the GPIO is reserved.
Separate the reserved check for "set_dir" and "set_dir_flags".
This patch is a preliminary step to add new ops.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce the function _gpio_get_value to get the GPIO value
without check if it is reserved.
This patch prepare new ops introduction.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a helper function gpio_desc_init() to initialize the gpio descriptor;
with this function the flags will be always set to 0.
It wasn't the case before this patch in dm_gpio_lookup_name.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch removes the ops get_open_drain/set_open_drain
and the API dm_gpio_get_open_drain/dm_gpio_set_open_drain.
The ops only provided in one driver (mpc8xxx gpio) and the
associated API is never called in boards.
This patch prepare a more generic set/get_dir_flags ops,
including the open drain property.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Remove the define GPIOD_REQUESTED as it is never used
and use BIT() macro for other defines.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit extends the flags that can be used in GPIO specifiers to
indicate if a pull-up resistor or pull-down resistor should be
enabled.
It is the backport of linux commit ede033e1e863c ('dt-bindings:
gpio: document the new pull-up/pull-down flags')
from Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
and integrated in v5.1-rc1
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/commit/ede033e1e863c
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Migrate pinctrl-generic to livetree:
- dev_for_each_property
- dev_read_prop_by_prop
- dev_read_string_count
- dev_read_string_index
and get rid of DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR.
This patch solves the parsing issue during sandbox tests for pin
configuration (OF_LIVE is activated in sandbox_defconfig
and sub node are not correctly parsed in
pinctrl_generic_set_state_subnode with fdt lib API).
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add functions to iterate on all property with livetree
- dev_read_first_prop
- dev_read_next_prop
- dev_read_prop_by_prop
and
- ofnode_get_first_property
- ofnode_get_next_property
- ofnode_get_property_by_prop
And helper: dev_for_each_property
For example:
struct ofprop property;
dev_for_each_property(property, config) {
value = dev_read_prop_by_prop(&property, &propname, &len);
or:
for (res = ofnode_get_first_property(node, &property);
!res;
res = ofnode_get_next_property(&property))
{
value = ofnode_get_property_by_prop(&property, &propname, &len);
....
}
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert 'pinctrl-single' using livetree functions
- dev_read_prop
- dev_read_u32_default
- dev_read_u32_array
- dev_read_bool
- dev_read_addr
and get rid of DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As indicated elsewhere in the README, the standalone CHANGELOG file was
removed in 2010. Drop the instructions for creating patches on creating
a standalone CHANGELOG entry.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@tweak.net.au>
For certain btrfs files with compressed file extent, uboot will fail to
load it:
btrfs_read_extent_reg: disk_bytenr=14229504 disk_len=73728 offset=0 nr_bytes=131
072
decompress_lzo: tot_len=70770
decompress_lzo: in_len=1389
decompress_lzo: in_len=2400
decompress_lzo: in_len=3002
decompress_lzo: in_len=1379
decompress_lzo: in_len=88539136
decompress_lzo: header error, in_len=88539136 clen=65534 tot_len=62580
NOTE: except the last line, all other lines are debug output.
Btrfs lzo compression uses its own format to record compressed size
(segment header, LE32).
However to make decompression easier, we never put such segment header
across page boundary.
In above case, the xxd dump of the lzo compressed data looks like this:
00001fe0: 4cdc 02fc 0bfd 02c0 dc02 0d13 0100 0001 L...............
00001ff0: 0000 0008 0300 0000 0000 0011 0000|0000 ................
00002000: 4705 0000 0001 cc02 0000 0000 0000 1e01 G...............
'|' is the "expected" segment header start position.
But in that page, there are only 2 bytes left, can't contain the 4 bytes
segment header.
So btrfs compression will skip that 2 bytes, put the segment header in
next page directly.
Uboot doesn't have such check, and read the header with 2 bytes offset,
result 0x05470000 (88539136), other than the expected result
0x00000547 (1351), resulting above error.
Follow the btrfs-progs restore implementation, by introducing tot_in to
record total processed bytes (including headers), and do proper page
boundary skip to fix it.
Please note that, current code base doesn't parse fs_info thus we can't
grab sector size easily, so it uses PAGE_SIZE, and relying on fs open
time check to exclude unsupported sector size.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Although in theory u-boot fs driver could easily support more sector
sizes, current code base doesn't have good enough way to grab sector
size yet.
This would cause problem for later LZO fixes which rely on sector size.
And considering that most u-boot boards are using 4K page size, which is
also the most common sector size for btrfs, rejecting fs with
non-page-sized sector size shouldn't cause much problem.
This should only be a quick fix before we implement better sector size
support.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This is pretty minor set of changes mostly touching HSDK board:
* Enable on-chip reset controller on HSDK
* Add possibility to turn-on & off L2$ on more
recent ARC HS processors.
* AXI tunnel clock calculation on HSDK
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-07-rc1
This pull request
* provides an implementation of UEFI secure booting
* fixes a problem with the rsa_mod_exp driver which stops some boards
from booting when CONFIG_RSA is enabled which is needed for UEFI
secure booting
* enables the EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL if DM_RNG is enabled
* fixes some function comments
We set wrong tunnel PLL frequency when we request 125MHz tunnel clock.
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As the driver of on-chip reset controller became available
we are ready to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Force inlining of IOC related functions used in other cache
functions. This is preventive change.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Since version 3.0 ARC HS supports SL$ (L2 system level cache)
disable. So add support for SL$ disable/enable to code.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Functions for reading indexed values from device tree
Enhancements to 'dm' command
Log test enhancements and syslog driver
DM change to read parent ofdata before children
Minor fixes
The Linux VPU bindings have changed and dropped the dmc register range.
Add it back in the meson-gx-u-boot.dtsi file until a proper canvas driver
is available.
Fixes: dd5f2351e9 ("arm64: dts: meson: sync dt and bindings from v5.6-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
At present a device can read its ofdata before its parent has done the
same. This can cause problems in the case where the parent has a 'ranges'
property, thus affecting the operation of dev_read_addr(), for example.
We already probe parent devices before children so it does not seem to be
a large step to do the same with ofdata.
Make the change and update the documentation in this area.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
fdtdec_set_carveout() is limited to only one phandle. Fix this
limitation by adding support for multiple phandles.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The content dm_ofnode_pre_reloc() is identical with ofnode_pre_reloc()
defined in drivers/core/ofnode.c and used only three times:
- drivers/core/lists.c:lists_bind_fdt()
- drivers/clk/at91/pmc.c::at91_clk_sub_device_bind
- drivers/clk/altera/clk-arria10.c::socfpga_a10_clk_bind
So this function dm_ofnode_pre_reloc can be removed and replaced
by these function calls by ofnode_pre_reloc().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now reading a 32 bit value from a device-tree property can be expressed
as reading the first element of an array with a single value.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The patch adds helper functions to allow reading a single indexed u32
value from a device-tree property containing multiple u32 values, that
is an array of integers.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add test case to cover dev_read_u64 and dev_read_u64_default functions.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When removing a device the power domains it uses are generally powered
off. But when we are trying to unbind all devices (e.g. for running tests)
we don't want to probe a device in the 'remove' path.
Add a new flag to skip this power-down step.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This failure path is tricky to debug since it continues after failure and
there are a lot of error paths. Add logging to help.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'fdt systemsetup' wasn't working, due to the fact that the 'set' command
was being parsed in do_fdt() by only testing for the leading 's' instead
of "se", which kept the "sys" test further down from executing. Changed
to test for "se" instead, now 'fdt systemsetup' works (to test the
ft_system_setup proc w/o having to boot a kernel).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
'bootefi hello' is used in one of the Python tests.
efidebug can be used to verify the correct initialization of the UEFI
sub-system.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromum.org>
Currently we are not able to test reservations created by ft_board_setup().
Implement ft_board_setup() to create an arbitrary reservation and enable
OF_BOARD_SETUP.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromum.org>
For testing the handling of memory reservations create a reserved-memory
node in sandbox.dts and sandbox64.dts.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromum.org>
Quite often on a series that has clean-up patches, the individual patches
may fit within the cc limit but the cover letter does not. Apply the same
limit to the cover letter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
For testing purposes enable the syslog logging driver.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If CONFIG_LOG=n, we still expect output for log_err(), log_warning(),
log_notice(), log_info() and in case of DEBUG=1 also for log_debug().
Provide unit tests verifying this.
The tests depend on:
CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD=y
CONFIG_LOG=n
CONFIG_UT_LOG=y
It may be necessary to increase the value of CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to
accommodate CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD=y.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If CONFIG_LOG=n, we should still output errors, warnings, notices, infos,
and for DEBUG=1 also debug messages.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a log driver that broadcasts RFC 3164 messages to syslog servers.
rsyslog is one implementation of such a server.
The messages are sent to the local broadcast address 255.255.255.255 on
port 514.
The environment variable log_hostname can be used to provide the HOSTNAME
field for the messages. The optional TIMESTAMP field of RFC 3164 is not
provided.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An error
undefined reference to `do_log_test'
occurs for CONFIG_CMD_LOG=y, CONFIG_LOG_TEST=y, CONGIG_UNIT_TEST=n
Make CONFIG_UNIT_TEST a prerequisite.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new function dm_scan_fdt_ofnode_path() to scan all the nodes
which aren't devices themselves but may contain some:
- "/chosen"
- "/clocks"
- "/firmware"
The patch removes the strcmp call in recursive function dm_scan_fdt_live()
and also corrects a conflict with the 2 applied patches in
the commit 1712ca2192 ("dm: core: Scan /firmware node by default")
and in the commit 747558d014 ("dm: fdt: scan for devices under
/firmware too"): the subnodes of "/firmware" (optee for example)
are bound 2 times.
For example the dm tree command result on STM32MP1 is:
STM32MP> dm tree
Class Index Probed Driver Name
-----------------------------------------------------------
root 0 [ + ] root_driver root_driver
firmware 0 [ ] psci |-- psci
sysreset 0 [ ] psci-sysreset | `-- psci-sysreset
simple_bus 0 [ + ] generic_simple_bus |-- soc
...
tee 0 [ + ] optee |-- optee
...
tee 1 [ ] optee `-- optee
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Variable count is initialized at the start of every round of the while
loop and it is not used after the while loop. So there is no need to
initialize it beforehand.
Identified by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The value of parent is not changed in the first if statement. So we can
merge the two if statements depending on parent.
Indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Hitting Ctrl-C is a documented way to exit the sandbox, but it is not
actually equivalent to the reset command. The latter, since it follows
normal process exit, takes care to reset terminal settings and
restoring the O_NONBLOCK behaviour of stdin (and, in a terminal, that
is usually the same file description as stdout and stderr, i.e. some
/dev/pts/NN).
Failure to restore (remove) O_NONBLOCK from stdout/stderr can cause
very surprising and hard to debug problems back in the terminal. For
example, I had "make -j8" consistently failing without much
information about just exactly what went wrong, but sometimes I did
get a "echo: write error". I was at first afraid my disk was getting
bad, but then a simple "dmesg" _also_ failed with write error - so it
was writing to the terminal that was buggered. And both "make -j8" and
dmesg in another terminal window worked just fine.
So install a SIGINT handler so that if the chosen terminal
mode (cooked or raw-with-sigs) means Ctrl-C sends a SIGINT, we will
still call os_fd_restore(), then reraise the signal and die as usual
from SIGINT.
Before:
$ grep flags /proc/$$/fdinfo/1
flags: 0102002
$ ./u-boot
# hit Ctrl-C
$ grep flags /proc/$$/fdinfo/1
flags: 0106002
After:
$ grep flags /proc/$$/fdinfo/1
flags: 0102002
$ ./u-boot
# hit Ctrl-C
$ grep flags /proc/$$/fdinfo/1
flags: 0102002
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The way the PCI nodes are written today causes a number of warnings if
we stop disabling some of the warnings we pass to DTC. As these
warnings aren't disabled in current Linux Kernel builds, we should aim
to not disable them here either, so rewrite these slightly. Update the
driver model doc as well.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some compilers produce a warning about 'child' being used before init.
Silence this by setting to NULL at the start.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently, the baud rate is never set on boot. This works ok when a previous
bootloader has configured the baudrate properly, or when the baudrate is set to
a reasonable default in the serial driver's probe(). However, when this is not
the case, we could be using a different baud rate than what was configured.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
The libretech-ac u-boot.dtsi file is missing to enabled DT nodes changes
to enable Video output on U-Boot.
Fixes: 671b1db8f8 ("arm64: dts: meson-gx: vpu should be probed before relocation")
Reported-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Since ut_asserteq_mem() uses bin2hex() we should include this header in
ut.h to avoid errors. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
The DMA Remapping Reporting (DMAR) table contains information about DMA
remapping.
Add a version simple version of this table with only the minimum fields
filled out. i.e. no entries.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Each ACPI table has its own version number. Add the version numbers in a
single function so we can keep them consistent and easily see what
versions are supported.
Start a new acpi_table file in a generic directory to house this function.
We can move things over to this file from x86 as needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The ASL compiler cannot handle C structures and the like so needs some
sort of header guard around these.
We already have an __ASSEMBLY__ #define but it seems best to create a new
one for ACPI since the rules may be different.
Add the check to a few files that ACPI always includes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
This file is potentially useful to other architectures saddled with ACPI
so move most of its contents to a common location.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
This header relates to ACPI and we are about to add some more ACPI
headers. Move this one into a new directory so they are together.
The header inclusion in pci_rom.c is not specific to x86 anymore, so drop
the #ifdef CONFIG_X86.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for
specifying information about a platform. It is a little like device
tree but the bindings are part of the specification and it supports an
interpreted bytecode language.
Driver model does not use ACPI for U-Boot's configuration, but it is
convenient to have it support generation of ACPI tables for passing to
Linux, etc.
As a starting point, add an optional set of ACPI operations to each
device. Initially only a single operation is available, to obtain the
ACPI name for the device. More operations are added later.
Enable ACPI for sandbox to ensure build coverage and so that we can add
tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Add the C version of this header. It includes a few Chrome OS bits which
are disabled for a normal build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
At present if reading a BAR returns 0xffffffff then the value is masked
and a different value is returned. This makes it harder to detect the
problem when debugging.
Update the function to avoid masking in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
With P2SB the initial BAR (base-address register) is set up by TPL and
this is used unchanged right through U-Boot.
At present the reading of this address is split between the ofdata() and
probe() methods. There are a few problems that are unique to the p2sb.
One is that its children need to call pcr_read32(), etc. which needs to
have the p2sb address correct. Also some of its children are pinctrl
devices and pinctrl is used when any device is probed. So p2sb really
needs to get its base address set up in ofdata_to_platdata(), before it is
probed.
Another point is that reading the p2sb BAR will not work if the p2sb is
hidden. The FSP-S seems to hide it, presumably to avoid confusing PCI
enumeration.
Reading ofdata in ofdata_to_platdata() is the correct place anyway, so
this is easy to fix.
Move the code into one place and use the early-regs property in all cases
for simplicity and to avoid needing to probe any PCI devices just to read
the BAR.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Tested-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Some files are taken or modified from coreboot, but the files are
no-longer part of the coreboot project. Fix the wording in a few places.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Add a means to avoid configuring a device when needed. Add an explanation
of why this is useful to the binding file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the cleanup() method is called on every transfer. It should
only be called on failing transfers. Fix this and tidy up the error
handling a little.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This device should use ready-gpios rather than ready-gpio. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the cr50 driver claims the locality and does not release it for
Linux. This causes problems. Fix this by tracking what is claimed, and
adding a 'remove' method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Different CPUs may support different address widths, meaning the amount of
memory they can address. Add a property for this to the cpu_info struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
SPCR has no clue if the UART base clock speed is different to
the default one. However, the SPCR 1.04 defines baud rate 0 as
a preconfigured state of UART and OS is supposed not to touch
the configuration of the serial device.
Linux kernel supports that starting from v5.0, see commit
b413b1abeb21 ("ACPI: SPCR: Consider baud rate 0 as preconfigured state")
for the details.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some callers of serial_getinfo() would like to know the UART base
clock speed in order to make decision what to pass to OS in some
cases. In particular, ACPI SPCR table expects only certain base
clock speed and thus we have to act accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A small text in docs/uefi/uefi.rst was added to explain how we can
configure and utilise UEFI secure boot feature on U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Pytest for UEFI secure boot will use several host commands.
In particular, Test setup relies on efitools, whose version must be v1.5.2
or later. So fetch a new version of deb package directly.
Please note it has a dependency on mtools, which must also be installed
along wih efitools.
In addition, the path, '/sbin', is added to PATH for use of sgdisk and
mkfs.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Adding those extra configurations allows us to successfully run UEFI
secure boot pytest on Travis CI.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Provide test cases for
* image authentication for signed images
(test_efi_secboot/test_signed.py)
* image authentication for unsigned images
(test_efi_secboot/test_unsigned.py)
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
A fixture for UEFI secure boot tests (image authentication and variable
authentication) is defined. A small file system with test data in a single
partition formatted in fat is created.
This test requires efitools v1.5.2 or later. If the system's efitools
is older, you have to build it on your own and define EFITOOLS_PATH.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This sub-command will be used to test image authentication,
in particular, a case where efi_load_image() failed with
EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION but we still want to try efi_start_image().
We won't run such a case under normal bootmgr because it simply
refuses to call efi_start_image() if anything but EFI_SUCCESS
is returned when loading an image.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
With "-at" option, EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
will be passed to SetVariable() to authenticate the variable.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
A signature database variable is associated with a specific guid.
For convenience, if user doesn't supply any guid info, "env set|print -e"
should complement it.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
The following variable is exported as UEFI specification defines:
SignatureSupport: array of GUIDs representing the type of signatures
supported by the platform firmware
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
With this commit, image validation can be enforced, as UEFI specification
section 32.5 describes, if CONFIG_EFI_SECURE_BOOT is enabled.
Currently we support
* authentication based on db and dbx,
so dbx-validated image will always be rejected.
* following signature types:
EFI_CERT_SHA256_GUID (SHA256 digest for unsigned images)
EFI_CERT_X509_GUID (x509 certificate for signed images)
Timestamp-based certificate revocation is not supported here.
Internally, authentication data is stored in one of certificates tables
of PE image (See efi_image_parse()) and will be verified by
efi_image_authenticate() before loading a given image.
It seems that UEFI specification defines the verification process
in a bit ambiguous way. I tried to implement it as closely to as
EDK2 does.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
The following variable is exported as UEFI specification defines:
VendorKeys: whether the system is configured to use only vendor-provided
keys or not
The value will have to be modified if a platform has its own way of
initializing signature database, in particular, PK.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
UEFI specification defines several global variables which are related to
the current secure boot state. In this commit, those values will be
maintained according to operations. Currently, AuditMode and DeployedMode
are defined but not implemented.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
With this commit, EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
is supported for authenticated variables and the system secure state
will transfer between setup mode and user mode as UEFI specification
section 32.3 describes.
Internally, authentication data is stored as part of authenticated
variable's value. It is nothing but a pkcs7 message (but we need some
wrapper, see efi_variable_parse_signature()) and will be validated by
efi_variable_authenticate(), hence efi_signature_verify_with_db().
Associated time value will be encoded in "{...,time=...}" along with
other UEFI variable's attributes.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
efi_signature_parse_sigdb() is a helper function will be used to parse
signature database variable and instantiate a signature store structure
in later patches.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In this commit, implemented are a couple of helper functions which will be
used to materialize variable authentication as well as image authentication
in later patches.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Function rsa_verify_key() is not called before relocation. So there is no
need to load the UCLASS_MOD_EXP drivers before relocation.
This avoid a failure to boot for pine64-lts_defconfig with CONFIG_RSA=y.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Correct function descriptions in efi_watchdog.c.
Add the descriptions to the generated HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Correct function descriptions in efi_unicode_collation.c
Add the Unicode collation protocol to the generated HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Replace STM32MP1_TRUSTED by TFABOOT flag
- Enable bootd, iminfo, imxtract on ST defconfig
- Rename LEDs to match silkscreen on AV96
- Add KS8851-16MLL ethernet on FMC2
- Define FMC2 base address
- net: dwc_eth_qos: implement reset-gpios for stm32
- net: dwc_eth_qos: implement phy reg and max-speed for stm32
CONFIG_SMBIOS_MANUFACTURER="amlogic"
CONFIG_SMBIOS_PRODUCT_NAME="p200"
is incorrect for the ODROID-C2.
Show correct board name and manufacturer in SMBIOS.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
All ARCH_MESON boards have a hardware random number generator. So we should
enable building the RNG driver.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Enable these standard U-Boot commands for image manipulation and for
starting the default boot command using 'boot' command in U-Boot shell.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Activate ARCH_SUPPORT_TFABOOT and replace the arch stm32mp
specific config CONFIG_STM32MP1_TRUSTED by the generic CONFIG_TFABOOT
introduced by the commit 535d76a121 ("armv8: layerscape: Add TFABOOT
support").
This config CONFIG_TFABOOT is activated for the trusted boot chain,
when U-Boot is loaded by TF-A.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add management of property "reg" to configure @ of phy and
also "max-speed" property to specify maximum speed in Mbit/s
supported by the device
Signed-off-by: Christophe Roullier <christophe.roullier@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Get the watchdog platform clock from the DTS file
using clk subsystem and use the same for calculating
ticks in msec.
Signed-off-by: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Bharat Kumar Reddy Gooty <bharat.gooty@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some watchdog devices, e.g. external gpio-triggered ones, must be
reset more often than once per second, which means that the current
rate-limiting logic in watchdog_reset() fails to keep the board alive.
gpio-wdt.txt in the linux source tree defines a "hw_margin_ms"
property used to specifiy the maximum time allowed between resetting
the device. Allow any watchdog device to specify such a property, and
then use a reset period of one quarter of that. We keep the current
default of resetting once every 1000ms.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This function is a bit large for an inline function, and for U-Boot
proper, it is called via a function pointer anyway (in board_r.c), so
cannot be inlined.
It will shortly set a global variable to be used by the
watchdog_reset() function in wdt-uclass.c, so this also allows making
that variable local to wdt-uclass.c.
The WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_SECS define is not used elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Since WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_MSECS was converted to Kconfig (commit
ca51ef7c0c), CONFIG_WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_MSECS has been guaranteed to be
defined. So remove the dead fallback ifdeffery.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Misc enhancements to Clearfog, including board variant detection
(Joel)
- Misc enhancements to Turris Mox, including generalization of the
ARMADA37xx DDR size detection (Marek)
Use the new a3700_fdt_fix_pcie_regions function in turris_mox.c so that
MOX boards with 4 GB RAM are fully supported.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In case when ARM Trusted Firmware changes the default address of PCIe
regions (which can be done for devices with 4 GB RAM to maximize the
amount of RAM the device can use) we add code that looks at how ATF
changed the PCIe windows in the CPU Address Decoder and changes given
device-tree blob accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In order to support MOX boards with 2 GB or 4 GB RAM, we use the new
Armada-3700 generic code for memory information structures. This is done
by removing dram_init and dram_init_banksize from turris_mox.c, in order
for the generic, weak definitions to be used.
Also for boards with 4 GB RAM it is needed to increase
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS to 2 in turris_mox_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently on Armada-37xx the mem_map structure is statically defined to
map first 2 GB of memory as RAM region, and system registers and PCIe
region device region.
This is insufficient for when there is more RAM or when for example the
PCIe windows is mapped to another address by the CPU Address Decoder.
In the case when the board has 4 GB RAM, on some boards the ARM Trusted
Firmware can move the PCIe window to another address, in order to
maximize possible usable RAM.
Also the dram_init and dram_init_banksize looks for information in
device-tree, and therefore different device trees are needed for boards
with different RAM sizes.
Therefore we add code that looks at how the ARM Trusted Firmware has
configured the CPU Address Decoder windows, and then we update the
mem_map structure and compute gd->ram_size and gd->bd->bi_dram bank
base addresses and sizes accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move Armada-8k specific DRAM init code into armada-8k specific
directory.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Sort #includes alphabetically, the only exception is common.h, which is
included first in most parts of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use macro MVEBU_REGISTER to access register addresses instead of
hardcoded addresses.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit e8e9715df2 requires the USB3 regulator node to have the
enable-active-high property for the regulator to work properly. The
GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH constant is not enough anymore.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Fixes: e8e9715df2 ("regulator: fixed: Modify enable-active-high...")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Patch Linux's device tree according to which Mox modules are connected.
Linux's device tree has all possible Mox module nodes preprogrammed, but
in disabled state.
If MOX B, MOX F or MOX G module is present, this code enables the PCI
node.
For the network modules (MOX C, MOX D and MOX E) are present, the code
enables corresponding ethernet and swtich nodes and DSA connections.
For the SFP cage the SFP GPIO controller node and SFP node are also
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With recent changes to the mmc subsystem (chip detect code etc) update
the sdhci node of the Turris Mox device tree.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The SPI clock signal changes value when the SPI configuration register
is configured. This can sometimes lead to the device misinterpreting
the enablement of the SPI controller as actual clock tick.
This can be solved by first setting the SPI CS1 pin from GPIO to SPI mode,
and only after that writing the SPI configuration register.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Switch to explicitly using the Pro variant DT, which has been
available since Linux 4.11.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Migrate the values for ENV_SIZE and ENV_OFFSET into board specific
Kconfig defaults so they're more accessible for configuration.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add reasonable default SPI offsets and ENV size when configured to
boot from SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Unify the location of DT selection into board_late_init instead of
split between detection and static configuration paths.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The mPCIe slots on ClearFog Pro and ClearFog Base may be alternately
configured for SATA usage.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
While newer Linux kernels provide autoconfiguration of SFP, provide
an option for setting in U-Boot Kconfig for use prior to booting.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a unique entry for ClearFog Base variant, reflected in the board
name and adjusted SerDes topology.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Make the board version printed indicate the Pro variant default.
Also adjust static name casing to match what is expected for
EEPROM product name to share string constants.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Using a consistent hardcoded MAC address from the DTS file causes
issues when using multiple devices on the same network segment.
Instead rely on environment configuration or random generation.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable distro bootcmd support for additional SATA ports if enabled.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Include attempting to boot from SCSI (SATA) devices within generated
board distro bootcmd environment. The reasoning for boot ordering is
that MMC and USB are external and removable, while when a case is in
use, replacing M.2 or mSATA drives requires disassembly. Therefore,
to boot SCSI, [bootable] external media must be removed. If SCSI were
placed before MMC or USB, then removing a bootable SCSI drive to
enable MMC or USB booting would be more difficult.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Update the RTC (Read Timing Control) values for PCIe memory wrappers
following an ERRATA (ERRATA# TDB). This means the PCIe accesses will
used slower memory Read Timing, to allow more efficient energy
consumption, in order to lower the minimum VDD of the memory. Will lead
to more robust memory when voltage drop occurs (VDDSEG)
The code is based on changes from Marvell's U-Boot, specifically:
20cd270407eb608a7c8dc4af19ae2b
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Support for sata devices via the scsi command is available and already
enabled by default for the Clearfog Base and Pro. This change adds scsi
to the list of boot targets used by distro-boot.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The value of local variable ecc is immediately overwritten. So we can
remove the first assignment.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Sort the Armada series dts in the Makefile alphabetically
prior to adding new board support.
Signed-off-by: Josip Kelečić <josip.kelecic@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Luka Kovacic <luka.kovacic@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add all TI specific drivers, include, arch files under ARM TI entry.
Driver files are added only if there is no entry for the specific
subsystem in MAINTAINERS file.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
In 1 bit mode OSPI can work at upto 50MHz, this provides better write
performance. Therefore increase frequency from 40MHz to 50MHz
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
In 1 bit mode OSPI can work at upto 50MHz, this provides better write
performance. Therefore increase frequency from 40MHz to 50MHz
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
- Add a boot logic in the distro boot command
- Add fallback mechanism in alternate boot command
- Keep single boot target -> ubifs0
Signed-off-by: Moses Christopher <BollavarapuMoses.Christopher@in.bosch.com>
- As there is a requirement to store certain data, we need a persistent
storage in u-boot. Hence, we need to save env in NAND
- Add default Guardian environment variables
- Update partition table:
- Reserve some space for experimentation, this ensures proper
backwards compatibility
- Update defconfig accordingly
Signed-off-by: Moses Christopher <BollavarapuMoses.Christopher@in.bosch.com>
This patch enables the guardian board to provide feedback
about the boot stage in headless mode. The on-board led
would behave in the following pattern
* U-boot -> GLOW LED
* Linux -> BLINK LED [HEART-BEAT PATTERN]
Signed-off-by: Moses Christopher <BollavarapuMoses.Christopher@in.bosch.com>
- On Guardian board, usb-eth boot in SPL stage fails due to certain
misconfiguration. Hence, add the same to fix the issue.
- configs are set based on the conditional statement present in
arch/arm/mach-omap2/am33xx/board.c
- disable tiny printf in SPL stage:
As the library is optimized, the ability to deal with ethaddr is lost.
The following message would be printed on the console,
Error: flags type check failure for "ethaddr" <= "80a81144M" (type: m)
Error inserting "ethaddr" variable, errno=1
Signed-off-by: Moses Christopher <BollavarapuMoses.Christopher@in.bosch.com>
For some layouts it is necessary to adjust the CK_DELAY parameter to
successfully complete DDR training. Add the ability to specify the
CK_DELAY in the mv_ddr_topology_map.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Pull in changes that have been pending in our 'next' branch. This
includes:
- A large number of CI improvements including moving to gcc-9.2 for all
platforms.
- amlogic, xilinx, stm32, TI SoC updates
- USB and i2c subsystem updtaes
- Re-sync Kbuild/etc logic with v4.19 of the Linux kernel.
- RSA key handling improvements
Adding "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" and enable CONFIG_SPL_CACHE
to enable cache driver in SPL.
This fixed error below in SPL:
cache controller driver NOT found!
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Update these 3 files from Linux:.
- socfpga_arria10.dtsi (Commit ID c1459a9d7e92)
- socfpga_arria10_socdk.dtsi (Commit ID d9b9f805ee2b)
- socfpga_arria10_socdk_sdmmc.dts (Commit ID 17808d445b6f)
Change in socfpga_arria10.dtsi:
- Add clkmgr label, so that can reference to it in u-boot.dtsi.
Change in socfpga_arria10-u-boot.dtsi:
- Add compatible and altr,sysmgr-syscon for uboot.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Move Uboot specific properties to *u-boot.dtsi files.
Preparation to sync Arria 10 device tree from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Use ofnode_ instead of fdt_ APIs so that the drivers can support live DT.
This patch updates usb_get_dr_mode() and usb_get_maximum_speed() to use
ofnode as parameter instead of fdt offset. And all the drivers who use
these APIs update to use live dt APIs at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use dev_read_addr_ptr() instead of devfdt_get_addr() so that we can support
live DT.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
It is a pain to have to set the CROSS_COMPILE environment variable when
using test.py's --build option. It is possible to get this using the -A
option from buildman. But it seems better to just use buildman to do the
build when it is available.
However using buildman adds a new dependency to the test system which we
want to avoid. So leave the default as is and add a flag to make it use
buildman.
Note that most of these changes relate to test.py and the parts of the
travis/gitlab/azure scripts which relate to running test and building a
suitable U-Boot to run the tests on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It does not seem to be necessary to run buildman again to show errors,
since any errors can be shown by the first invocation and there is only
a single board being built. Update this to simplify the code, using the
-e flag to make sure errors are shown.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It seems unnecessary to read the exit code and then check it again. Drop
this and just let the test.py provide the exit code directly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We can use the -W flag to tell buildman to ignore warnings. Since we also
have -E defined, compiler warnings are promoted to errors, so they will
still cause a failure. But migration warnings of the form:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM. CONFIG_DM will be
compulsory starting with the v2020.01 release.
Failure to update may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/migration.rst for more info.
will now be ignored.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 329f5ef51d (travis.yml: run buildman with option -E)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Bash allows for variables to expand only if non-empty:
$ var=test
$ echo ${var:+"$var"}
test
$ echo ${var:+"-k $var"}
-k test
$ var=
$ echo ${var:+"-k $var"}
Use this feature to avoid the workaround.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Avoid needing to know about the internal .bm-work directory, by passing
the -w flag to buildman.
This is not needed on travis since the -w flag is already used (from a
previous patch).
Drop the -P flag since this has no effect if -w is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since TEST_PY_BD is always defined we can drop this check.
This does not affect travis since it has a single, unified script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is not needed in the test.py part of the config, now since we use the
same name as the pytests.
Drop BUILDMAN, retaining it only for the 'build' parts of the config, i.e.
where we build multiple boards and don't run any tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current method of selecting the board to build with test.py is a bit
error-prone, e.g. with "^sandbox$" it actually builds 5 boards (all of
those in the sandbox architecture).
Use the (newish) --board flag instead, to get the same result.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Avoid needing to know about the internal .bm-work directory, by passing
the -w flag to buildman.
This does not affect travis since the previous commit already used the -w
flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Buildman is used in two ways:
- to build a selection of boards (with no testing)
- to build a single board (and run pytest)
The gitlab and azure scrips do this in separate places, but travis does
not. To aid the refactoring process and keep the following patches in sync
across all three environments, split the code out in travis as well.
Use the buildman -w option for the single board. It is easier to
understand since it specifies the output directory directly. Also it
avoids needing to look at the internal .bm-work directory.
This initially creates some duplicate code, but by the end of the series
we have two completely different build paths with different arguments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present if TEST_PY_BD is empty the script copies various files into a
directory, to no purpose. This happens because UBOOT_TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR is
set before TEST_PY_BD is tested.
Move the 'if' to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is no point in setting the ARCH environment variable since the
U-Boot build system no-longer uses it.
It seems safe to drop this feature since it was only recently added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is useful in some situations, in particular with -w and when building
in-tree. Now that we are more careful about what we remove in
_PrepareOutputSpace(), it should be safe to relax this restriction.
Update the progress information also so it is clear what buildman is
doing. Remove files can take a long time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present buildman removes any directory it doesn't intend to write
output into. This is overly expansive since if the output directory
happens to be somewhere with existing files, they may be removed. Using
an existing directory for buildman is not a good practice, but since the
result might be catastrophic, it is best to guard against it.
A previous commit[1] fixed this by refusing to write to a subdirectory
of the current directory, assumed to have U-Boot source code. But we can
do better by only removing directories that look like the ones buildman
creates.
Update the code to do this and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[1] 409fc029c4 tools: buildman: Don't use the working dir as build dir
Sometimes we don't want buildman to return failure if it seems warnings.
Add a -W option to support this. If buildman detects warnings (and no
errors) it will return an exit code of 0 (success).
Note that the definition of 'warnings' includes the migration warnings
produced by U-Boot, such as:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
...
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This help is a bit ambiguous. It only does anything if asked to show size
changes with -S. Update the help and the function comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to run a simple build and put all the output in a single
directory. Add a -w option to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This class has a few more members now. Add documentation for them and fix
a nit in the 'commits' comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is defined in bootstage.h and is not called in this file anyway. Drop
it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Quite a few packages are used by sandbox or tools. Add a list of these to
help people setting up for the first time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building with gcc 9.2.0, the following build warning was seen:
drivers/video/sunxi/sunxi_display.c: In function 'video_hw_init':
drivers/video/sunxi/sunxi_display.c:1217:2:
error: '%s' directive argument is null [-Werror=format-overflow=]
Change sunxi_get_mon_desc() to not return NULL for the default case,
to fix the compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds QEMU RISC-V 32/64 SPL testing. Unlike QEMU RISC-V 32/64,
we test SPL running in M-mode and U-Boot proper running in S-mode,
with a 4-core SMP configuration.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
As of today travis uses the pre-built GRUB ARM/ARM64 images from
opensuse. But azure/gitlab are using images built from GRUB 2.04
source. This updates travis to build GRUB ARM/ARM64 UEFI targets
from source, to keep in sync with azure/gitlab.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Align Kconfig and Kbuild logic to Linux 4.19 release with minimal impact
on files outside of this scope.
Our previous Kconfig sync was done by commit 5972ff077e ("kconfig /
kbuild: re-sync with Linux 4.18").
In this particular re-sync in order to keep clang support working a
number of related changes needed to be pulled in that had been missed
previously. Not all of these changes we easily traceable and so have
been omitted from the list below.
The imported Linux commits are:
[From prior to v4.18]
9f3f1fd29976 kbuild: Add __cc-option macro
d7f14c66c273 kbuild: Enable Large File Support for hostprogs
6d79a7b424a5 kbuild: suppress warnings from 'getconf LFS_*'
24403874316a Shared library support
86a9df597cdd kbuild: fix linker feature test macros when cross compiling with Clang
0294e6f4a000 kbuild: simplify ld-option implementation
[From v4.18 to v4.19]
96f14fe738b6 kbuild: Rename HOSTCFLAGS to KBUILD_HOSTCFLAGS
10844aebf448 kbuild: Rename HOSTCXXFLAGS to KBUILD_HOSTCXXFLAGS
b90a368000ab kbuild: Rename HOSTLDFLAGS to KBUILD_HOSTLDFLAGS
8377bd2b9ee1 kbuild: Rename HOST_LOADLIBES to KBUILD_HOSTLDLIBS
f92d19e0ef9b kbuild: Use HOST*FLAGS options from the command line
4ab3b80159d4 kconfig: check for pkg-config on make {menu,n,g,x}config
693359f7ac90 kconfig: rename SYMBOL_AUTO to SYMBOL_NO_WRITE
f60b992e30ff kbuild: replace $(LDFLAGS) $(ldflags-y) with $(ld_flags)
2fb9279f2c3e kbuild: change ld_flags to contain LDFLAGS_$(@F)
c931d34ea085 arm64: build with baremetal linker target instead of Linux when available
5accd7f3360e kconfig: handle format string before calling conf_message_callback()
a2ff4040151a kconfig: rename file_write_dep and move it to confdata.c
0608182ad542 kconfig: split out useful helpers in confdata.c
adc18acf42a1 kconfig: remove unneeded directory generation from local*config
79123b1389cc kconfig: create directories needed for syncconfig by itself
16952b77d8b5 kconfig: make syncconfig update .config regardless of sym_change_count
d6c6ab93e17f kbuild: remove deprecated host-progs variable
56869d45e364 kconfig: fix the rule of mainmenu_stmt symbol
c151272d1687 kconfig: remove unused sym_get_env_prop() function
1880861226c1 kconfig: remove P_ENV property type
e3fd9b5384f3 scripts/dtc: consolidate include path options in Makefile
4bf6a9af0e91 kconfig: add build-only configurator targets
f1575595d156 kconfig: error out when seeing recursive dependency
5e8c5299d315 kconfig: report recursive dependency involving 'imply'
f498926c47aa kconfig: improve the recursive dependency report
98a4afbfafd2 kconfig: fix "Can't open ..." in parallel build
9a9ddcf47831 kconfig: suppress "configuration written to .config" for syncconfig
87a32e624037 kbuild: pass LDFLAGS to recordmcount.pl
d503ac531a52 kbuild: rename LDFLAGS to KBUILD_LDFLAGS
217c3e019675 disable stringop truncation warnings for now
bc8d2e20a3eb kconfig: remove a spurious self-assignment
fd65465b7016 kconfig: do not require pkg-config on make {menu,n}config
5a4630aadb9a ftrace: Build with CPPFLAGS to get -Qunused-arguments
Note that this adds new cleanup work to do in that we should adapt the
shared library support we have to what is now upstream.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
- clk: meson-g12a: missing break
- sync all Amlogic DT from Linux v5.6-rc2
- MMC clock fixups
- add support for Libre Computer AML-S905D-PC and AML-S912-PC
The commit a673025535 ("serial: zynq: Initialize uart only before
relocation") introduced code which detects relocation which is working for
single uart instance. With multiple instances in place there is a need to
enable and setup every instance. That's why detect if TX is enabled. If it
is then don't initialize uart again.
In post probe setbrg is called to setup baudrate but values should be the
same.
As a side effect of this change is that DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR can be
removed completely.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for Xilinx window watchdog, which can be found on
Versal platforms.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Similar change was done in past by commit 3b644a3c2f
("arm64: zynqmp: Provide a config to not map DDR region in MMU table").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
If ATF doesn't exist generate u-boot.itb without it and let U-Boot run in
EL3. Still keep warning to let user know that ATF/BL31 is missing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Parameter order is not correct based on zynqmp_mmio_write() declaration.
Fixes: be52372ff1 ("arm64: zynqmp: Use zynqmp_mmio_read/write functions")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
U-Boot proper can still run in EL3 without using firmware interface wired
via ATF. For supporting this use case there is a need to check EL level
where U-Boot runs and based on that choose the way how to talk to firmware.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Delay required for clock propagation is tighly coupled with initialization
done in psu_init(). That's why call it also for u-boot proper with
CONFIG_ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
board_early_init_f() is the right location where debug uart can be
configurated (after MIO initialization).
The patch is taking this call from SPL to also make it available for U-Boot
proper.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Base autodetection is failing for this case:
if test 257 -gt 3ae; then echo first; else echo second; fi
It is because base for 3ae is recognized by _parse_integer_fixup_radix() as
10. The code detects the first char which is not between 'a'/'A' or 'f'/'F'
to change base from dec to hex.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Shiril Tichkule <shirilt@xlinx.com>
When local-mac-address DT property is specified it is reported the same way
as address read from eeprom/ROM. Show properly if mac address is coming
from DT or ROM.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
I found this issue when was running py/test.py on zcu102 which is for me by
default setup to SD boot mode without any way to change boot mode.
Alternative software bootmode selection to JTAG is not working because JTAG
mode is 0 which also reset value for it. That's why saying SPL to take
u-boot.itb from RAM instead of SD in SD boot mode is not possible via
alternative bootmode selection.
That's why setup third boot mode to JTAG(BOOT_DEVICE_RAM) as final
fallback.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Not all IPs have private MDIO bus and MDIO bus should be shared between
several IPs. In past one patch tried to implement it
(https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2018-February/319285.html)
in pretty raw way but it is not the cleanest solution.
This patch is just taking the part of that solution to be able to handle it
over releases without conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This information is shown already that's why there is no reason to print it
again via custom prints.
U-Boot SPL 2020.01-03080-ga6214d033bd0 (Mar 05 2020 - 09:59:05 +0100)
mmc boot
Trying to boot from MMC1
or
U-Boot SPL 2020.01-03080-ga6214d033bd0 (Mar 05 2020 - 10:49:46 +0100)
qspi boot
Trying to boot from SPI
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
ZynqMP mini configurations works without PMU firmware that's why there is
no reason to enable the driver and check if it was probed properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
All configs are using mmc as default fat interface. That's why make it
default for everybody.
The reason for this patch is to make it default for Xilinx Zynq platform
which is not listed there.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
With multi defconfig NOR flash information about NOR should be taken from
DT that's why there is no reason to specify address and sizes via fixed
config.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
With multi defconfig targeting several board configurations bug report like
below is so verbose.
Flash: ## Unknown flash on Bank 1 - Size = 0x00000000 = 0 MB
0 Bytes
Do not report that message and simply say "Flash: 0 Bytes" because most of
Zynq boards are using different type of flashes than NOR.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to continue when DT status property indicates that NAND
flash is disabled. But that means that NOR flash should be present that's
why try it find it out.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
xnand structure is private data structure and it is handled by core and
probe shouldn't touch it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
There is no real need to include full DT when only some nodes are enough to
use. It will save some space.
Retested with FSBL for initial SoC setup. SPL didn't work.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add cache flush to zynq_gem_free_pkt. This is necessary
because some net routines would modify this buffer in place.
The cache_invalidate in the zynq_gem_recv function would cause
the modifications to the buffer to overwrite the DMA from the GEM,
if cache coherency is not enabled in the GEM, the next time the
buffer is in use.
Flushing the cache when the buffer is no longer in use by the
net functions ensures that the GEM DMA is going to take place
into a clean buffer.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There are a lot of zynq configurations which can be merged together and use
only one for all. The similar change has been done for ZynqMP by commit
be1b6c32d9 ("arm64: zynqmp: Use zynqmp_virt platform")
Build SPL with u-boot.img for zc706 like this.
export DEVICE_TREE=zynq-zc706 && make xilinx_zynq_virt_defconfig && make -j8
u-boot.img is generic for all boards.
Tested on Zybo, zc702, zc706, zc770-xm011-x16, cc108 and microzed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Users have option to overwrite default device tree
(CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE) via environment variable DEVICE_TREE.
Feature has been added long time ago by commit 74de8c9a16
("dts/Makefile: Build the user specified dts") for a little bit different
reason.
But this variable can be also used for different purpose like choosing
proper configuration from FIT image in SPL.
And this is the functionality I would like to use on Xilinx Zynq devices
that current u-boot.img can be composed in the same way based on OF_LIST
and different configuration is taken based on platform specific SPL.
SPL requires low level ps7_init_gpl configuration that's why different
boards require different SPL with fixed board_fit_config_name_match().
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of symlink include origin file and just change model description.
Difference is not in DT but in ps7_init configurations which is taken based
on device tree name that's why the same DT can't be used.
Also update model and update comments to match configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch will add default values for ENV_OFFSET
and ENV_SECT_SIZE for Microblaze.
Signed-off-by: Varalaxmi Bingi <varalaxmi.bingi@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Pinctrl is handled via firmare interface that's why move it there without
reg property and new compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
dtbs_check is showing warning around GIC compatible property as
interrupt-controller@f9010000: compatible: ['arm,gic-400', 'arm,cortex-a15-gic']
is not valid under any of the given schemas
Similar change has been done also by Linux kernel commit 5400cdc1410b
("ARM: dts: sunxi: Fix GIC compatible")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Node name should be <name>@<address> which is not how partitions are
described.
Issue was found by running dtbs_check as:
flash@0: 'partition@qspi-device-tree', 'partition@qspi-fsbl-uboot',
'partition@qspi-linux', 'partition@qspi-rootfs'
do not match any of the regexes: ...
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Sync DP subsystem with the latest state in Xilinx U-Boot repository.
This binding hasn't been approved in mainline Linux but it is much better
than ancient version which this patch removes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In kernel 5.4, support has been added for reading MTD devices via
the nvmem API.
For this the mtd devices are registered as read-only NVMEM providers
under sysfs with the same name as the flash partition label property.
So if flash partition label property of multiple flash devices are identical
then the second mtd device fails to get registered as a NVMEM provider.
This patch fixes the issue by having different label property for different
flashes.
Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Mahapatra <amit.kumar-mahapatra@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add clock-cells and clock-output-names for sdhci0 and sdhci1.
These are needed for linux sdhci driver from 5.4 version onwards.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reset controller is handled via firmware that's why it should be the part
of firmware node. Origin solution hasn't been removed when above change was
applied by commit b07e97b4ba ("arm64: zynqmp: Use reset header in
zynqmp.dtsi").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Modify dts files to add 'no-1-8-v' property for all the ZynqMP boards.
User can remove this property to enable the UHS mode. This is to keep
the same speed (HS) modes across all the stages of the Linux Boot. Due
to power cycling limitation of some of the ZynqMP boards, some SD cards
don't get power cycled and are failing in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <manish.narani@xilinx.com>
None name address should be aligned with address. DTC 1.5.1 is reporting
issues related to that.
arch/arm/boot/dts/zynq-zc770-xm010.dts:106.10-119.4: Warning
(spi_bus_reg): /amba/spi@e0007000/flash@0: SPI bus unit address format
error, expected "1"
arch/arm/boot/dts/zynq-zc770-xm013.dts:101.19-109.4: Warning
(spi_bus_reg): /amba/spi@e0006000/eeprom@0: SPI bus unit address format
error, expected "2"
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The same change has been done for Zynq by commit 1241c72b6db1
("ARM: dts: zynq: replace gpio-key,wakeup with wakeup-source property")
in mainline Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Most of the legacy "gpio-key,wakeup" boolean property is already
replaced with "wakeup-source". However few occurrences of old property
has popped up again, probably from the remnants in downstream trees.
Replace the legacy properties with the unified "wakeup-source"
property introduced in the Linux kernel commit 700a38b27eef
("Input: gpio_keys - switch to using generic device properties")
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The dtc has new checks for I2C and SPI buses.
Fix the warnings in node names and unit-addresses.
Warning from Linux kernel:
arch/arm/boot/dts/zynq-zc702.dts:187.13-190.6: Warning (i2c_bus_reg): /amba/i2c@e0004000/i2c-mux@74/i2c@7/hwmon@52: I2C bus unit address format error, expected "34"
arch/arm/boot/dts/zynq-zc702.dts:191.13-194.6: Warning (i2c_bus_reg): /amba/i2c@e0004000/i2c-mux@74/i2c@7/hwmon@53: I2C bus unit address format error, expected "35"
arch/arm/boot/dts/zynq-zc702.dts:195.13-198.6: Warning (i2c_bus_reg): /amba/i2c@e0004000/i2c-mux@74/i2c@7/hwmon@54: I2C bus unit address format error, expected "36"
Signed-off-by: Quanyang Wang <quanyang.wang@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable cache commands by default for mtest configuration. It is good to be
able to enable/disable caches when you test memory.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add DISTRO_DEFAULTS config to versal virt defconfig file which is
suitable for booting general purpose Linux distributions. Remove
other configs which are selected by default by DISTRO_DEFAULTS
configuration.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Multi boot register can be used for using different boot images and design
better boot strategy. Let EL3 SPL or U-Boot to read it and print it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for the Amlogic based libretech-pc platform.
This platform comes with 2 variant, based on the s905d or s912 SoC.
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
[narmstrong: update board/amlogic/q200/MAINTAINERS]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Sync the device tree and dt-bindings from Linux v5.6-rc2
11a48a5a18c6 ("Linux 5.6-rc2")
The only exception to this is the mmc pinctrl pin bias of gxl SoC family.
This is a fix which found its way to u-boot but not Linux yet.
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
On some SoCs, depending on the boot device, the MMC clock block may be
left in a weird state by the ROM code, in which no decent clock may be
provided. Reset the related register to make sure a sane MMC clock is
ready for the controller.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Until now, the mmc clock was left in a good enough state by the ROM
code to be used by the controller. However on some SoC, if the ROM
code finds a bootloader on USB or SPI, it might leave the MMC clock
in state the controller cannot work with.
Enable the input clocks provided to the mmc controller. While the
u-boot mmc controller driver is not doing fancy settings like the Linux,
it at least needs to make these clocks are running.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Use ofnode_ instead of fdt_ APIs so that the drivers can support live DT.
This patch updates usb_get_dr_mode() and usb_get_maximum_speed() to use
ofnode as parameter instead of fdt offset. And all the drivers who use
these APIs update to use live dt APIs at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use dev_read_addr_ptr() instead of devfdt_get_addr() so that we can support
live DT.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
- stm32mp: fix command stboard
- stm32mp: update kernel device tree according the part number
- stm32mp: add 800 MHz profile support = stm32mp15xd and stm32mp15xf
- stm32mp: set cp15 frequency in psci cpu on
- stm32mp: DT alignment with Linux 5.6-rc1
- stm32mp: clk: add SPI5 support and correct CKSELR masks
- stm32mp: ram: fixes on LPDDR2/LPDDR3 support and on tuning
- stm32: i2c: allows for any bus frequency
- sti: timer: livetree and clk API conversion
Do not limit to 3 (100KHz, 400KHz, 1MHz) bus frequencies, but
instead allow for any frequency. Depending on the requested
frequency (via the clock-frequency DT entry), use the spec
data from either Standard, Fast or Fast Plus mode.
In order to do so, the driver do not use anymore spec identifier
by directly handle the requested frequency and from it retrieve
the corresponding spec data to be used for the computation
of the timing register.
Signed-off-by: Alain Volmat <alain.volmat@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This parameter "st,phy-cal" becomes optional and when it is
absent the built-in PHY calibration is done.
It is the case in the helper dtsi file "stm32mp15-ddr.dtsi"
except if DDR_PHY_CAL_SKIP is defined.
This patch also impact the ddr interactive mode
- the registers of the param 'phy.cal' are initialized to 0 when
"st,phy-cal" is not present in device tree (default behavior when
DDR_PHY_CAL_SKIP is not activated)
- the info 'cal' field can be use to change the calibration behavior
- cal=1 => use param phy.cal to initialize the PHY, built-in training
is skipped
- cal=0 => param phy.cal is absent, built-in training is used (default)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reduce the delay after BIST delay, from 1ms to 10us
which is enough accoriding datasheet.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
DDRCTRL_PWRCTL.SELFREF_EN needs to be reset before DQS training step, not
to enter in self refresh mode during the execution of this phase.
Depending on settings, it can be set after the DQS training.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update the BIST config to compute the real use mask for the real
bank, row and col of the used DDR. The values are get from addrmap
register value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The derating (timing parameter derating using MR4 read value)
can't be activated during BIST test, as the MR4 read answer will
be not understood by BIST (BISTGSR.BDONE bit stay at 0,
BISTWCSR.DXWCNT = 0x206 instead of BISTWCR.BWCNT = 0x200).
This patch only impacts the tuning on LPDDR2/LPDDR3,
if derateen.derate_enable = 1.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Avoid to block the tuning procedure on BIST error (not finished
BIST procedure) by adding a 1000us timeout on the polling of
BISTGSR.BDDONE executed to detect the end of BIST.
The normal duration of the BIST test is around 5us.
This patch also cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Display result information for software read DQS gating, the tuning 0
which be used by CubeMX DDR tuning tools.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Need to increase the LPDDR2/LPDDR3 the voltage vdd2_ddr: buck2
form 1.2V to 1.25V for 32bits configuration.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This commit manages diversity for STM32M15x SOCs with:
- dedicated files to support all STM32MP15 SOCs family.
The differences between those SOCs are:
-STM32MP151 [1]: common file.
-STM32MP153 [2]: STM32MP151 + CANs + a second CortexA7-CPU.
-STM32MP157 [3]: STM32MP153 + DSI + GPU.
- new files to manage security diversity on STM32MP15x SOCs.
On STM32MP15xY, "Y" gives information:
-Y = A means no cryp IP and no secure boot.
-Y = C means cryp IP + secure boot.
- stm32mp157 pinctrl files to better manage package diversity.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add clock support for SPI5, as this instance is available on extension
connector of ST board.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Correct three masks used to access on the RCC register
RCC_QSPICKSELR, RCC_FMCCKSELR and RCC_ADCCKSELR: only 3 bits.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The STM32MP1 series is available in 3 different lines which are pin-to-pin
compatible:
- STM32MP157: Dual Cortex-A7 cores, Cortex-M4 core @ 209 MHz,
3D GPU, DSI display interface and CAN FD
- STM32MP153: Dual Cortex-A7 cores, Cortex-M4 core @ 209 MHz
and CAN FD
- STM32MP151: Single Cortex-A7 core, Cortex-M4 core @ 209 MHz
Each line comes with a security option (cryptography & secure boot)
& a Cortex-A frequency option :
- A : Cortex-A7 @ 650 MHz
- C : Secure Boot + HW Crypto + Cortex-A7 @ 650 MHz
- D : Cortex-A7 @ 800 MHz
- F : Secure Boot + HW Crypto + Cortex-A7 @ 800 MHz
This patch adds the support of STM32MP15xD and STM32MP15xF in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update the kernel device tree for STM32MP15x product lines according
the used soc and its part number, when CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP is activated:
- STM32MP15XA hasn't Crypto (cryp1/2)
- STM32M151 and STM32M153 hasn't 3D GPU and DSI host
- STM32M151 hasn't CAN FD and has single A7
For example:
FDT: cpu 1 node remove for STM32MP151AAA Rev.B
FDT: can@4400e000 node disabled for STM32MP151AAA Rev.B
FDT: gpu@59000000 node disabled for STM32MP151AAA Rev.B
FDT: dsi@5a000000 node disabled for STM32MP151AAA Rev.B
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a function get_soc_name to get a string with the full name
of the SOC "STM32MP15xxx Rev.x"
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Display the reference MBxxxx found in OTP49
only for STMicroelectronics boards when CONFIG_CMD_STBOARD
is activated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
# Conflicts:
# board/st/stm32mp1/stm32mp1.c
Update the command stboard to support the updated coding of OTP 59 with
finished good.
The ST product codification have several element
- "Commercial Product Name" (CPN): type of product board (DKX, EVX)
associated to the board ID "MBxxxx"
- "Finished Good" or "Finish Good" (FG):
effective content of the product without chip STM32MP1 (LCD, Wifi, …)
- BOM: cost variant for same FG
(for example, several provider of the same component)
For example
- commercial product = STM32MP157C-EV1
- Finished Good = EVA32MP157A1$AU1
Booth information are written on board and these information is also saved
in OTP59:
bit [31:16] (hex) => Board id, MBxxxx
bit [15:12] (dec) => Variant CPN (1....15)
bit [11:8] (dec) => Revision board (index with A = 1, Z = 26)
bit [7:4] (dec) => Variant FG : finished good (NEW)
bit [3:0] (dec) => BOM (01, .... 255)
The updated command is:
stboard [-y] <Board> <VarCPN> <Revision> <VarFG> <BOM>
And the displayed STMicroelectronics board identification is:
Board: MB<Board> Var<VarCPN>.<VarFG> Rev.<Revision>-<BOM>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Lock the OTP used for board identification for the ST boards after
programming.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add BSEC lock access (read / write) at 0xC0000000 offset of misc driver.
The write access only available for Trusted boot mode, based on new
SMC STM32_SMC_WRLOCK_OTP.
With the fuse command, the permanent lock status is accessed with
0x10000000 offset (0xC0000000 - 0x8000000 for OTP sense/program
divided by u32 size), for example:
Read lock status of fuse 57 (0x39)
STM32MP> fuse sense 0 0x10000039 1
Sensing bank 0:
Word 0x10000039: 00000000
Set permanent lock of fuse 57 (0x39)
STM32MP> fuse prog 0 0x10000039 1
Sensing bank 0:
Word 0x10000039: 00000000
WARNING: the OTP lock is updated only after reboot
WARING: Programming lock or fuses is an irreversible operation!
This may brick your system.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Remove the test offs < 0 , as offs is unsigned.
This patch solves the warnings when compiling with W=1
on stm32mp1 board:
In function ‘stm32mp_bsec_read’:
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/bsec.c:368:11: warning:
comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
368 | if (offs < 0 || (offs % 4) || (size % 4))
| ^
In function ‘stm32mp_bsec_write’:
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/bsec.c:405:11: warning:
comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
405 | if (offs < 0 || (offs % 4) || (size % 4))
| ^
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Read the value directly from the OTP and no more of the shadows
to avoid the need of reboot after stboard command to have correct value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update management of misc_write, which now return length of data
after the commit 8729b1ae2c ("misc: Update read() and write()
methods to return bytes xfered")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
K3 J721E:
* OSPI boot support
* Support for loading remote cores in R5 SPL
* PMIC ESM Support
* Minor fixes for R5F and C7x remoteproc drivers
K3 AM654:
* Update AVS class 0 voltages.
* Add I2C nodes
DRA7xx/AM57xx:
* Fixed Android boot on AM57xx
AM33/AM43/Davinci:
* switch to driver model for the net and mdio driver for baltos
* Add DM/DTS support for omap video driver
* Enable fastboot on am335x-evm
i2c: for next
- i2c-gpio: make it possible to run deblock sequence on driver probe
- i2c-gpio: add clock stretching support
- updates the Designware I2C driver for high speed mode,
fix a bug and add some improvements.
- add DM support for memory based bootcounter driver
In a few boards we had overridden, intentionally, the value used for
CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT. However, rather than using the ARCH value (arm)
they used the $(ARCH) variable in make. This doesn't help really, so
switch to a hard-coded value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Align Kconfig and Kbuild logic to Linux 4.18 release with minimal impact
on files outside of this scope.
Our previous Kconfig sync was done by commit e91610da7c ("kconfig:
re-sync with Linux 4.17-rc4").
A very small number of changes upstream since our sync with v4.17-rc4
that exist in the v4.18 release have already been applied here and have
been omitted from the list in this commit (and are readily available in
our own git history).
The imported Linux commits are:
[From prior to v4.17-rc4]
39a33ff80a25 kbuild: remove cc-option-align
db547ef19064 Kbuild: don't add obj tree in additional includes
b999596b963a Kbuild: don't add ../../ to include path
[From v4.17 to v4.18]
b3aa58d2e85d fixdep: suppress consecutive / from file paths in dependency list files
74656b682902 kbuild: disable new dtc graph and unit-address warnings
74d931716151 genksyms: remove symbol prefix support
e6ecfb45072c kbuild: do not display CHK for filechk
0b669a5076fd kconfig: refactor Qt package checks for building qconf
b464ef583dc7 kconfig: refactor GTK+ package checks for building gconf
1c5af5cf9308 kconfig: refactor ncurses package checks for building mconf and nconf
694c49a7c01c kconfig: drop localization support
96f60dfa5819 trace: Use -mcount-record for dynamic ftrace
bb222ceeb327 kconfig: remove string expansion in file_lookup()
96d8e48da55a kconfig: remove string expansion for mainmenu after yyparse()
5b31a9746756 kconfig: remove sym_expand_string_value()
137c0118a900 kconfig: make default prompt of mainmenu less specific
e298f3b49def kconfig: add built-in function support
2fd5b09c201e kconfig: add 'shell' built-in function
9de071536c87 kconfig: begin PARAM state only when seeing a command keyword
9ced3bddec08 kconfig: support user-defined function and recursively expanded variable
1175c02506ff kconfig: support simply expanded variable
ed2a22f277c6 kconfig: support append assignment operator
82bc8bd82e5c kconfig: expand lefthand side of assignment statement
1d6272e6fe43 kconfig: add 'info', 'warning-if', and 'error-if' built-in functions
a702a6176e2f kconfig: add 'filename' and 'lineno' built-in variables
915f64901eb3 kconfig: error out if a recursive variable references itself
2bece88f89fa kconfig: test: add Kconfig macro language tests
21c54b774744 kconfig: show compiler version text in the top comment
59f7b5847b0c kbuild: $(CHECK) doesnt need NOSTDINC_FLAGS twice
145167650b96 kbuild: add endianness flag to CHEKCFLAGS
1f2f01b122d7 kbuild: add machine size to CHECKFLAGS
d6a0c8a1326b kconfig: Add testconfig into make help output
bb6d83dde191 kbuild: Move last word of nconfig help to the previous line
8593080c0fcf kconfig: fix localmodconfig
ed7d40bc67b8 tracing: Fix SKIP_STACK_VALIDATION=1 build due to bad merge with -mrecord-mcount
b2d00d7c61c8 kconfig: fix line numbers for if-entries in menu tree
ecd53ac2f2c6 kconfig: handle P_SYMBOL in print_symbol()
73d1c580f92b kconfig: loop boundary condition fix
48f6e3cf5bc6 kbuild: do not drop -I without parameter
bd412d81b7ea kbuild: .PHONY is not a variable, but PHONY is
6916162c7308 kbuild: remove duplicated comments about PHONY
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
This adds the following commits from upstream:
84e414b0b5bc tests: Add a test case for the omit-if-no-ref keyword
4038fd90056e dtc: add ability to make nodes conditional on them being referenced
e1f139ea4900 checks: drop warning for missing PCI bridge bus-range
f4eba68d89ee checks: Print duplicate node name instead of parent name
46df1fb1b211 .travis.yml: Run valgrind checks via Travis
14a3002a1aee tests: Update valgrind suppressions for sw_tree1
02c5fe9debc0 tests: Remove valgrind error from tests/get_path
df536831d02c checks: add graph binding checks
2347c96edcbe checks: add a check for duplicate unit-addresses of child nodes
8f1b35f88395 Correct overlay syntactic sugar for generating target-path fragments
afbddcd418fb Suppress warnings on overlay fragments
119e27300359 Improve tests for dtc overlay generation
[From Linux Kernel commit 50aafd60898a8b3edf2f60e014a8288da3b2e5e3]
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
[For applying to U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The Kconfig language provides a unit test that can be run. As these
require pytest to be installed and run very quickly, bundle them in to
an existing CI job.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As there is only one machine under mach-orion5x, having a Kconfig entry
for SPL_LDSCRIPT is not helpful, move this to the defconfig file.
Suggested-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
As there is only one mx31pdk config file and with upcoming updates to
the Kconfig parsing logic, rather than have an entry in
board/freescale/mx31pdk/Kconfig, move this single setting to the
defconfig file.
Cc: Magnus Lilja <lilja.magnus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Lilja <lilja.magnus@gmail.com>
The default SPL / TPL linker script is in the $(ARCH) directory. The
way we use this today works but isn't ideal. With an update to Kconfig
to re-sync with the Linux Kernel, we need to escape the '$' here so that
it will end up being evaluated by make.
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
This is U-Boot own code, and no longer used since commit 36dd5f1b8a
("dtc: Switch to building and using our own dtc unless provided").
Prior to that commit, U-Boot relied on an external dtc, so this script
was used to check the dtc version.
Now U-Boot bundles our own dtc in script/dtc/dtc like Linux kernel.
Users are still allowed to pass DTC= option from the command line,
but they are supposed to choose correct version of dtc in this case.
So, we do not check the dtc version any more.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
The static inline function spl_phase needs <asm/global_data.h>.
Some functions take pointers to struct blk_desc or image_header.
Add forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'uint' is not a primitive type. You need to include <linux/types.h>
or otherwise change it to (unsigned int).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This header uses 'phys_addr_t' and 'ulong'. Include the definitions.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
[trini: Move include to below __ASSEMBLY__ test]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The compiler never knows what 'bd_t' is without including <asm/u-boot.h>.
By changing it to (struct bd_info), the compiler learns it is struct.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
This exists in Linux Kernel with commit 70523a3ce5ff so put it in the
list of DTC_FLAGS that mirror Linux as we will catch up there.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
While we are working on correcting usage related to the pci_bridge and
pci_device_bus_num warnings, disable these flags for now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
The way that we have been handling additional DTC warning flags hasn't
matched the way the Linux Kernel does. Resync this logic with v4.17.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The previous kbuild resync of e91610da7c ("kconfig: re-sync with Linux
4.17-rc4") accidentally did not sync the fixdep program. This commit
brings fixdep in line with the rest of that previous resync.
This includes all of the following Linux kernel commits:
fbfa9be9904e kbuild: move include/config/ksym/* to include/ksym/*
5b8ad96d1a44 fixdep: remove some false CONFIG_ matches
14a596a7e6fd fixdep: remove stale references to uml-config.h
ab9ce9feed36 fixdep: use existing helper to check modular CONFIG options
87b95a81357d fixdep: refactor parse_dep_file()
5d1ef76f5a22 fixdep: move global variables to local variables of main()
ccfe78873c22 fixdep: remove unneeded memcpy() in parse_dep_file()
4003fd80cba9 fixdep: factor out common code for reading files
01b5cbe7012f fixdep: use malloc() and read() to load dep_file to buffer
41f92cffba19 fixdep: remove unnecessary <arpa/inet.h> inclusion
7c2ec43a2154 fixdep: exit with error code in error branches of do_config_file()
4e433fc4d1a9 fixdep: trivial: typo fix and correction
dee81e988674 fixdep: faster CONFIG_ search
c1a95fda2a40 kbuild: add fine grained build dependencies for exported symbols
d8329e35cc08 fixdep: accept extra dependencies on stdin
4c835b57b8de fixdep: constify strrcmp arguments
Of note is that when applying dee81e988674 above our logic in that area
required some careful consideration to continue to apply.
[Fold in bugfix to allow us to include 638e69cf2230 from upstream]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
[Merge everything to U-Boot, rework dee81e988674]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Currently, fixdep skips parsing include/linux/kconfig.h, but if it
parsed it, it would translate the following code in kconfig.h
config_enabled(CONFIG_VAL(option##_MODULE)
into:
$(wildcard include/config/option##/module.h)
When Kbuild includes .*.cmd, it would emit the following error:
*** unterminated call to function 'wildcard': missing ')'. Stop.
This issue prevents us from importing the upstream Linux commit
638e69cf2230 ("fixdep: do not ignore kconfig.h").
Fix this by handling only alphanumerical characters and underscores.
This makes sense because they match to the valid character sets in
Kconfig symbols.
As a side-note, you can reproduce this issue only on GNU Make <= 4.2.1
For GNU Make <= 4.2.1, the '#' always means the start of a comment.
Hence, GNU Make thinks the closing ')' is missing.
The following commit in GNU Make changed how it handles '#' in
function invocations. So, this does not happen for GNU Make 4.3
| commit c6966b323811c37acedff05b576b907b06aea5f4
| Author: Paul Smith <psmith@gnu.org>
| Date: Thu Dec 22 18:47:26 2016 -0500
|
| [SV 20513] Un-escaped # are not comments in function invocations
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
add DM/DTS support for the memory based bootcounter
in drivers/bootcount/bootcount.c.
Let the old implementation in, so boards which have
not yet convert to DM/DTS do not break.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove 'has_high_speed' config since we can check high speed support
from IC_COMP_PARAM_1 register.
Signed-off-by: Jun Chen <ptchentw@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun Chen <jun.chen@vatics.com>
To read IC_COMP_PARAM_1[3:2] to check is high speed possible,
and fall back to fast mode if not.
Signed-off-by: Jun Chen <ptchentw@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun Chen <jun.chen@vatics.com>
Associate the pagesize with compatible strings, and copy it to
priv->pagesize. This is more straight-forward.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The R5F subsystem/cluster on K3 SoCs can support both LockStep and
Split-modes (superset) or just Split-mode depending on an eFUSE
capability register. The LockStep configuration bit is Read-only
though on Split-mode _only_ devices and as such the System Firmware
does not allow the LockStep mode bit to be configured on such devices.
The current logic in k3_r5f_rproc_configure() fails on Split-mode
devices because of this unconditional programming of the LockStep
mode bit, and results in the probe failure shown during the
"rproc init" step at U-Boot prompt.
Fix this by limiting the LockStep mode bit clear configuration only on
devices supporting both LockStep/Split-modes.
Fixes: 4c850356a8 ("remoteproc: Introduce K3 remoteproc driver for R5F subsystem")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The Main R5FSS0 cluster is also enabled to probe the R5F remoteproc
driver within R5 SPL for booting the Core0 very early. This results
in a ti_sci_power_domain_on failure during the probe from the A72
U-Boot when "rproc init" is executed at U-Boot prompt, and doesn't
enumerate all the rproc devices.
Fix this by suppressing the power_domain_on altogether using the
flag DM_FLAG_DEFAULT_PD_CTRL_OFF added in commit af94ad418d
("dm: core: Allow for not controlling the power-domain by DM framework").
Fixes: fac6aa817a ("configs: j721e_evm_r5: Enable R5F remoteproc support")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The resets for the DSP processors on K3 SoCs are managed through the
Power and Sleep Controller (PSC) module. Each DSP typically has two
resets - a global module reset for powering on the device, and a local
reset that affects only the CPU while allowing access to the other
sub-modules within the DSP processor sub-systems.
The C66x DSPs have two levels of internal RAMs that can be used to
boot from, and the firmware loading into these RAMs require the
local reset to be asserted with the device powered on/enabled using
the module reset. Enhance the K3 DSP remoteproc driver to add support
for loading into the internal RAMs. The local reset is deasserted on
SoC power-on-reset, so logic has to be added in probe in remoteproc
mode to balance the remoteproc state-machine.
Note that the local resets are a no-op on C71x cores, and the hardware
does not supporting loading into its internal RAMs.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The A72 U-Boot code supports early load and boot of a number of
remote processors including the C66_0 and C66_1 DSPs. The current
code supports only loading into the DDR regions which were already
given the appropriate memory attributes. The C66 DSPs also have L1
and L2 internal memory regions that can behave as normal-memories.
Add a new entry to the J721E MMU table covering these regions with
the appropriate memory attributes to allow the A72 U-Boot code to
support loading directly into these memory regions.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The DSP remote processors on K3 SoCs require a boot register to be
programmed with a boot address, and these boot addresses need to be
aligned on certain address boundaries. The current code does not have
any error checks, and relies on the System Firmware to perform the
checking. Add logic to perform this sanity check within the remoteproc
driver itself to detect these anomalies specifically, and print a
meaningful trace. This avoids the cumbersome debug of root-causing
such failures from the corresponding TI-SCI failure.
The C66x and C71x DSP cores have different alignment needs and are
as follows:
C66x DSP = 1 KB (0x400)
C71x DSP = 2 MB (0x200000)
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The global module reset is deasserted through the ti_sci_power_domain_on()
call in k3_dsp_start(), but is not asserted back if the local module reset
fails. Fix this.
While at this, remove the stale comment about assigned-clock-rates that
seems to have been copied from the K3 ARM64 Remoteproc driver.
Fixes: ab827b3857 ("remoteproc: Introduce K3 C66 and C71 remoteproc driver")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
This adds support for clock stretching to the i2c-gpio driver. This is
accomplished by switching the GPIO used for the SCL line to an input
when it should be driven high, and polling on the SCL line value until
it goes high (indicating that the I2C slave is no longer pulling it
low).
This is enabled by default; for gpios which cannot be configured as
inputs, the i2c-gpio,scl-output-only property can be used to fall back
to the previous behavior.
Signed-off-by: Michael Auchter <michael.auchter@ni.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch reworks i2c-gpio to make it easier to switch out the
implementation of the sda/scl get/set functions. This is in preparation
for a patch to conditionally implement clock stretching support.
Signed-off-by: Michael Auchter <michael.auchter@ni.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add deblock dequence for the I2C bus, needed on some devices. This sequence
is issued once, when probing the driver, and is controlled by DT property,
"i2c-gpio,deblock".
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Export the i2c_deblock_gpio_loop() so it can be used in other places in
U-Boot. In particular, this is useful in the GPIO I2C driver, which claims
the SDA/SCL GPIOs and thus prevents the i2c_deblock() implementation from
claiming the pins as GPIOs again.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Make the delay between SCL line changes and the number of SCL clock
changes configurable as a parameter of the deblock function. No
functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
(Description from AKASHI Takahiro)
extend rsa_verify() for UEFI secure boot:
The current rsa_verify() requires five parameters for a RSA public key
for efficiency while RSA, in theory, requires only two. In addition,
those parameters are expected to come from FIT image.
So this function won't fit very well when we want to use it for the
purpose of implementing UEFI secure boot, in particular, image
authentication as well as variable authentication, where the essential
two parameters are set to be retrieved from one of X509 certificates in
signature database.
So, in this patch, additional three parameters will be calculated on the
fly when rsa_verify() is called without fdt which should contain
parameters above.
This calculation heavily relies on "big-number (or multi-precision)
library." Therefore some routines from BearSSL under MIT license are
imported in this implementation.
We want to always run RSA library test on sandbox build in Travis CI.
Just adding CONFIG_RSA_VERIFY_WITH_PKEY would be good enough for this
purpose.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In this patch, a very simple test is added to verify that rsa_verify()
using rsa_verify_with_pkey() work correctly.
To keep the code simple, all the test data, either public key and
verified binary data, are embedded in the source.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This function, and hence rsa_verify(), will perform RSA verification
with two essential parameters for a RSA public key in contract of
rsa_verify_with_keynode(), which requires additional three parameters
stored in FIT image.
It will be used in implementing UEFI secure boot, i.e. image authentication
and variable authentication.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the current implementation of FIT_SIGNATURE, five parameters for
a RSA public key are required while only two of them are essential.
(See rsa-mod-exp.h and uImage.FIT/signature.txt)
This is a result of considering relatively limited computer power
and resources on embedded systems, while such a assumption may not
be quite practical for other use cases.
In this patch, added is a function, rsa_gen_key_prop(), which will
generate additional parameters for other uses, in particular
UEFI secure boot, on the fly.
Note: the current code uses some "big number" routines from BearSSL
for the calculation.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
For FIT verification, all the properties of a public key come from
"control fdt" pointed to by fdt_blob. In UEFI secure boot, on the other
hand, a public key is located and retrieved from dedicated signature
database stored as UEFI variables.
Added two fields may hold values of a public key if fdt_blob is NULL, and
will be used in rsa_verify_with_pkey() to verify a signature in UEFI
sub-system.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the next couple of commits, under new CONFIG_RSA_VERIFY_WITH_PKEY,
rsa_verify() will be extended to be able to perform RSA decryption without
additional RSA key properties from FIT image, i.e. rr and n0inv.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce new configuration, CONFIG_RSA_VERIFY which will decouple building
RSA functions from FIT verification and allow for adding a RSA-based
signature verification for other file formats, in particular PE file
for UEFI secure boot.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On Feb. 16, 2020, Tom reported [1] build failure of U-Boot in-tree
tooling after applying https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/cover/1229663/
("[v6,0/7] rsa: extend rsa_verify() for UEFI secure boot").
Later on, Heinrich stressed the urgency of the issue in
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1250858/#2379069:
>>>>>>>>>
We should finalize the topic as it stops EFI patches from being merged
>>>>>>>>>
On the surface, the problem is caused by U-Boot commits [2-3], which
employed 'u32' in 'include/image.h', while historically U-Boot tooling
stayed agnostic on the {u,s}{8,16,32} types.
Thanks to Tom, Yamada-san and Heinrich, the following solutions have
been put head-to-head ('+' pros, '-' cons):
A. Use an equivalent fixed-size type, i.e. s/u32/uint32_t/ in both
android function prototypes (image.h) and definitions (c file):
+ quick and low-line-count
- creates a 'soup' of fixed-sized types in the Android C file
- will confuse contributors
- is going against Linux kernel best practices [4]
B. Guard Android functions by '!defined(USE_HOSTCC)' in image.h:
+ quick and low-line-count
+ reflects the reality (no android function is used by tooling)
+ zero impact on other subsystems
- ifdeffery may look annoying (pre-existing problem of image.h)
C. Make {u8,u16,u32} available in U-Boot tooling:
+ quick and low-line-count
+ [Yamada-san][5]:
* forbidding u32 for tools is questionable to me
* Linux kernel and Barebox use {u8,u16,u32} for the tools space
- breaks U-Boot tradition?
- has larger impact than [A] and [B]
- adds type complexity/inconsistency in the tooling space
D. [Yamada-san] Refactor the headers to minimize the code shared
between U-Boot space and tooling space:
+ probably the long-term solution
- high effort
- can be seen/done as an incremental update on top of [B]
Looking at the above, [B] looks like the natural way to go forward.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1238245/#2363052
[2] commit 7f2531502c ("image: android: Add routine to get dtbo params")
[3] commit c3bfad825a ("image: android: Add functions for handling dtb field")
[4] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=e6176fa4728fb6d
("checkpatch: add --strict warning for c99 fixed size typedefs : int<size>_t")
[5] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1238245/#2363340
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Sam Protsenko <joe.skb7@gmail.com>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xpyron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a separate function for printing sysfw version so that it can be
called independently of k3_sysfw_loader.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Additions have been made to the non-HS defconfig without the same
being made to the HS defconfig, sync them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
The OP-TEE binary to use is renamed to v2 as the v1 binary has been
deprecated and is no longer built by default.
Reported-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
This config option was present in am335x_boneblack_defconfig, but we
have to use generic am335x_evm_defconfig now, as BBB defconfig was
removed in commit 8fa7f65dd0 ("configs: Remove
am335x_boneblack_defconfig"). So this patch merely brings that option
back.
Tested on BeagleBone Black:
=> fastboot 0
$ fastboot flash rootfs rootfs.img
Fixes: 8fa7f65dd0 ("configs: Remove am335x_boneblack_defconfig")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <joe.skb7@gmail.com>
DFU over TFTP flashing method might be helpful in order to speed-up the
flashing process of big images (as DFU works over USB EP0, which is
quite slow). Also, it's a good backup option in the case when USB got
broken (either in software or hardware), to avoid resorting to SD card
boot.
This config option was present in am335x_boneblack_defconfig, but we
have to use generic am335x_evm_defconfig now, as BBB defconfig was
removed in commit 8fa7f65dd0 ("configs: Remove
am335x_boneblack_defconfig"). So this patch merely brings that option
back.
Tested on BeagleBone Black:
=> setenv dfu_alt_info $dfu_alt_info_emmc
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.0.100
=> setenv serverip 192.168.0.1
=> setenv updatefile update_uboot.itb
=> dfu tftp mmc 1
Where 'update_uboot.its' file looks like this:
/dts-v1/;
/ {
description = "Automatic U-Boot update";
#address-cells = <1>;
images {
u-boot.img.raw-1 {
description = "U-Boot binary";
data = /incbin/("u-boot.img");
compression = "none";
type = "firmware";
load = <0x60000>;
hash-1 {
algo = "sha1";
};
};
};
};
And 'update_uboot.itb' is generated as follows:
$ mkimage -f update_uboot.its update_uboot.itb
Newly flashed U-Boot works fine.
Fixes: 8fa7f65dd0 ("configs: Remove am335x_boneblack_defconfig")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <joe.skb7@gmail.com>
When flow id is not marked as valid, sysfw reads the register value to
get the range of flow ids that are supported. Then compares the flow range
with the U-Boot's host id. This will definitely fail as board
configuration doesn't assign the full range to U-Boot's host id. In order
to work around this, mark the flow id as valid and pass range as 0.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
SYSFW v2020.01 and later versions no longer supports the below messages:
- TI_SCI_MSG_RM_RING_GET_CFG
- TISCI_MSG_RM_UDMAP_TX_CH_GET_CFG 0x1206
- TISCI_MSG_RM_UDMAP_RX_CH_GET_CFG 0x1216
- TISCI_MSG_RM_UDMAP_FLOW_GET_CFG 0x1232
- TISCI_MSG_RM_UDMAP_FLOW_SIZE_THRESH_GET_CFG 0x1233
There are no users in U-Boot for any of the above messages, So drop the
support for all the corresponding messages.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
When applying DTBO on top of DTB (with "fdt apply" command) on AM57x EVM
board, there is not enough memory reserved in RAM for DTB blob. Hence,
DTBO can't be merged in DTB. It leads to inability to boot Android with
next error message:
failed on fdt_overlay_apply(): FDT_ERR_NOSPACE
To overcome that issue let's provide 512 KiB of space to keep DTB and
all merged DTBO blobs. To do so, "length" parameter should be specified
for "fdt addr" command:
=> fdt addr $fdtaddr 0x80000
512 KiB is the maximum size we can use for this, because next address
after $fdtaddr is 512 KiB ahead of it:
fdtaddr=0x88000000
rdaddr=0x88080000
Also add size variables to 'adtimg' command invocations, to avoid
cluttering the console with DTBO blob sizes.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <joe.skb7@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugeniu Rosca <rosca.eugeniu@gmail.com>
Fix building errors if CONFIG_DM_VIDEO is enabled. This is the only
u-boot board that enables CONFIG_AM335X_LCD and from which I started
to develop the version of the frame buffer driver that supports the
driver model.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Fix the macro to set the pplmsb field (bit 3) of the RASTER_TIMING_0
register. It is used in order to support up to 2048 pixels per line.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Add device-tree binding documentation for ti framebuffer and generic
panel output driver.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" property to the "ti,tilcdc,panel"
compatible node. In this way the video-uclass module can allocate the
amount of memory needed to be assigned to the frame buffer.
For boards that support Linux the property is added to the *-u-boot.dtsi
file since it is a u-boot specific dt flag.
Ran building tests with CONFIG_AM335X_LCD enabled and disabled for the
following configurations:
- brxre1_defconfig --> success
- am335x_guardian_defconfig --> success
- am335x_evm_defconfig --> success
- da850evm_defconfig --> failure with CONFIG_AM335X_LCD enabled
Enabling CONFIG_AM335X_LCD in da850evm_defconfig causes building errors
even without applying the patch. The driver has never been enabled on the
da850 and must be adapted for this platform.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Tested-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Update the driver to support the device tree and the driver model.
Timings and panel parameters are now loaded from the device tree.
The DM code replaces the am335x_lcdpanel structure with
tilcdc_panel_info taken from the linux kernel, as well the management
of additional parameters not covered in the legacy code. In addition,
the am335x_lcdpanel structure contains parameters and operations that
were probably a requirement of the board for which this driver was
developed and which, however, were not developed in the linux kernel.
All this led to rewrite th DM controller initialization code, except
for the pixel clock setting that is executed in a function created in a
previous patch with code taken from the legacy am335xfb_init.
The patch has been tested on a custom board with u-boot 2018.11-rc2 and
the following device-tree configuration:
panel {
compatible = "ti,tilcdc,panel";
pinctrl-names = "default";
pinctrl-0 = <&lcd_enable_pins>;
enable-gpios = <&gpio0 31 0>;
backlight = <&backlight>;
status = "okay";
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc;
panel-info {
ac-bias = <255>;
ac-bias-intrpt = <0>;
dma-burst-sz = <16>;
bpp = <16>;
fdd = <0x80>;
sync-edge = <0>;
sync-ctrl = <1>;
raster-order = <0>;
fifo-th = <0>;
};
display-timings {
native-mode = <&timing0>;
timing0: 800x480 {
hactive = <800>;
vactive = <480>;
hback-porch = <46>;
hfront-porch = <210>;
hsync-len = <20>;
vback-porch = <23>;
vfront-porch = <22>;
vsync-len = <10>;
clock-frequency = <33000000>;
hsync-active = <0>;
vsync-active = <0>;
};
};
};
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Tested-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Created in preparation to support driver-model, they can also be called
from legacy code. In this way, code duplication is avoided.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
In case of null error, round rate is equal to target rate, so it is
useless to continue to search the DPLL setup parameters to get the
desidered pixel clock rate.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The latest data manual SPRSP08I –NOVEMBER 2017–REVISED DECEMBER 2019[1]
for am65xx SoC states the new MPU nominal voltages to be 1.1V (OPP_NOM),
1.2V (OPP_OD) and 1.24V (OPP_TURBO). Update the nominal voltages in the
K3 AVS driver to reflect this.
[1] http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/am6528
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Enable ESM modules for both PMIC and SoC side for proper watchdog
handling on the board.
SPL_BOARD_INIT is also enabled so that the board init function
probing the drivers is called.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Initialize both ESM and ESM_PMIC support if available for the board.
If support is not available for either, a warning is printed out.
ESM signals are only properly routed on PM2 version of the J721E SOM,
so only probe the drivers on this device.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
The ESM handling on J7 processor board requires routing the
MCU_SAFETY_ERROR signal to the PMIC on the board for critical safety
error handling. The PMIC itself should then reset the board based on
receiving it. Enable the support for the board by adding the esm
node in place.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Main domain ESM support is needed to configure main domain watchdogs
to generate ESM pin events by default. On J7 processor board these
propagate to the PMIC to generate a reset when watchdog expires.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
The ESM (Error Signal Monitor) is used on certain PMIC versions to
handle error signals propagating from rest of the system. If these
reach the PMIC, it is typically a last resort fatal error which
requires a system reset. The ESM driver does the proper configuration
for the ESM module to reach this end goal. Initially, only TPS65941
PMIC is supported for this.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
The ESM (Error Signaling Module) is used to route error signals within
the K3 SoCs somewhat similar to interrupts. The handling for these is
different though, and can be routed for hardware error handling, to
be handled by safety processor or just as error interrupts handled
by the main processor. The u-boot level ESM driver is just used to
configure the ESM signals so that they get routed to proper destination.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
TPS65941 can have child devices under it (like the ESM support), so
probe these once the master pmic node completes probe.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Remove saving ENV in eMMC in R5 as the power domains are not
setup. Environment in eMMC cannot be read if we do not boot from
eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Enable R5F remoteproc support in R5 defconfig so that R5s can
be started in SPL. While at it enable the SPL_FS_EXT4 config
option to load the firmwares from file system.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add fs_loader node which will be needed for loading firmwares
from the boot media/filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
MCU Domain rf50 is currently shutting down after loading the ATF.
Load elf firmware and jump to firmware post loading ATF.
ROM doesn't enable ATCM memory, so make sure that firmware that
is being loaded doesn't use ATCM memory or override SPL.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add MAIN domain R5FSS0 remoteproc support from spl. This enables
loading the elf firmware in SPL and starting the remotecore.
In order to start the core, there should be a file with path
"/lib/firmware/j7-main-r5f0_0-fw" under filesystem
of respective boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[Guard start_non_linux_remote_cores under CONFIG_FS_LOADER]
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Move the generic elf loading/validating functions to lib/
so that they can be re-used and accessed by code existing
outside cmd.
While at it remove the duplicate static version of load_elf_image_phdr
under arch/arm/mach-imx/imx_bootaux.c.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Suggested-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Since ROM configures OSPI controller to be in memory mapped mode in OSPI
boot, R5 SPL can directly pass the memory mapped pointer to ROM. With
this ROM can directly pull the SYSFW image from OSPI.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Populate address mapping entries in A53 MMU for 4 GB of MMIO space
reserved for providing MMIO access to multiple flash devices through
OSPI/HBMC IPs within FSS.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Descend to drivers/soc directory unconditionally for SPL and U-Boot
builds. Individual drivers can have their own config to check what needs
to be built for SPL. There should be no increase in SPL code size
due to this change.
This is required on K3 SoCs to support DMA in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
2020-03-03 13:08:13 +05:30
6359 changed files with 118854 additions and 39403 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
